Author Archives: Thea

The Contest

The following is a letter to Tom Ivers, editor and author of Racing Science Review. Ivers has dedicated years to the in-depth study of superior conditioning and training methods in equine exercise science. His method is culled largely from what has been discovered over the past several decades in human athletes, in particular INTERVAL TRAINING.

Readers of these pages have been following the saga of the Horse which I have been describing from time to time. I have taken cycles of 9 as the basis for analysis, 9 races, 18, 27 and so on. But the perceptive reader has perhaps realised that something essential has been left out of the discussion. It is the ZERO, which in this case would be the process leading up to the race – that is, the training of the equine athlete.

In this regard, in my view there is no system comparable to Tom Ivers’. In the next treatment of the subject, I hope to be in a position to discuss ‘the birth that fills the void’ with regard to the training process – which has indeed been a ‘void’ in this racing experience; and perhaps in Thoroughbred racing in general. In the meantime, this letter deals with a subject which should interest most of our readers: the delicate question of science and/or ‘something else’.

2 March 1994

 

As you know, and thanks to your prompt response to my enthusiasm, I received all the back issues of your wonderful newsletter just recently. I have been studying them thoroughly – devouring their contents, I might add. But unfortunately since I am a late-comer to your subscriber’s list, I could not enter ‘The Contest’ you formulated in the 3/2 issue when it was open. Entries closed before 3/4. However, since the subject interests me, I am sending you my views, though several years have gone by.

What intrigues me is the incorrect formulation of ‘the contest’. You have requested readers to submit their critiques, emphasising the scientific nature of your review and that Michel Kaplan’s explanations of his healing technique should conform to this criteria. It is the same as asking a nuclear physicist to explain, within the parameters of physics, the findings of exercise science. These are different languages. Both may be dealing with energy levels and transmutations, but they approach the subject from very different angles and therefore one cannot explain or prove the correctness or otherwise of the other.

I am assuming that Mr Kaplan has indeed cured horses and is not a ‘quack’, as you suggest in 3/4. A quack surely is one who promises to heal but is incapable of doing so, and often knows this. A deliberate fraud, in other words. From the report in 3/2, Kaplan did indeed heal a number of ailing horses exactly as he sustained he could. Where is quackery in this?

Where Mr Kaplan seems to have incurred your wrath is in his diagnosis of ailments on the basis of ‘kinesiology’, and then a healing process according to ‘kinesiological manipulation’. You dismiss his diagnoses cavalierly, basing your dismissal uniquely on the current state of equine (and human) medicine and attendant research. In my view, and certainly this is corroborated by your own experience of many years dealing with inadequate, inaccurate, flawed ‘facts’ in equine sports medicine and exercise science, or lack of it, what is known and accepted may not necessarily be the last word. Yet for years these ideas that come to be dismissed have been held sacrosanct, – ‘science’, in a word; and that means unassailable.

Therefore, perhaps Mr Kaplan’s diagnostic methodology refers to an area of science yet to be discovered. Or even rediscovered. He seems to be dealing with energy channels, if they may be so called, or a network of energy lines in the body. This is not at all new. It is a science as old as the hills. In Asia, where I live, such approaches to medicine and health were fully developed and operative long before the West came to know there was such a thing as science in any sphere, much less in health and medicine. I am enclosing an ad from today’s paper, announcing the release of a first-ever translation from the Sanskrit of a very old Ayurvedic text. You can appreciate from the write-up the detailed nature of this science perhaps thousands of years ago in India, even to the extent of categorising 120 surgical instruments, techniques for plastic surgery, anaesthesia, etc. And this is just the first volume! We regularly use Ayurvedic medicines for our horses and cattle. One product ought to be marketed worldwide. It is called HIMAX, a natural, herbal antiseptic and healing cream. But its best and most valuable feature for owners of grazing animals is that it is a proven fly repellent. Even if applied around the wound only, it keeps all flies away, without unhealthy and offensive chemicals, on which most products depend.

China developed acupuncture, which many claim originated in India. This science deals precisely with those energy channels throughout the body which Kaplan may be referring to, and the means to unblock them, or else to release energy when there is accumulation and a resultant imbalance. Naturally, if you do not accept the basic premise of the existence of such channels, then you have to debunk the whole science, as you have done with Mr Kaplan’s analyses. But this does not mean that he is wrong, or he is a ‘quack’. It only means that Tom Ivers knows nothing about the fascinating question of Energy, and the long way western science has to go before it can come near to an understanding of what exactly makes us tick as cosmic machines, minute though we be, along with the pulsation of the whole universe, the most incredible energy machine we have at our disposal to understand precisely these workings. There is far more to these pregnant issues than meets the eye. And certainly it is unfair to dismiss any approach which starts from the premise that the horse, for one, may be impelled by a different system of fuel manufacture and release than is currently believed and accepted.

Indeed, my own studies in this matter have given me sufficient material to work with to explain something of this unique energy machine that the horse is. I do not feel it is ‘coincidental’ that this animal has been such a close companion of man from the earliest ages. There is an affinity between the two species which I find to be located in this very area: energy release and utilisation, and the manufacture thereof. Furthermore, I was immediately attracted to your particular presentation of Interval Training precisely because I recognised it as the system most in harmony with my own studies in cosmology as applied to human development, with the horse as a guinea pig, of sorts. In particular, your conclusion that a 3-3-3 month schedule is the best, and then intervals of 3×1, confirms for me certain findings regarding the role of time in this question of release of energy. But this is another matter. I mention it simply to provide an example of unorthodox approaches to your own system – i.e., the three stages of structural foundation, cardiovascular development, and then tapering for the race – that I am not diluting, perverting or polluting the system, though my involvement is occasioned by a very different approach. You may not be convinced, and I certainly have no intention of convincing anyone. I am only interested in ‘pure science’. That is, pure knowledge, but applied and not theoretical and speculative. But in view of my own ‘unorthodoxy’, you can understand why I was not as shocked as you, and perhaps many of your readers considering the poor response to your ‘contest’, by Mr Kaplan’s healing in terms of deblocking channels, albeit mysterious and undetected by contemporary science.

Allopathic medicine and western science have a lot to learn from Asia in this area. You have often debunked homoeopathy applied to the horse. But I know competent, first-class vets here in India who regularly treat specific ailments in horses under their care with homoeopathic treatments and with very fine results in ailments where allopathic cures produce no results. Allopathic practitioners dismiss homoeopathy mainly on the grounds that such minute doses cannot be proven chemically to contain anything of the original substances claimed by the science of homoeopathy. But anyone who has taken this medicine – myself, for one – can affirm that whatever is left after reduction is potent indeed, atomic, I might add. Based on my own experience, if I do not make use of homoeopathy it is because I find too few practitioners with the real and deep understanding of that healing technique, especially in the delicate realm of diagnosis for which it is renowned.

This is the problem with the very ancient Indian systems of medical science, Ayurveda and Siddha. They continue to be practised in India. But there are too few doctors adequately versed in these ancient methods (largely because of 1000 years of invasions and conquests and finally the British Raj and its imposition in the educational system of ‘superior’ western science) as would be required for proper diagnosis and cure. In fact, the problem lies primarily in diagnosis. Ayurveda relies mainly on pulse readings. The practitioner, if he or she is really competent – and these, I repeat, are few – can feel three pulses in the wrist, for example. That is, pressing deeper and deeper to cover three levels of pulsation, the quality of each which can furnish accurate data about the several layers which constitute human physiology. A good practitioner can and does register extremely accurate readings, without machines. His or her mind and consciousness is the machine and the art lies in an integration of the data, which most often lies beyond the capacity of computer analysis. In contemporary times we often refer to such capacities as ‘intuition’, – i.e., fuzziness. But this is inaccurate. It is more on the order of a superlogic. It is a special capacity to integrate various levels of knowledge, the synthesis or combination of which spells accurate diagnosis and cure, or otherwise. (This is applicable to other areas of knowledge as well.) In view of this special quality, I state that there are very few who are able to diagnose on the basis of these ancient sciences, simply because to do so requires a capacity which is not encouraged in contemporary scientific training, therefore depriving it of an essential layer of knowledge. This may be said to approach the threshold of art, for lack of a better word.

Carried over to your critique of Kaplan, I must say your reference to his ‘“eyeball”, “touchy-feely”’ approach as ‘the most primitive of diagnostic techniques’ is itself primitive. I am a great advocate of machines and the advancement of this technological age. But this has not reduced the special capacity of the human being to perceive certain layers of energy interaction and relation which has not yet been brought within the purview of the machine. This may await the next century when a different ‘medium’ is discovered for the purpose. In the meanwhile, humans are having a hard time holding on to the little of their make-up that has a superior edge. But after all, who invented the machine? It might well have been someone with a special ‘eyeball, touchy-feely’ capacity which allowed him or her to tread where angels dare not. Certainly some of the greatest discoveries of contemporary science have been avowedly due to ‘intuitive leaps’. The great early 20th Century mathematician, Ramanujan, is an example.

When you dismiss Kaplan’s ‘science’ as pseudo, you leave owners of the horses he has cured with no other labels than ‘miracle’, ‘magic’. But Kaplan is not to be blamed for this. You are, and those of like mind who see ‘science’ only through the western mind and machine. Whereas, he seems to be making legitimate efforts to de-mystify his method.

Mr Kaplan’s system is not, after all, so outrageous. Anyone who has studied psychology and brain/mind functions can readily accept the fact that a physical reaction when sensitive areas of the body are pressured can be due to actual pain, or else fear of that pain. In other words, many chronic conditions are actually physical barriers (blockages?) which are the result of fear of the pain, rather than pain due to the original condition, just as Michel Kaplan states. What is so outlandish in this obvious conclusion? You may criticise Mr Kaplan’s ability to cure the problem with his massage technique, but what about the results? Are you justified in debunking the method when it seems to be a fact that cures have taken place?

Recently I was listening to reports on synesthesia – or the capacity of certain subjects to see sound, for example, to have visual images formed in the brain/mind/consciousness based on certain sensorial perceptions such as smell, hearing, touch, etc. For many years these subjects – an average estimated 1 per 25,000 persons – were considered psychologically defective. Most were treated for hallucinations. But now it is ‘known’ that this anomaly is actually a function of the brain which can even be nurtured. Children and women possess this natural capacity in a ratio of 3:1 compared to adult males. This too is a function known to ancient schools of psychology in India. Only now is western science catching up, realising that this is a normal albeit dormant faculty of the brain/mind. The problem now, though accepted, is that it cannot be explained according to the current scientific brain/mind model. Yet recent discoveries by dedicated (anti-establishment?) researchers have resulted in sufficient data to force the scientific community to re-think the matter. Who is to say that before long some of the unorthodox ideas healers like Kaplan work with will not be similarly accepted? After all, what Kaplan is talking about is precisely brain functions. You must admit that virtually nothing is known about this fundamental instrument. Nothing of its fullest potential has been tapped. Since Kaplan is talking about this largely unknown quantity, it is not honest science to debunk his methodology when faced with the apparent successes he is having.

Michel Kaplan’s method is not faith healing. Mercifully, the horse is not ‘open’ to such influences. His is a straightforward technique quite soundly backed up by what might be called the psycho-physiology of pain and how to deal with it, and its residue in chronic conditions. It merits serious thought, not medieval denial.

All of this was just to present the background for my objection to the overall tenor of the ‘contest’. I do not consider it fair play to judge Mr Kaplan’s ‘art’ according to parameters foreign to his system of healing. We are justified in judging and drawing conclusions of quackery or not, only if we are versed in the methods he uses. These may be very alien to us. In which case we are not qualified to debunk. All we can do, all that is reasonable and just to do is to judge his performance. That is, the results.

Did Kaplan cure the horses of their ailments or not? The question of whether his diagnosis and explanation of his healing technique is ‘scientifically’ tenable, according to our current beliefs, is immaterial. After all, which ‘science’, and at which stage of its evolution? Just observe the way space probes are turning hitherto indisputable ‘facts’ about the solar system and the universe upside-down! Or what about anthropology? A skull recently uncovered in China indicates that homo sapiens evolved pari passu with homo erectus, IN ASIA at that, and not simply in Africa. The date of the skull overturns all prior estimates of the age of the human species. The problem faced in anthropology is the Bible, believe it or not. Too many scientists, it is stated, cannot overcome their Biblical conditioning and accept that the human species did not appear in the Middle East, etc., etc., etc. Or what about the age of the Sphinx in Giza? Now weathering data prove that it is at least 10,000 years old, and not 4000. Science screams: IMPOSSIBLE, no civilisation existed then which could have built the Sphinx. And naturally this would put the supremacy of Greece and post-pagan Europe as the cradle of civilisation in doubt. So, can we be sure objecting to Kaplan’s treatments is not a similar form of prejudice against ‘alternative medicines’. Alternative, according to what criteria? You will have to admit that western-influenced science in general is an infant. Very much is known, but certain essentials remain unknown. And these in their discovery may make all the difference.

I am perhaps more ruthless and intolerant than you in condemnation of ‘quacks’. Particularly regarding the United States’ penchant for fads coupled with a lack of in-depth understanding, especially where healing is concerned, and anything related to the ‘beyond’ or the ‘invisible’. Quacks do indeed have a grand time in the United States, given the bent of the national psyche to pick up an angle or two and disregard the full ‘science’. But I honestly believe that Kaplan is on the right track in dealing with energy patterns of the horse’s constitution. But whether he is correct in his approach or not, I cannot say since I know too little about the subject to date, and far too little about his own successes – and failures.

My point is simply the unfairness of the ‘contest’. I am, as it were, beating you with your own stick, dear friend!

 

* * *

 

Medical Science has been more a curse to mankind than a blessing. It has broken the force of epidemics and unveiled a marvellous surgery, but, also, it has weakened the natural health of man and multiplied individual diseases; it has implanted fear and dependence in the mind and body; it has taught our health to repose not on natural soundness but a rickety and distasteful crutch compact from the mineral and vegetable kingdoms.

 

The doctor aims a drug at a disease; sometimes it hits, sometimes misses. The misses are left out of the account, the hits treasured up, reckoned and systematised into a science.

 

We laugh at the savage for his faith in the medicine-man; but how are the civilised less superstitious who have faith in doctors? The savage finds that when a certain incantation is repeated, he often recovers from a certain disease; he believes. The civilised patient finds that when he doses himself according to a certain prescription, he often recovers from a certain disease; he believes. Where is the difference?

 

                                                            Sri Aurobindo

Thoughts and Aphorisms

 

           

Culture and Cosmos – 4, Part 1

With the dawn of the age of electronic communications the interesting circumstance has arisen that the almost instant and universal access to information creates the impression of true knowledge available to everyone. One knows because one has limitless access to facts.

            Of course, in terms of real Knowledge, as it has been understood not only in ancient times but also in the present by realised souls, this information, this accumulation of facts has little to do with higher knowledge. And yogic techniques produce this higher perception in any field onto which the gaze of the seer is turned. But this requires a certain clarification because it is not that the sage knows everything, or can know everything, or desires to know everything. He or she knows what the Supreme Consciousness wishes to reveal through that particular instrument at any given time. Thus, the only prerequisite in order to attain higher knowledge of the order detailed in these pages is the practise of a special yoga which can create conditions within the seeker that will allow the Supramental Shakti to unveil hitherto hidden dimensions of the issue in question. Similarly, it is not merely facts which constitute this body of knowledge; rather it is a condition of lived perception, the lived experience which carries one to the heart of the issue and discloses aspects of the subject not perceived by the ordinary methods. The poise to attain is one of contained power, of concentration of energy, of mobile immobility. Succinctly, it is the formation of a properly aligned axis within one’s consciousness-being.

In the previous issue I pointed out that when the Mother remarked that the Globe and Pedestal of her temple-chamber, receiving the Sun’s ray in a special arrangement of measurements (’very precise’), was the symbol of the future realisation, she was bequeathing to humanity the very exact description of the new consciousness, both individual and collective. The ray of the Sun falling on the translucent globe, held at a particular height by the solid and unshakeable stone pedestal, presents the seeker with the visual symbol of that Consciousness, as well as the means or process required to attain that superior realisation.

The Ray is equivalent to the axis in one’s consciousness-being. It must strike the globe (soul) in a direct alignment which ‘casts no shadows’. That is, the Ray is equal to the Sun’s high noon position – or the 15th degree of Capricorn. It is this time-space positioning that unveils the Core  of our innermost Self, the soul with its centremost Point lodged within one’s being; similar to the deity of a Hindu temple located at the centre of the edifice and in perfect alignment with the ‘mountain’ that arises above this special sacred object. And thus, with this alignment realised, Agni, the One, the Son, is born in us.

The Core of the Mother’s vision is the structure of our truth-conscious seed of being. The contours of that model provide us with all that we need to know of the new consciousness and the creation it gives rise to. When this is established in a significant number of individuals on the basis of a conscious choice and awareness, then the true new world order will manifest. Presently, we are engaged in the formation of a nucleus and cellular mass which, because of the precision that characterises the process of its formation, is able to position itself in time and space in such a way as to offer two essential ingredients to the transformation. One is centrality; the other is growth from within. Centrality is the spatial point; growth from that centre is the action of time. On this basis, with the power of Gnostic Time as its impelling force of actualisation, the new creation is assured an uninterrupted growth from the centre, gradually displacing the old until the shadow will be completely dissolved and the whole Earth will be the ‘globe of light’.

 

The centremost Core of the Mother’s chamber with its axis of light informs us that before all else this axial alignment based on a new precision, as the Mother described it, must come into being individually and collectively for anything significant of the new world to emerge or be unveiled. This is the first step on the way to the supramental creation Sri Aurobindo announced as the next level of evolution for the species. It is an entirely organic process, similar – indeed identical – to any biological system. First the seed, then the process of flowering, of growth. But in the supramental yoga the important factor is to establish the right nature and quality of that seed. It must indeed be a work of precision, as the Mother foresaw. And just as her own original vision of that perfectly aligned, balanced, harmonious Core underwent a complete distortion in the temple which arises in her name in Auroville, so too the seeker is faced with pitfalls, chasms, dangerous abysses on the path to attain that shadowless poise. Therefore, the Supramental Shakti arranged the manifestation in such a manner that sincere seekers would have not only her original symbol/model to serve as an infallible guide. She allowed its shadow to arise in order to provide a more complete vision, unmistakeable in its definitive statement of just what the sincere aspirant must avoid, or what must be eliminated in order to forge that axis of light. With the two, the Light and the Shadow, we are given a guidance in the form of sacred architecture and geometry rarely experienced on Earth prior to the Mother’s impeccable act of seeing.

There is another perhaps more important reason for allowing the shadow-temple to arise. In principle, it concerns the necessity to collect energies in one central experiment, to have a focus as it were for the collective Yoga. This aspect of her work has been discussed in previous issues in detail. However, there are other facets of this process which need to be highlighted insofar as they reveal those crucial distinctions between a creation of light and one of darkness. At the same time, this discussion will enable the seeker to understand something more essential of the complex nature of a creation in matter and the laws which govern our dimension of universal existence and which cannot be superseded even by the Divine Shakti herself. Rather, she must mould the process to suit and to accommodate those laws and thereby ensure a continuity, an organic growth and evolution, similar to the entire universal manifestation.

One means to achieve this objective, and moreover to accelerate the growth and not supersede the process, has been the development of the temple pari passu with the descent of the Knowledge which was contained in the Mother’s original vision and architectural plan. Thus, the seed of that process was her act of Seeing. It was a creation of Light, and indeed it gave forth an unending stream of gnostic light with the march of time from the first moment her luminous consciousness released the energy contained in the vision and drew the chamber into the Earth atmosphere.

Since we are dealing with the physical dimension and solid objects occupying specific points in space, there is one field open to us, the densest plane of the 9 in terms of the Gnostic Circle’s scale of creation from 0 to 9, or spirit to matter. In that plane the Mother selected the 12th degree of northern latitude as the position on the globe for the experiment, for reasons which I have discussed at length in The New Way, Volume 2, Chapter 9. The reason for this selection can only be properly understood with the help of the Gnostic Circle because it is not only a space positioning but a time placement as well. And this is what the Gnostic Circle indicates. Without it we would be hard put to find anything especially significant in the selection of that particular area for the location of the temple. I will deal with this Gnostic Circle correlation further on.

First we must understand the need for a physical location as centre of the transformational process. Why not simply a consciousness, an area or condition of existence once removed from the physical and therefore easier to manipulate and mould? Indeed, this was the case in the early stages of the Yoga when Sri Aurobindo and the Mother were engaged in refining the Integral Yoga as an individual experiment. That is, the Integral Yoga provides the seeker with a means to align his or her consciousness with the inner Divine and the preliminary lines are drawn whereby the sadhak is able to establish a new axis and alignment in his or her consciousness-being, or in one’s private cosmos. The Integral Yoga is the first part of the transformation – but only the first. Its aim is to prepare the sadhak for an extension of the boundaries of consciousness so that the Supramental Yoga can begin. Without this preliminary alignment provided by the Integral Yoga, the further stages cannot be established. At the same time, arresting the yoga at this first stage places the subject in an awkward position: one is neither here nor there, – in limbo, as it were.

The Integral Yoga was never an end in itself. Sri Aurobindo made this abundantly clear when he wrote of the state of his yoga during the last decades of his life which indicated he had not completed the process he knew would be needed for the full expression of the supramental truth. What he described of that final phase before his passing unmistakably pointed to the Supramental Yoga which has taken shape since then, greatly aided by the temple episode under discussion. Indeed, the sole purpose for the establishment of ‘the city’ in the 1960s by the Mother was in answer to the imperative for a new laboratory, an extended field which could serve as a vessel to contain the increase of energies which such an extension or expansion would entail. We may believe that his Pondicherry ashram with its numerous sadhaks and all the activities engendered by this collective grouping was sufficient to provide a proper field for this extension. However, this was not the case. It is not a question of quantity but rather of methodology. The temple-vision had to be the ‘seed’ for the extension; the movement had to expand from a centre. Whereas in the Ashram, in those early stages of the work, the centre was the combined consciousness of Sri Aurobindo and the Mother. The physical dimension had not yet been touched.

This digging into the depths, as it were, took root after Sri Aurobindo’s passing, set in motion precisely by his activity during that critical period of withdrawal. More particularly, in 1971 the connecting bridge to the physical was firmly established. This coincided with the beginning of the temple construction. The new Power became rooted in the Earth.

 

Sri Aurobindo’s evolving symbol: a marriage of Heaven and Earth

 

The yogas are not done in a void, especially the supramental yoga. For both, a physical embodiment is demanded. But while the integral yoga requires an embodiment sufficient to contain energies in transformation centred on an individual consciousness, the supramental yoga requires that, and something else. It requires a laboratory where integration can be achieved of the One and the Many. The supramental yoga can never be done individually, – that is, restricted to a single entity. Regardless what the sadhak believes he has attained in his individual capacity, it is never that next stage unless he experiences this process of integration. It is always limited to a field of the One and unable to make a higher, enlightened contact and integration with the Multiple.

The history of Sri Aurobindo’s manifestation provides ample proof of this arrangement. During his embodiment he was engaged in establishing a laboratory where the integral yoga could express itself. Similarly, he required a certain number in his entourage whose combined energies could consolidate that field. His own symbol gives us the information we need to understand that phase of the work. Its two intersecting triangles represent the call from below (the ascending triangle) and the descent from above (the descending triangle); or else, the union of ‘heaven’ and ‘earth’. At the intersection of the two stands the Square which Sri Aurobindo called the symbol of the Supermind. And within that square there is the Lotus of the Avatar – significantly formed of 9, 6, and 3 petals, to highlight the exact pattern of the avataric descent with its messengers incarnating in harmony with those special number relations, as well as the role gnostic time would play in the supramental transformation. The Lotus rests on seven waves which are the seven planes of existence from subtle to dense matter. The finality of his yoga is to construct a bridge linking all these planes precisely by the aid of gnostic time and the formula 9/6/3, just as the Lotus reveals. In this way, with this accomplished, the prophesied descent of a ‘new Heaven’ established in the soil of a new and transformed Earth is fulfilled. Sri Aurobindo’s symbol explains this prophesy in minute detail.

Ultimately, the individual is the sole and unique beneficiary of the transformation. But his or her new consciousness is intended to give rise to a new world. The new collectivity is formed of these individual energies. However, they are reformed, organised anew on the basis of a special realignment around a new axis represented in the Mother’s vision of the Chamber as the descending Ray whose light is captured in the luminous translucent globe, held in position at a very exact location (in time and space) by the stone pedestal.

To further consolidate the symbolism, the pedestal is a square, symbol of the Supermind, and it consists of Sri Aurobindo’s triangular symbol, four in number, upright, carved in solid stone. But the important feature of this sacred object is the action of the light within the square receptacle, hidden from view. For at the exact crossing of its diagonals the Supreme Power Point comes into being. This is the fount of an ever-replenishing source of energy beyond our physical dimension but connected to it through the newly-constructed bridge, access to which is through the core of one’s innermost being. It carries the seeker to the realm of immortality.

Again we may refer to the historical data of the supramental manifestation through the lives and word of the Avatars and we find confirmation for the statement I have made regarding the extended field the supramental creation demands for its expression. This confirmation comes through a careful scrutiny of certain developments precisely involving Sri Aurobindo’s symbol after his passing in December of 1950.

From the early days of their joint mission, Sri Aurobindo’s triangular symbol was formed of two equilateral triangles. These had to accommodate the central square and lotus and therefore they had to be pulled apart somewhat. Inserted in a circle on this basis, only the upper and lower tips of the triangles would touch its periphery. It is safe to state that the first symbol, here reproduced, described the purpose and methodology of the integral yoga – i.e., a yoga devised to connect the sadhak to the Divine in his or her consciousness-being. It was a process limited to this individual vessel which the earlier symbol represents. At the same time, it describes an ascent and descent, a movement involving the vertical dimension or cosmic direction. This is the first manifestation of the supramental avataric descent. The ‘field’ required for that phase is a laboratory confined to the individual consciousness. It is not concerned with an extended field. That was to come later; and indeed Sri Aurobindo’s symbol underwent a metamorphosis precisely after he had attained a realisation for the Earth whereby a connection was forged with a newly-released source of energy. The Mother would indicate this attainment ‘on the other side’ by designing the pedestal in her chamber’s core in stone and concealing therein a transmutation of energy which Sri Aurobindo had accomplished in those hidden dimensions after he left his body in 1950. The precise timing of the operation is written into that stone pedestal when the ‘new precision’ is honoured, – that is, in the twelfth year after his passing.

 

The Initiatic Language of Symbols

 

There are not many who understand the language of symbols. And practically none appreciate the manner in which the Mother used symbols to explain the process of supramental transformation, as for example the original plan of her temple; or else, how she utilised modifications in certain key symbols to announce breakthroughs or major shifts in the work. Most consider such developments ‘coincidental’ or else unimportant. All ignore the power of gnostic time in these happenings and how unusually tuned the Mother was to that power.

To illustrate, in May of 1964, the Mother revised Sri Aurobindo’s symbol. The modifications she introduced, to one versed in this special hieratic language, were fundamental and decisive. They revealed that something formidable had occurred directly involving Sri Aurobindo’s personal manifestation, and through that the areas of the work connected in a special way to his appearance on Earth. But while this may be readily accepted by disciples and devotees and might not require any particular insight to grasp, most would find it impossible to believe that had the Mother not modified his symbol when and how it was done, she could not have seen the temple’s chamber six years later. The revised symbol provided the occult structural form or skeleton of that temple. Without that the Mother could not have given the proper measurements for the chamber lodged within the outer form of that temple which would make it a womb of gnostic time, or the abode of the Time-Spirit.

We have here something on the order of, What came first, the chicken or the egg? The Mother seems to have provided the answer: A specific happening in the subtle physical dimension permits the ‘egg’ to manifest. Ironically, we are indeed dealing with an ‘egg’, the Shalagram wherein Sri Aurobindo’s symbol arises to become the structural skeleton of the chamber. The Shalagram/Symbol is the womb. The Chamber provides the channel of birth.

This is one part of the process. The main feature is what a revision of that symbol revealed of Sri Aurobindo’s work ‘on the other side’, so to speak. For the fact that the Mother was able to reshape this all-important element meant that something fundamental had occurred whose content the former symbol could not capture and convey. In the language of symbols it meant that a new form had come into being, or that Sri Aurobindo had accomplished by his passing something which the revised symbol had to indicate if it was to be a faithful element in the symbol representation of his work.

With the rise of organised religions in middle-eastern and western culture, the hieratic language of symbols gradually lost its living channels of expression. This was especially due to the condemnation of idol representation which in its higher form we find in India even today, and the rejection of the feminine power as a central feature of mystical experience. For it is only in a practice which accepts this Power that we find a proper use made of symbols. Tantra in the Indian tradition is one such path. The language of symbols in Tantra is unparalleled anywhere in the world. However, with the dawn of the new age and especially due to the expansion of the measure of our solar system from six to nine planets in orbit of the Sun, a renewal is demanded in this particular area of higher knowledge. Tantric symbolism was an especially suited channel for renewal insofar as the 9 was already enshrined as the supreme number-power of the Shakti. Indeed, Vedic Dharma in general was able to serve as a foundation for renewal because Hinduism has always sustained that there are 9 ‘planets’, – the 6 of the ancient school and the Sun, plus Rahu and Ketu, the lunar nodes. What this reveals is that from ancient times Indian wisemen  have understood that what is important in astrological formulation and horoscopic readings is not the ‘influence of the planet’ as such. The inclusion of Rahu and Ketu in the measure to reach the sacred number 9 of the Divine Mother meant that they knew the key feature of cosmic harmonies was the question of orbits and not planetary influence as astrologers believe today. For the lunar nodes are indeed simply the two points where the orbits of the Earth and Moon intersect. They are not planetary bodies; and yet they were included in the list of ‘planets’, or rather items to be considered as relevant in astrological formulation.

However, in this new age of the Supermind another adjustment is demanded. It is that now the Zero must be accommodated in the cosmic harmony. While Rahu and Ketu provided the scale of 9, the full transition or adjustment must now be made in order to definitively reproduce the true cosmic harmony as it actually is. That is, the Sun must no longer figure as the One, and one among equals, or the first ‘planet’ of the scheme, as in former times. It must find its central position and be unveiled as the Zero in terms of number-power. Thereafter, each planet can find its own proper location once this centrality is established, faithful to the real character of our solar system.

If the Hermetic dictum, ‘as above, so below’, has any value, then of foremost importance must be the faithful reproduction of that ‘above’, if at all we are to find its true reflection or transposition here ‘below’.

In the last issue of VISHAAL, I described the importance of the Indian discovery of the Zero and that it pointed to a breakthrough in a sage’s yoga more than two millennia ago. There was first the breakthrough as described in the Creation Hymn of the Rigveda, which I reproduced as Appendix 2 in that issue. Then followed the formulation of a new scale, 0 to 9. The 12 scale could no longer suffice. The ‘field’ opened up by yoga required an expansion and jolts were felt thereafter until our time when the 9th Avatar took birth to resettle the terrain of yoga in a new form grounded  in the ancient foundation. This newness, incorporating the old as foundation, is beautifully conveyed in the Gnostic Circle with its vertical time direction of the 9 circle, rooted in the horizontal space direction of the 12 circle.

Thus, the evolution of the symbols of the Supramental Manifestation indicates that something similar had occurred in the early 1960s to encourage and permit the Mother to revise Sri Aurobindo’s own symbol. The unusual part of the exercise is that the Mother carried out the revision when Sri Aurobindo was no longer embodied. Certainly this ought to have alerted disciples to the fact that something involving his supramental transformation had occurred, and that this process not only had not been interrupted by his passing but in some mysterious way was furthered and/or accelerated by that ‘death’. I am stating therefore that it was not a mental decision based on aesthetic considerations or geometric values isolated from the sacred which inspired the Mother. This revolutionary occurrence reflected Sri Aurobindo’s new form. She could carry out this revision only after Sri Aurobindo had indeed acquired a new form. And this occurred 6 months before the revision, in late 1963. Having successfully accomplished this passage, with all that it signified in the context of the Supramental Manifestation, the Mother then ‘saw’, and the outcome was the revision of the symbol.

     Thus, the true seeker of knowledge can easily understand through this analysis of the historical details of the Mother’s work that a happening of this order is not arbitrary. Indeed, as the diagrams I am presenting here reveal, the revised symbol ‘fits’ into the Shalagram form (figure A) which was meant to contain the original chamber the Mother had ‘seen’ in early 1970, – that is, 6 years after the symbol was revised.

 

Again, we are faced with a rhythm of 6, recalling the powerful harmony of 6 which exists between the Mother’s and Sri Aurobindo’s birthdays, – day, month and year. Had that revision not occurred, the Shalagram could not have served as this sacred vessel. In addition, because the Mother revised Sri Aurobindo’s symbol in 1964, she could ‘see’ not only the true and entire form of the chamber but more importantly, she could provide us with its precise measurements. For only on the basis of these accurate measurements is Sri Aurobindo’s symbol unveiled in the Shalagram as here indicated to form the occult skeleton of the chamber and temple (figure B).

 

‘Death’ or the Act of Withdrawal

 

One of the more fascinating aspects of the Mother’s spontaneous revision of Sri Aurobindo’s symbol involves the quality of the triangles, for the new design required a shift from equilateral to isosceles triangles. This in itself provides certain important clues as to the nature of Sri Aurobindo’s transformation; in particular, the new triangles indicate that he had finally completed his mission as the 9th, though this occurred ‘on the other side’. But this fact in itself should make us ponder deeply over what actually did transpire in that realm beyond.

Disciples and students of Sri Aurobindo’s life and works are aware that his ‘death’ was no ordinary death but rather a voluntary withdrawal. He was declared by the attending doctors to have entered a coma brought on by a case of uraemia. However, these same attendants related that periodically Sri Aurobindo came out of the ‘coma’ to enquire what the time was! When the appointed hour arrived, he made his final withdrawal.

From this we can learn two things. One, Sri Aurobindo’s passing was a willed act and not an ordinary death brought on by an illness; and second, that he was intent on taking his final departure at a particular time, respecting some mysterious ‘schedule’ or design.

The Mother spoke to a disciple on 19 October, 1960 about Sri Aurobindo’s ‘death’, confirming much of what I have written here:

 

    Yes, it is just this extraordinary thing that Sri Aurobindo had. He didn’t make any effort…But he did not do it for himself.

For human beings this has been UNTHINKABLE.

He wanted to leave. He had decided to leave, hadn’t he? He didn’t want us to know that he was doing it intentionally because he knew that if, for a moment, I would come to know he was doing it purposely, I would have reacted so violently that I would not have let him go.

He did this…he bore all of that as if it were unconsciousness, an ordinary illness, simply in order not to let us know – and he left at the moment he had to leave. But…

I couldn’t believe that he had left when he did, there in front of me, it was all so far away…And then after, when coming out of his body he came into me, I understood it all…It was fantastic!

It is…It is absolutely superhuman. There is not one human being who would have been capable of doing such a thing. And what a control over his body – absolute, absolute! But in giving to others…he took away your illnesses like that… (The Mother gestures as if calmly catching the illness with her fingertips and taking it out of the body.) This happened to you once, didn’t it? You said I had done this for you – but it wasn’t me; he had done it…. He used to give one silence of the mind like that (The Mother makes a gesture of lightly brushing her hand across her forehead). It is that his actions were absolutely…. On people it had all the characteristics of a complete control…. Absolutely superhuman.

One day he will tell you all this himself. Now I know. It is for-mi-da-ble…

 

I would like to task you something: Why did he have to leave?

 

Ah, that, one cannot speak of that.

 

(Long silence)

 

One can say, but in a completely superficial way…It was because for him to do IMMEDIATELY what he had to do, without leaving his body, well…

 

(Silence)

 

One can speak of it in this way: the world was not ready. But to say the truth, it was the whole of things around him that were not ready. And so, he SAW that (this is something I understood later), he saw that it would go infinitely faster if he were not there, and he was ABSOLUTELY RIGHT, it was the truth.

When I saw that I accepted it. It was when I saw that, when he made me understand this that I accepted, otherwise…

There was a difficult period.

 

(Silence)

 

It wasn’t long, but it was difficult.

I said twelve days when he left, twelve days. Actually I gave twelve days for the entire Work, to know if… Outwardly I said: after twelve days I will say whether the Ashram (the Ashram was naturally only a symbol) would continue or not, whether or not it was finished.

And after (I don’t know, it did not take twelve days: I said this on 9 December, and on the 12th it was all decided, clear, seen, understood); on the 12th I received people, met with others. All the activities were taken up again after twelve days starting from 5 December. But on the 12th it was decided.

Everything was like that, suspended, until the time when he made me understand the complete thing, all of it…But that is for later.

It is he himself who will tell it, it is true, later.

(The Mother’s Agenda, 1960.)

 

Sri Aurobindo was the 9th Avatar of Vishnu. His number-power in the gnostic time scale was 9, drawn from his year of birth, 1872. (The exact time of his departure was, coincidentally, 1:26 AM, equalling 9.) Consequently, the 9 provides a fundamental key to the entire Supramental Manifestation. It sets the tone, as it were, for the ensuing harmony, a rhythm expressed in the evolution of the solar Line from that year onward, especially pertinent to the time factor captured in the measurements the Mother gave for the Chamber.

Thus, in 1964 the revision of the symbol was in preparation of  the Mother’s future vision. Moreover, the geometric details of the shift from equilateral to isosceles triangles confirms the 9 factor of Sri Aurobindo’s first appearance as the 9th Avatar of Vishnu, as well as his number-power in the solar Line’s descending scale of 9, 6, and 3. The base angles of the isosceles triangles measure 51˚, – i.e., 9˚ less than the angles of his former symbol. The apex measures 78˚ – or his age at the time of withdrawal. The 18˚ accumulated from the changed degrees of the base angles, are added to the apex to give 78. There are thus 18 crucial degrees which alter the shape of the triangles to allow Sri Aurobindo’s symbol to serve as the occult structural support of the Mother’s temple. As the incarnation of Mahakal, the great Time-Spirit, Sri Aurobindo demonstrated in his life and mission and final transformation that the rhythm of 9 was essential and that his appearance on Earth set this rhythm on its way as a central element in the Supramental Descent. And this is fully conveyed in the gnostic content of the Mother’s temple, for when the original plan is respected and the construction is carried out in accordance with that revised symbol, 21 diameters of the globe of 70cms fit into the central shaft of light in a chain. And when converted to the measure of our time, those 70 are equivalent to 18 days, recalling thus the 18˚of the base angles of Sri Aurobindo’s revised symbol. Indeed, his new symbol holds the key to the incomparable harmony of gnostic time in the Mother’s original plan of her temple. This harmony has of course been lost in the actual construction in Auroville, for indeed Sri Aurobindo’s ‘new form’ finds no place therein, where the law of usurpation rules.

In view of these relationships, it is quite possible to deduce that without a revision of the symbol in 1964, there could have been no ‘seeing’ of its detailed application 6 years later, in 1970, when the Mother ‘saw’ the chamber. Conversely, there could have been no revision unless Sri Aurobindo had fulfilled his mission as the 9th by a PHYSICAL transformation, albeit in the subtle physical very close to the Earth’s material plane. Indeed, in the realm of higher knowledge the use of symbols in this advanced manner is intended to remove speculation from perception and to provide seekers with a thoroughly applicable model for the yoga. The Avatar’s mission and realisation is never abstract and speculative – and we have the history of Sri Ram and Sri Krishna as examples, where they have left their stamp on the Hindu psyche in such a manner as to erase the line between history and myth. Nor is there any question of faith involved, similar to what Christianity holds as an indispensable ingredient in the appreciation of the Christ’s mission. Regarding the latter, we are also faced with a fundamental achievement ‘on the other side’. For the crucifixion, we are told, resulted in redemption of humanity’s sins, and the final resurrection of Jesus and his ascent into heaven. This glorious achievement does not unfold or come accompanied by an entire body of higher Knowledge, objective and not demanding of the faith of the devotee.

Indeed, this is what distinguishes a supramental manifestation from the common religious experience. In the former we demand objective knowledge which is perforce the very nature of gnosis. As indeed it has been the key ingredient in all true paths of Indian yoga and spirituality. Similar to the Mother’s revelation of this gnostic content of the temple, and its measurable quality, all Hindu temples can trace their origins to a yogic act in ancient times. The only difference between the two is that the Mother’s temple describes the great expansion the Earth is experiencing and the new measure of our solar system, as well as providing a working, applicable model of the Zero as womb of gnostic time, number-power of the Sun, symbol of the Supermind, as even it was for the ancient Rishis.

This is the true hieratic language and purpose of symbols. It is not found anywhere on Earth in this living, dynamic form. What we find everywhere is a mental formulation lacking power and a basis in the reality of the lived experience. Above all, when it is the true process, based on a yoga where the Shakti is central – and in this case we are dealing with the incarnation of that Power herself – there is nothing speculative involved. The meaning of the form is plain and simple. There is no abstraction. There is Truth, irrefutable and absolute. No ‘interpretations’ are possible in this realm of knowledge. And when the time comes for the full manifestation of the Supramental Shakti, then this language acquires an even greater clarity and imperative and indisputable stamp of Truth.

Thus, the new form of Sri Aurobindo’s symbol revealed the new form of himself, exactly in synchronisation with his new appearance. This may be denied and disputed by the profane, but the initiate versed in this language of the Gods cannot deny what the direct experience and seeing and its consequent knowledge reveal.

 

The eternal Language of the Zodiac

 

Apart from this decisive act, so important for the future course of their work, the Mother also disclosed the same revolutionary happening using other images and branches of the Knowledge. To illustrate, on 16 December, 1967, the Mother entered into a long contemplation for over a half an hour. Coming out of this state, she then spoke to her secretary/disciple, Satprem, of the details of a vision she had had just then, while sitting with him in her room. Strangely enough, though she always spoke to him in French, this time it was in English. I reproduce her own words as they have been transcribed in The Mother’s Agenda, Volume 8, p. 438-39:

 

      I saw a strange being who came from there like that, (The Mother indicates her left side) made a round around you and went away. It was a horse with a lion’s head.

Beautiful beast! It was a lion, the head like that, the front form was a lion and behind it was a horse. And it was the symbol of…a symbolical animal of something. At the moment, I understood perfectly well, I said Ah! and…

Very dignified. Came from there (same gesture on the left) like that, made a round around you and went away. It was for you. Lion is power, and horse…

And like that, it seems silly, but he was very beautiful, and of a beautiful colour. And very dignified.

Tiens!… (The Mother realises she was speaking in English. The conversation resumes in French, which I translate into English.)

It was Sri Aurobindo who said all that to you (In English). It is odd how it comes like that.

It was something that had come to announce something to you. It was a being, but a being…There must be beings like that. It was all in light, and it was something…it was to announce something to you. But so real!

 

In this case the Mother again describes in very precise detail Sri Aurobindo’s two forms and the months of birth when these would appear on Earth. On this occasion she used the timeless cosmic script for the purpose, seeing the two zodiacal signs under which he would take birth for these two appearances, the Lion and the Horse, or Leo and Sagittarius. Not only did she see the two accurately, she also saw the correct sequence of the two appearances, – first Leo and then Sagittarius; and moreover, that they were connected, as one body, so to speak. This is perhaps the most important aspect of her impeccable clairvoyance: the images reveal more than just one fact – his rebirth. They reveal subtle features of the Knowledge which are fundamental to understand if this rebirth is to make any sense in the overall context of the Supramental Manifestation. The single-bodied imagery combining two animal forms is a formidable clue to the precise yoga Sri Aurobindo undertook ‘on the other side’ after his passing, which permitted the new form and symbol to emerge on the cosmic screen of time and space. This was the technique employed in the Sphinx at Giza where human head and lion body refer to the axis of the zodiacal signs, Leo and Aquarius, the first being the Age of creation of the colossus, while the latter, the Age of Aquarius, our present Age, is the time when its mysteries are revealed.

Regarding the Mother’s Lion and Horse vision and the ‘announcement’ Sri Aurobindo was making, again we must consider that none, much less the disciple Satprem, grasped the message. Yet it is evident that Sri Aurobindo was making determined efforts after 1963 to convey to those involved in his work that the ‘new form’ had come into being. These messages were always given in ways that would accurately inform his entourage of the supramental process successfully completed, with its attending gnosis. Lamentably, none were receptive enough to appreciate the momentous turning point he sought to convey.

There was a precise plan involved in this sequence of events. The revised symbol would become the occult skeletal structure of the temple within a short time, as I have pointed out. Resistance to the Mother’s enlightened Seeing would be formidable, as we have been able to confirm. But the knowledge content, or gnosis, of her original plan had to survive, precisely because a choice would be offered as an intrinsic part of the evolution of Sri Aurobindo’s work on Earth. This or that, – i.e., the temple of Light or Darkness: Knowledge or Ignorance, as the ‘centre’ of the new world.

 

The ‘core’ of the matter

 

The most important aspect to the revision of Sri Aurobindo’s symbol concerns a key element in the original plan of the chamber, – the Core.

The Pedestal the Mother ‘saw’ when she entered the chamber in the subtle plane consisted of four upright symbols, forming a square, whose angles were touching. This detail of her seeing, specifically mentioned by her to Satprem and thus recorded on tape for posterity, might appear to be an insignificant detail of little consequence. Yet it proves that the Mother saw the revised symbol as the Pedestal and not the pre-1964 form.

Interestingly, the Ashram engineer, Udar Pinto, with whom she drew up the plans that were originally presented to the architects for execution, did not draw the Pedestal on the basis of this revised version. He used the old symbol, obviously because having been a member of her entourage throughout the years that the former symbol was in use – indeed, when Sri Aurobindo was present in his old form – this engineer/disciple spontaneously drew the Pedestal in the manner he was accustomed to and most familiar with. This can be verified by perusing the blueprint of the original plans he drew up on the basis of the Mother’s instructions. In the right-hand upper corner there is a drawing of the Pedestal exactly as it appears below (figure C). To accommodate the separated equilateral triangles within the Pedestal, its height had to be extended. Thus, this disharmonious form emerged. But more important to note is that this construction would not produce a pedestal of four symbols with the angles of the triangles touching, as the Mother stated on the basis of what she ‘saw’. Something was fundamentally wrong, a glaring discrepancy in the design. Or else, the Mother had not ‘seen’ correctly.

 

Another six years transpired and in 1976 I ‘discovered’ the geometric solution to the Pedestal which would make it a faithful reproduction of the Mother’s original vision (figure D). It was simply the utilisation of the revised symbol for the construction, based on the accurate design and proportions she had given in May of 1964, twelve years earlier. With this official design, and on the basis of the vesica piscis (see The New Way, Volume 3, Chapter 3) drawn according to the given 70cms of the globe, the Pedestal could be designed so that a very great deal of accuracy would be attained and the result would be the angles of the triangles touching, just as the Mother had ‘seen’. The most awesome part of the exercise is the fact that in the 1976 discovery of the correct pedestal/symbol, to faithfully reproduce what the Mother SAW, this fidelity and application brought its special reward instantly: the discovery of his rebirth in the irrefutable language of Gnostic Symbols.

It took twelve years for this ‘message’ to find a receptive instrument. Halfway between the original revision of the symbol and my discovery of the correct Pedestal for the Core of the chamber, there was the Mother’s act of seeing, the magnificent ‘descent of the temple’. The 12-year cycle all disciples of Sri Aurobindo know was another key feature of his appearance as the 9th Avatar. In this case we encounter the same cycle again regarding the temple. It calls to mind the tale of Jesus at 12 years of age, when he was ‘discovered’ in the temple by his parents in spiritual discourse, revealing his true being and divine mission. Similarly, it was when Sri Aurobindo in his new form had attained the age of 12 (1976) that together with the discovery of the correct Pedestal – indeed, hinging precisely on that discovery – his reappearance, again involving a temple, was disclosed. That is, it was confirmed in the design, measurements, and gnostic timing of the descent of the Temple when his first cycle of twelve was completed in his new form.

 

Sphinx and Pyramid in the hieratic Language of Symbols

 

In Volume 2 of the New Way, I discuss certain aspects of the Mother’s original plan of the chamber in connection with the Great Pyramid at Giza. Indeed, her revision of Sri Aurobindo’s symbol in 1964 drew this connection 6 years prior to the vision of the temple. The change of triangles from equilateral to isosceles resulted in the fact that a direct link was made with ancient Egypt, in a sense drawing that civilisation through the ages and across the globe and implanting it, via applied gnostic symbolism, in the soil of India of today. A bridge is thus forged between the two civilisations, cutting across time and space by this ‘construction’ in our 20th Century of the Giza Pyramid in the Mother’s temple, through Sri Aurobindo’s revised symbol.

There is a specific reason why at a certain point in the evolution of the Supramental Manifestation the bridge had to be formed. The announcement of this future connection was made millennia ago when the Sphinx which still stands at Giza was seen and then constructed. Similar to the announcement regarding Sri Aurobindo’s rebirth, utilising a ‘sphinx’ formed of Lion and Horse (Leo and Sagittarius), so too the ancient Egyptians constructed a colossus in a sufficiently indestructible manner to endure over many centuries, using the very same cosmic script. In Sri Aurobindo’s case the ‘sphinx’, as witnessed by the Mother, indicated the months/signs of his two connected appearances on Earth, connected in an unbroken line of time, that is. Whereas, in the case of the Egyptian creation the symbols refer to cosmic ‘months’ – i.e., astrological ages.

The Laws of Correspondence are a basic tenet of astrological tradition. Thus, there is only one circle, one ecliptic consisting of the 12 zodiacal signs. These in their annual progression are the twelve months of our calendar year. But the same progression applies to the Precession of the Equinoxes which requires 25,920 years to complete one Round, as I have called it (see, TVN, 8/6, page 11), of those same twelve zodiacal signs. Thus, one cosmic month in this equation is equivalent to 2160 years, or one astrological age.

As we find mentioned in the Atharvaveda concerning this same progression, there are three ‘hubs’ in the wheel, or three such complete Rounds of 25,920 Earth years each, equalling 77,760. These are again divided by twelve, resulting in twelve Manifestations of 6480 Earth years each, wherein the latter are similarly ‘months’, identified by the same 12 signs, though multiplied by time in this fashion.

Thus, permeating this ancient system of knowledge, in Egypt as well as in India, and other places on the globe, is this Law of Correspondence and Equivalency, where time is either expanded or contracted but the circle is ever the same.

As indicated in the Map of 12 Manifestations (see TVN, 8/6, page 11), the four Fixed signs (of Vishnu, the Preserver) form the classic Sphinx, a composite form of Bull (Taurus), Lion (Leo), Eagle (Scorpio), and Man/Woman (Aquarius). The four figure prominently in St John’s Revelation, a rather bizarre lapse of editing insofar as the Church considers astrology a heathen and blasphemous tradition:

 

After this I looked, and, behold, a door was opened in heaven: and the first voice which I heard was as it were of a trumpet talking with me; which said, Come up hither, and I will shew thee things which must be hereafter.

2) And immediately I was in the spirit: and, behold, a throne was set in heaven, and one sat on the throne.

3) And he that sat was to look upon like a jasper and sardine stone: and there was a rainbow round about the throne, in sight like unto an emerald.

4) And round about the throne were four and twenty seats: and upon the seats I saw four and twenty elders sitting, clothed in white raiment; and they had on their heads crowns of gold.

5) And out of the throne proceeded lightnings and thunderings and voices: and there were seven lamps of fire burning before the throne, which are the seven Spirits of God.

6) And before the throne there was a sea of glass like unto a crystal: and in the midst of the throne, and round about the throne, were four beasts full of eyes before and behind.

7) And the first beast was like a lion, and the second beast like a calf, and the third beast had a face as a man, and the fourth beast was like a flying eagle.

8) And the four beasts had each of them six wings about him; and they were full of eyes within: and they rest not day and night, saying, Holy, holy, holy, Lord Almighty, which was, and is, and is to come… (The Revelation, Chapter IV, King James Version).

 

This is unequivocally a description of the zodiac. Interesting to note is the manner in which the signs are divided in two parts, negative and positive, thus making twenty-four ‘elders’. This is further emphasised by the ‘six wings’ of the Beasts, indicating that each one presides over a quarter of the zodiac of three signs divided into two parts, thereby equalling six. The ‘sea of glass’ is the plane of the ecliptic extending out from the Sun (‘the throne’). But what is truly intriguing is that this document, perhaps the most prized by contemporary Christian fundamentalists because of its prophecy not only of the return of the Christ but of the Final Judgement which certain elements of the Church have utilised throughout these many centuries since the penning of this text to keep the faithful in line as it were, clearly describes the cosmic attributes of God, and that his praises are sung through the cosmic harmony. This is a thoroughly ‘pagan’ concept and finds no place in the religions of Middle-Eastern origin. One wonders how this incongruency is dealt with by Christian theologians. For example, how do they reconcile the saint’s description of the seven planets (‘seven lamps of fire burning before the throne’) as ‘seven Spirits of God’?

Be this as it may, the above text furnishes us with further proof that in very ancient and not so ancient times, the cosmic harmony was a firm pillar of all systems of higher knowledge across the globe. The Sphinx at Giza, far older than the Christian Scripture, has taken two of these forms – Lion and Man/Woman, of Leo and Aquarius – in the very same manner as Sri Aurobindo did to announce his rebirth. But in the case of the Egyptian colossus, the announcement meant to reverberate across the ages involved the astrological ‘months’ of Leo and Aquarius, or the Age of Leo and the Age of Aquarius, or present Age. The logical question to ask is what was that announcement, and why was it so important to preserve in a medium that would endure and survive the ravages of time?

In a sense we could say that the mystery of the Giza Sphinx is the redemption of the Sun, or the supramental Gnosis, in a manner reminiscent of the Isis/Osiris myth, where Osiris is dismembered and then reassembled by the Goddess. Savitri, Sri Aurobindo’s epic poem, based on an old Vedic theme, describes a similar redemption, and also by the Goddess.

If the tale is taken as a ‘solar myth’, to use the description of contemporary scholars, Osiris stands for the Supramental Light; the dismembering of that single principle of Light refers to the refracted and therefore relative truths of the Overmind planes. These single rays descending from that original Light can be found in the world’s religions, as an example. They each contain something of that solar essence, but refracted and thus isolated from every other ‘ray’ or religion. Therefore, to campaign for a world religion, or a unity of religions is a naïve prospect doomed to failure. The intrinsic nature of religions precludes any unification and will defy ad infinitum, as it has defied throughout the Age of Pisces and into our own Age, all attempts to bring about an amalgamation, notwithstanding the ecumenical drives of the past few decades. Unity does not lie within the parameters of religions. It lies beyond.

The dismembering and reassembling involves the Sun of Knowledge and points to the great upheaval I described in the last issue in which the Sun is momentarily dislodged from its throne in the 12-scale progression, and then relocated in a central position in the 9-scale circle. This redemption of centrality is the key to the new species. The announcement of the Giza Sphinx is thus the arrival of the new gnosis and the new race when the period of the Man/Woman of its form would arrive, some 10,000 years after its construction. Erected when the cosmic dial of the Manifestations was located at or around the 0 degree of Leo in the Precession of the Equinoxes, approximately 10,000 years would elapse until the dial would reach the last degree of Aquarius, based on the backwards motion of the Precession. At that prescribed point in time its secret would be revealed.

The Age of Aquarius began in 1926. In that very year the sands covering the majestic sphinx were completely removed: her form was finally unveiled in precise synchronisation with the start of the very Age captured in her symbolism. Also in that very year, Sri Aurobindo crossed a momentous threshold in his own yoga for the Earth, and by November of 1926 he and the Mother were in a position to formally commence their joint mission, the aim of which was to establish the foundations for the new gnosis and the new species.

In the interim betweens the Age of Leo and our present Age of Aquarius, a very heavy mantle of darkness has descended over the Earth. The Knowledge was eclipsed, dismembered, scattered abroad in fragments, similar to the body of Osiris. The darkness was deepest in the Age of Pisces before our own when the ancient civilisations would finally succumb to the forces of destruction and each one would pass into oblivion, leaving only traces here and there of a former glory in fragments of stone and marble, or else in unintelligible myths. All ancient civilisations except one, that is: India.

This too was announced by the Sphinx: the golden Sun of Knowledge would resurrect or rise again in the land where continuity was maintained, where the Sphinx would be actualised. That is, where the same connection and continuity would exist, in all that its form of Lion and Man signified, across the astrological ages/months/signs, as announced in Sri Aurobindo’s ‘sphinx’ of Lion and Horse. That is, a direct process of incarnation where the line of Time was not severed. This same continuity, indicated in the Sphinx at Giza, has been nurtured in India in terms of the Knowledge. India alone preserves the ancient meaning of the Cosmic Script because it is only in India that this superior Language has not only been preserved but realised, actualised from age to age through the unbroken line of the Ten Avatars of Vishnu. For Vishnu, godhead of Preservation and hence embodiment of the four Fixed (Preservation) signs of that ancient zodiacal script, is the Supreme Sphinx from whom all others have evolved. His fourfold ‘form’ is described in the Rigveda, the world’s oldest Scripture, where bull, lion, and ‘friend’ (Man) are the attributes sung in praise of this mighty embodiment of the Spirit of Time. In addition, Scorpio is clearly the zodiacal position from where Vishnu sets out to mark his famous ‘three steps’, or to map out the ecliptic for humankind. In these verses, the sequence follows in correct order from there, the sign of the Eagle.

Indeed, left out of the list of attributes is the Eagle, but this was perhaps due to the fact that the Eagle, Garuda, is Vishnu’s very own carrier, or vahana. It is also interesting to note, here and in St John’s Revelation, quoted above, that the eagle is used to indicate the 8th sign, Scorpio, and not the scorpion which is the only figure in use to represent the sign today. There is a specific reason why this is so. Indeed, this particular aspect of the ancient teachings will form the centre of our discussion further on. I quote here the verses from the Rigveda in praise of Vishnu, and, similar to the Christian text, there can be no doubt that what the Rishi is describing is the cosmic script and the heavenly harmony which Vishnu embodies perhaps more than any other of the ancient godheads:

 

Of Vishnu now I declare the mighty works, who has measured out the earthly worlds and that higher seat of our self-accomplishing he supports, he the wide-moving, in the threefold steps of his universal movement.

 

That Vishnu affirms on high by his mightiness and he is like a terrible LION that ranges in the difficult places, yea, his lair is on the mountain-tops, he in whose three wide movements all the worlds find their dwelling-place.

 

Let our strength and our thought go forward to Vishnu the all-pervading, the wide-moving BULL whose dwelling-place is on the mountain, he who being One has measured all this long and far-extending seat of our self-accomplishing by only three of his strides.

 

He whose three steps are full of the honey-wine and they perish not but have ecstasy by the self-harmony of their nature; yea, he being One holds the triple principle and earth and heaven also, even all the worlds.

May I attain to and enjoy that goal of his movements, the Delight, where souls that seek the godhead have the rapture; for there in that highest step of the wide-moving Vishnu is that FRIEND of men who is the fount of sweetness.

 

Those are the dwelling-places of ye twain which we desire as the goal of our journey, where the many-horned herds of Light go travelling; the highest step of wide-moving Vishnu shines down on us here in its manifold vastness.

(RV. I.154, Sri Aurobindo’s translation)

 

This is, of course, a remarkable testimony not only to the fact that the cosmic harmony was a firm pillar of the ancient schools in India, and therefore positioned among all the other schools of higher knowledge throughout the world which bear testimony to the same cosmic script, but the verses reveal how much more deeply the teachings had penetrated in India. Here we have a process of yoga described. Throughout the Rigveda the seers sing of the ‘self-accomplishing’, as Sri Aurobindo has translated it; and moreover, these vast movements of Vishnu are not only up above. They are to be realised here. The ‘journey’ the seeker undertakes is on and of this Earth, and the process of yoga integrates in his or her being that wide universal harmony which Vishnu embodies.

Vishnu is described as taking three steps, whereas we are discussing the FOUR fixed signs of Preservation which he embodies. As mentioned, the Eagle or the sign Scorpio is left out. But the important part is the correct sequence of the movement, similar to the Christian text only here the ‘steps’ begin in Leo (the ‘terrible lion’), and from there proceed backwards, as does the Precessional movement, or else my own Map of the 12 Manifestations, until that ‘highest step’ is reached. This in itself indicates that the seer was referring to the zodiac, since that last step is Aquarius, sign precisely of ‘the Friend’ in traditional astrology, and this is the last Fixed sign of the wheel, in the ‘highest heaven’, or the upper hemisphere. The Rishi clearly indicates that attaining this position the journey is completed. Interestingly, it is in this Age of Aquarius that the enigmatic sense and symbolism of the Rigveda are being revealed and the yoga of those former times is bearing fruit for the entire planet. In the period of the 9th and 10th Avatars of Vishnu the complete circle is drawn, forging that link from the distant past to the present, where the chasm between Spirit and Matter is finally bridged. The Rishi refers throughout these hymns to the ‘measuring’ attribute of Vishnu. Indeed, it is in this Age of ours that Maya (‘measure’) is once again divinised and restored to her throne as the great Creatrix of material creation, the Body of the Lord.

 

The Great Pyramid and the Geo-cosmology of the New Way

 

In this New Way the Knowledge is being reassembled, its many fragments are being drawn together from all the corners of the globe in this awesome age of resurrection, when the Sun of Gnosis rises again.

Egypt is an especially important piece in the mosaic of Knowledge and must find its place or be reallocated a position in the grand design. And the means to draw that ancient path into the present has been via the Giza Pyramid and the Sphinx, and then Sri Aurobindo’s revised symbol to conform with the Giza Pyramid dimensions, with the Sphinx symbolism to confirm the time period as the Age of Aquarius when that Sun would rise again.

Encompassing these formidable avenues of communication, cutting across time and space and national or ethnic boundaries, is the Mother’s original plan of her temple/chamber. The entire process of integration is centred on that great yogic feat of sacred architecture and geometry. In one decisive move – the revision of the symbol and the shift from equilateral to isosceles triangles – the Mother drew the entire content of ancient Egyptian civilisation within the boundaries of her experience in this Age of Aquarius, just as the Sphinx had been prophesying across the ages. What lies almost beyond comprehension, however, is that her entourage was so thoroughly closed to this happening and actually obstructed her at every step along the way in her efforts to cement this convergence and make of the Temple/City the cradle of all that the past has held highest and most revered. Through this something of the self-importance of the human being stands unmasked; the downright ignorance of contemporary man finds no parallel in ancient times.

At the same time, along with her yoga of the sacred Gnosis, the geo-cosmology of the New Way presents a striking confirmation of the all-pervasiveness of the Knowledge in those former times. I have discussed the question of applying the Gnostic Circle to the Earth’s geography in The New Way, Volume 2, as well as in these pages. I have demonstrated the extraordinary exactitude with which India’s Capricorn essence, if it may be so called, is confirmed beyond doubt by this newly-revealed cosmic yardstick.

 

 

 

Reproduced here is that yardstick: the Gnostic circle’s 360˚ laid counterclockwise across the globe as the zodiac progresses, with its 0˚ at Greenwich, moving eastward from there.

When the Gnostic Circle is laid across the globe as reproduced above, the 30˚ of each zodiacal sign are thus related to 30˚ longitude. Longitude being the Earth’s time measure (vertical), its bands are equal to this cosmic time measure captured in the ecliptic of twelve signs. Astrology of whatever school, it must be remembered, deals with time – giving sense or meaning to Time. It is Time’s own language, the world’s oldest and most universal, in fact. Thus it is not unreasonable or scientifically blasphemous to make a correlation between longitude bands and zodiacal segments. Through their relationship with Time, these apparently unrelated measures are integrated and synchronised.

Capricorn glyph on IndiaWhere the sign Capricorn is located in this backwards progression of the zodiacal signs through the Earth’s longitudinal bands, India, Capricorn’s purest representative landmass on Earth, begins. This position, 60/61 degrees longitude east is precisely where the Gnostic Circle’s yardstick applied to longitude indicates the start of Capricorn. The whole of India’s central body is covered by this longitude/sign. Indeed, as a further confirmation, the Capricorn hieroglyph traces the exact contours of that landmass.

The intriguing part is that the zodiac hieroglyphs are of very ancient vintage, so ancient that no one knows their country or civilisation of origin. I have proven in these pages that in India’s Vedic Age, much older than what scholars assume, this body of knowledge flourished to such an extent that as a background ideology its all-pervasiveness was an accepted equation in any of the civilisation’s most sacred expressions. This pertains not only to India but to other civilisations of equal antiquity. One encounters this underlying wisdom throughout the Rigveda; and I sustain that not only is the Rigveda the world’s oldest written book, but that the current belief that it was penned around 1500 BC is inaccurate. Time will prove this to be a correct conclusion.

And finally, the document was written long after the hymns were first composed and sung and handed down from teacher to disciple orally, according to the traditional practice in those times in India, or even in her contemporary society. Music is an example where still today there are no annotations and the guru-shishya parampar, or teacher-disciple tradition of oral transmission continues in vogue; notwithstanding the fact that Indian classical music, especially of the South, is a highly complex and sophisticated system which could have been lost at any time during India’s tumultuous experiences in the Piscean Age at the hands of marauders, invaders and conquerors from beyond her borders, unfriendly, to say the least, to her Vedic Dharma on which these multiple cultural expressions were and still are founded.

Therefore, we may safely conclude that not only is the date of original composition of the Rigveda inaccurate, according to contemporary scholarship, but the fact of this long and continuing practice of oral transmission before the written document came into existence would by itself prove the great antiquity of the text, contrary to what Indologists would have us believe.

On the other hand, we have a seemingly new path, this New Way, not only making use of those ancient symbols but in the present application confirming the accuracy of the ancient vision. Not only is the ancient allocation of the Capricorn rulership to India confirmed by the new cosmology via the design of the hieroglyph which neatly and indisputably covers the Indian landmass with great precision, there is also the correlation between the zodiac and longitudinal bands which similarly confirms the very ancient attribution of Capricorn to India, this time by introducing the Gnostic Circle for this purpose as a sacred yardstick, a ‘golden rod’, as it were. Regarding the latter, it is again a seemingly new revelation, a discovery of today and not just something uncovered of the past, a new interpretation of some relic or ancient text. The new cosmology and the New Way are products of our Aquarian Age. And fully in keeping with the announcement of the Sphinx that in this very Age a new gnosis would be revealed – for that is the significance of Aquarius.

But it is more than that: it is a new way, a new yogic path leading to the manifestation of a new world.

Still, our human minds have difficulty embracing great expanses of time and space and integrating those fragments of a seemingly lost knowledge with the discoveries of the present. For again the question needs to be asked: What came first, the chicken or egg? That is, Pyramid or Gnostic Circle? By this I refer to the fact that it is only through application of the Gnostic Circle yardstick with its zodiacal symbols to the Earth’s longitude bands that the truly awesome feature of the Great Pyramid is discovered. (Or, rediscovered?) And in this discovery again the announcement of the Sphinx is confirmed: the Age of Aquarius is the period of the revelation.

To appreciate this, to eliminate that mind-crippling disease of speculation, let me point out as I have done in The New Way, Volume 2, Chapter 9, that exactly where the sign Aquarius begins in the Gnostic Circle yardstick, reproduced above, we find the Pyramid and Sphinx located, when applied to longitudes of the globe. This reveals that the construction of those colossi were the most awesome feats of sacred architecture of the ancient world, so ancient that we have no memory of the method employed to arrive at such an astounding accuracy involving not only the Earth but her circumscribing space as well. This is sacred architecture of the past integrated with geo-cosmology of the present in a form never known before on Earth. To recapitulate what I have earlier written in The New Way and to explain the accomplishment in greater depth, the Sphinx and the Pyramid were constructed on 30°east longitude, as well as 30˚ north latitude – the latter also being correlated to the zodiac through the Gnostic Circle where similarly it figures as Aquarius. Thus, in both directions – vertical and horizontal – there is Aquarius.

 

Prophecy and the new supramental power of actualisation

 

The mechanism of prophecy used in the Sphinx was remarkable, for not only was the Age of Aquarius designated in her form as the period of revelation, the colossus herself was uncovered in the very year – 1926 – that the cosmic dial would reach  precisely that 30th degree in the Precession of the Equinoxes, equivalent to the 29th/30th degree of Aquarius, or the beginning of this new Age.

In the Earth’s latitudes related to the Gnostic Circle laid out over the globe in a horizontal fashion, Aquarius is ‘measured’ at its 0 or first degree by the Sphinx and Pyramid positioning; in the longitude measure and its vertical bands, it is the last degree of the sign and it is this measure that connects it with great precision to the Precessional movement of the Equinoxes which determined the start of the Aquarian Age in 1926. In other words, 1926 is ‘located’ through the Precessional movement of the cosmic clock at 30/29 degrees Aquarius. This is its gnostic time coordinate; its gnostic space coordinate is located on the globe at 30˚ N latitude.

Since 1926 we have moved through one full degree of Aquarius in this retrograde motion. In 1998 we move from this 30/29 degree into the 28th. That is, it has taken 72 years of the Precession to move through one degree of the sign and thus fully into Aquarius. Indeed, it has been during this very period of 72 years, bringing the millennium to a close, that the supramental Gnosis has descended, the gnostic temple has been revealed, the foundations of the supramental yoga for the world has been laid. These 72 have, in a very profound sense, been the time of seeding.

This is factual not abstract and speculative proof of the existence of a single body of Knowledge handed down through the Ages in an unbroken line across the globe. It is not the ‘one truth’ of the world’s religions for they are mere ‘rays’ of that supreme Light and in their isolated and fragmented condition have lost touch with that which truly connects them and which links them with that luminous Source. At the same time, this Knowledge is not dogma. It is a recurring revelation, adding by the aid of Time new wings to the original edifice. There is one base, one foundation. Upon that the edifice arises and endures through the ages, each astrological age adding its part according to its intrinsic truth. It is this Cosmic Script that Sri Aurobindo refers to in Savitri when he enumerates the attributes of the ‘…hidden chamber closed and mute…’, accessible only through yoga and reserved for the initiate of its highest Truth.

But a civilisation such as the ancient Egyptian is not justified in pouring untold energies and resources into the construction of a sphinx and pyramid such as we find at Giza, unless there was a very important sense and purpose involved. Indeed, Egypt, like Vedic India, finds its fulfilment in the Mother’s temple of today, thousands of years into the future of those civilisations, where space and time are unified in a new Science beyond the known disciplines covering both the spiritual and the material.

We have entered the age of the Truth-Consciousness, or Supermind. What the Vedic Rishis saw as ‘self-accomplishment’ for the Aryan voyager to the mountain Summit (Capricorn) is extended through the special properties of the supramental Gnosis to encompass now both individual realiser and the collectivity, the one and the many in a grand synthesis hitherto unknown to the civilisations of planet Earth. This achievement was only partially possible in those former times; and indeed, even in that reduced capacity the Egyptian and Vedic civilisations offered channels in their societies for the cosmic harmony to express itself unparalleled since then. Yet, something more was needed in order to make the Earth the planetary home where the Hierogamos of Heaven and Earth, or spirit and matter, could take place as an everlasting condition. For this the Sun was dislodged and its fragments cast abroad to become embedded in matter, thereby assuring that when awakened below they would ascend and be joined by the descent from above of that same Light, that same immortal Source, to thus illumine the intermediate planes from where waves of darkness, of unconsciousness, periodically arise to obfuscate the light of that highest Truth.

The builders of the Sphinx and Pyramid saw thousands of years into the future what the builders of the Mother’s temple/chamber in Auroville failed to see right before their eyes, though unveiled to them by the Goddess herself.

 

PN-B

 

 

March of 1994

Aeon Centre of Cosmology

at Skambha

 

(to be continued)

 

 

Obscurantism Revisited

 

I would like to add fuel to the raging fire over the origins of Indian civilisation and the question of an assumed Aryan migration from Central Asia around 1500 BC. This theory, and it is nothing more than that, has never been proven. Indeed, the only written source scholars have had to rely on for evidence is the Rigveda wherein there is no mention of any such migration. We have the words of a prominent western scholar to substantiate this fact. I quote from A Cultural History of India, by A. L. Basham, in which he includes a paper by Prof. T. Burrow, Sanskrit scholar and Fellow of Bailliol College, Oxford. Prof. Burrow writes,

 

‘The Aryans, whose presence in north-western India is documented by the Rigveda, had reached the territory they occupied through a migration, or rather, a succession of migrations, from outside the Indian subcontinent. The final stage of this migration cannot have been very far removed from the beginning of the composition of the Rigveda, but, at the same time, a sufficient period of time must have elapsed for any recollection of it to have disappeared, since the hymns contain no certain references to such an event.  The Aryan invasion of India is recorded in no written document, and it cannot yet be traced archaeologically, but it is nonetheless firmly established as a historical fact on the basis of comparative philology.’ (p. 20. emphasis mine.)

 

Every Indian has the right to seriously question how it is that this unproven ‘theory’ with nothing but a fragile philological foundation to sustain it, dubious in the extreme, has come to displace any other concept of the origins of this ancient civilisation. And that this displacement is largely the work of a clutch of Indologists from abroad who were, it cannot be denied, a product of their age – i.e., the colonial period and the epoch which saw the rise of perverse brands of nationalism.

The recent article of a latter-day Indologist of this same school of thought, Dr. Robert J. Zydenbos (‘Feedback’, ‘An obscurantist argument’, Indian Express, 12.1.21993), forces us to re-examine the validity of this ‘theory’ and its consequences. This becomes necessary because of the disturbing challenges Zydenbos’ article throws up. It is an emotional outburst caused by an earlier piece carried in the same paper on 14 November 1992, by Navaratna S. Rajaram, entitled The Aryan Invasion is a European Myth. Interestingly, rather than disprove the points Rajaram makes regarding the European influences which helped fashion this ‘theory’, such as colonial compulsions and German nationalism, Dr Zydenbos’ outburst is an example of the very point made by Rajaram: namely, the theory is ‘circular argument’ which ends by being its own proof.

I have been studying this particular ‘theory’ in depth for a number of years, amazed at the ease with which so many bright Indian minds have accepted it unquestioningly. My approach is cosmological, an aspect of the Rigveda which has now taken its place in the debate. Dr Zydenbos appears singularly unscholarly and far too politically opinionated to successfully demolish Rajaram’s sober argument. On the other hand, he has done the public debate a great service by demonstrating that indeed the theory has become its own proof. This is also substantiated by Prof. Burrow when he states that there is no written or archaeological evidence of the migration.

In this vein, Zydenbos writes, ‘The linguistic evidence for the Indo-European origin of Sanskrit outside India is overwhelming. And it should be clear that languages do not migrate by themselves: people migrate and bring languages with them.’ Similarly, Prof. Burrow wrote, ‘The Indo-European languages, of which Sanskrit in its Vedic form is one of the oldest members, originated in Europe, and the only possible way by which a language belonging to this family could be carried all the way to India was a migration of the people speaking it…’ (Ibid, page 21, emphasis mine).

We learn from both these scholars that it is an indisputable ‘fact’ that Sanskrit arose in Europe and the Aryans brought it to the subcontinent in a series of migrations. At the same time, the oldest extant Sanskrit text does not help us one iota to confirm this ‘fact’. One is forced to question why Zydenbos is so incensed by this issue which has come to grip the Indian mind when the ‘overwhelming evidence’ he writes about is, in effect, a flimsy circular argument, to quote Rajaram: the theory serving as its own proof. With nothing but linguistics as ‘proof’, Indian and western scholars have the right and the duty to begin seriously questioning the premises of the origins of the civilisation. True, there is ample evidence of Sanskrit roots in European languages, but this is no proof that it was imported into India in 1500 BC. For who can determine the direction of the movement? Was it eastward from Europe, or westward from India? This, it seems obvious, is the only point to establish. And it is here that we encounter the most serious transgression of western-inspired scholarship. The nature of the problem not only involves oriental civilisations but western as well, as I shall demonstrate further on.

The only way that the European origin of Sanskrit can be ‘proven’ – and by consequence stand as ‘proof’ of an Aryan invasion which no ancient text in India upholds – is by establishing which civilisation was older. Hence, in order to support the Euro-centric model, it has been essential to fix the date of the Rigveda within a period which could accommodate a European historical time-frame. This has been done in spite of considerable proof to the contrary – namely, the astronomical content found in the Rigveda and which scholars prefer to ignore.

Recently, an article on this very subject appeared in the same paper, by the scientist B.G. Sidharth of the Birla Science Centre of Hyderabad. Sidharth’s astronomical discoveries in the Rigveda point to its composition around 7300 BC, rather than 1500 BC. He also cites archaeological evidence in support of his findings. Though Sidharth’s work does not establish the truth or falsehood of the ‘theory’, it is one more step in the direction of a valid understanding of the quality of that ancient civilisation, its advances in astronomy and cosmology, and its antiquity. Naturally, if Sidharth’s discoveries come to be accepted, the Indologists Eurocentrism is dealt a fatal blow.

In view of the new work being carried out by many scholars, including my own in cosmology which has also contributed to the debate, a reappraisal of the subject is imperative. But it is lamentable that anyone who steps out of the mainstream – i.e., the accepted circular argument – is labelled a ‘pseudo-scientist’; or else, to quote Zydenbos, an ‘obscurantist’, a ‘xenophobist’, and a ‘blatant racist’. And yet, these ‘authorities’ never cease to accuse the anti-establishment of a lack of traditional Hindu tolerance, while they themselves demonstrate nothing but biased, opinionated and motivated ‘scholarship’. Indeed, it hurts, and it hurts badly that India is finally waking up to this motivated scholastic hoax which the likes of Zydenbos have been inflicting on this nation for over a century.

Zydenbos goes even further. The concluding paragraphs of his article disclose a decided communal mentality, for he attempts to cram the healthy debate into the narrow confines of caste by stating, ‘…Only certain people in certain castes who identify themselves strongly with the Aryans and pride themselves on being “Aryan” more than on being Indian, and thereby stress their difference from (and assume superiority to) other Indians, have a problem (accepting the Aryan invasion theory).’

I am no Brahmin or even a native-born Indian. Yet I do indeed ‘have a problem’ with the theory, and I consider that it has done immense harm to the national psyche. I can also name a number of colleagues and enthusiasts over the debate, here and abroad, who are also non-Brahmins. Some belong to that suspect new class, the NRI’s (non-resident Indians, or Indians living abroad) which, as Zydenbos reveals in his jaundiced view, has become something of a dirty word (‘alienated NRI’s), perhaps after their enthusiastic participation in the Vishwa Hindu Parishad celebration in the USA of the Swami Vivekananda centenary. Zydenbos’ insidious attempt to categorise this healthy questioning as caste-inspired is to be deplored and condemned by all, and it certainly disqualifies Zydenbos from being considered a competent Indologist.

The need to establish the indigenous origins of Vedic civilisation is pertinent to all castes and all sections of contemporary Indian society. If I recall correctly, Rajaram in his article does not state that the Aryans were here ‘from the very beginning (they came from nowhere)’, as Zydenbos sarcastically imputes. What is debated is the roots of a civilisation rather than a race. Vedic civilisation, we are justified in assuming since there is no substantial evidence to the contrary, arose in what is known as Bharat Mata, an outcome of the vision and wisdom of the early Rishis, regardless where the original inhabitants many thousands of years ago may have come from. The important factor is the unbroken link with those origins, which India alone among all the nations in the world can boast of. And it is entirely reasonable that many Indians wish to have the misconception rectified because it is obvious that the notion of a total and complete import of the culture greatly facilitated the fragmentation of the nation by undermining the element that held it together in spirit throughout the ages. Its effects are ever-present and contributed earlier to produce Partition based on religious concepts which date back a mere millennium or so. What is sought to be reaffirmed is precisely that unbroken line which is truly secular and predates the combative and exclusivist religions and ideologies which are not as comfortable as Hinduism with an all-inclusive philosophy. If we wish to establish a secular culture in harmony with the spirit of the people, as that spirit truly is, true to itself and not a mimicry of others, we cannot continue to do violence to the Vedic origins of that spirit in the holy name of secularism and anti-communalism.

But our ideas of what divides and what unites are often bizarre. Indeed, so important was it to drill into the Indian mind this notion of invasion and migration, in the effort to divide and rule and to justify new invasions, that we have Prof. Burrow’s memorable statement, ‘…The culture which we find in the Rigveda was not developed in India, but in most essentials, imported already formed from outside.’ (Ibid, p.24.)

Can there be a better example of an insidious attempt to undermine the psychic foundations of a people? For if nothing is native to the land, then all are welcome to a piece of the pie; and indeed this has been the state of affairs for the past millennium. Zydenbos follows suit, by which we may safely conclude that the undermining continues unabated and even more virulently, perhaps as a last gasp before a definitive demise: ‘For a fundamentalist, however, history and time do not exist, and he accepts as real only the particular myth that serves his (usually political) goals. This myth can be constructed around a few pages ripped from the Bible or the Quran, or around a still more nebulous idea, like the Vedas as the “wellspring of our existence” on which Indian identity supposedly depends.’ (Emphasis mine)

And further, after equating the attempts to establish truth in place of falsehood with ‘the Blut and Boden ideology of Nazism, with its Aryan rhetoric’, he not only equates the Ayodhya demolition with Nazi attacks on synagogues (why not with the Moghul destruction of temples, or the Pakistani and Bangladeshi demolitions in the present?), he also throws venom-laced questions at the reader: ‘Why does he want to believe that the Indian identity is based on the Vedas, and that nobody ever questioned this?’

Naturally, prior to colonialism in India no one questioned this because it was a fact of the civilisation which did not require manipulation in the people’s minds until divide-and-rule became an imperative and Euro-centrism a persistent rampant disease. But interestingly, even in Europe and the USA the assumption of the Graeco-European supremacy is being ruthlessly attacked and will soon disintegrate. And scholars there are having as hard a time as their Indian counterparts in holding afloat an entire historical framework which is fast sinking due to the overwhelming weight of new discoveries disproving the old assumptions. I refer specifically to the recent evidence which has come to light, in spite of all attempts to disparage its discoverers and gloss over its import, on the age of the Sphinx at Giza. Recent discoveries involving weathering and erosion of the limestone used in its construction, compared to other monuments in the area known to be of more recent construction, suggest that the true age of the Sphinx is over 10,000 years, rather than the accepted estimate of four to five thousand years. The problem this discovery poses is that scholars cannot accept that a civilisation existed in such remote times capable of constructing such a colossus.

Naturally these scientific findings have been blasted by the academic establishment, often with the same degree of derision with which Zydenbos treats the Indian who enquires into the age and origin of his own pre-historic civilisation. Indeed, the problem the new date of the Sphinx throws up is precisely what I have alluded to regarding the necessity to place Vedic civilisation in a period which could accommodate Graeco-Roman-European civilisation. If these weathering/erosion data are accurate, the entire western historical framework is turned on its head.

No scholar who has built up a life’s work on a particular assumption can sit back idly and witness its demolition. Zydenbos is as susceptible to this despair as the rest of his colleagues, here and abroad. Indeed, perhaps this explains the highly emotional and unscholarly tone of his article when we consider that at risk is a life’s work threatened to be rendered meaningless.

It is important to mention Zydenbos’ reference to Pandit Jawaharlal Nehru as one of the ‘leading, respected Indian scholars’ who accept the idea of migration. Surely Zydenbos must be aware that Nehru cannot be considered an authority in the matter, nor would he himself have accepted the burden, and of the nature of Nehru’s educational background and that of most of India’s intellectual elite of the time, and even today. His mind was fashioned in England and prior to that in British colonial establishment. Hardly an Indian of the day escaped that fate. Even Sri Aurobindo, who dismantled the theory in his profound treatment of the Veda and emphasised the true ‘language’ of the Rigveda as initiatic, psycho-spiritual and not a historical account, did not escape this early conditioning. Indeed, it was such an indisputable fact of Indian intellectual life until a few years ago that Sri Aurobindo, though a non-believer in the theory, while not versed in the cosmology of the Veda, acceded that B. G. Tilak had a point when he concluded that the Aryans may have descended from the Arctic region, insofar as there are references in the hymns to a ‘six-month-day and six-month-night year’, which appears to describe the Arctic phenomenon.

The bewildering part is that none of the sages who know what that reference truly means spoke out on the matter but rather allowed this pointless debate to continue. The reference is to the ecliptic circle of 12 zodiacal signs which can be taken as one day of 24 hours, or a year of the same division, – i.e., six months of day and six months of night. It has nothing to do with an earthly phenomenon but a cosmological equation still used in astrological calculations throughout the world: one day equals one year. Our legitimate question is why did those knowledgeable of the meaning remain silent and leave the way open for types like Zydenbos to distort those truths so essential to the cultural integrity of the civilisation?

Perhaps the answer lies in the Vedic tradition of ‘not throwing pearls to swine’. These were ‘secrets’, rhasyam. They were reserved not to the Brahmin of birth but the Brahmin of realisation. Even today it is so. Anyone can access the hidden teachings, even those of low caste, and even foreigners; provided one has the realisation which liberates one from any such restrictions. Realised souls of the Vedic school – the only ones qualified to even attempt ‘interpretation’ of the Rigveda – are indeed ruthless in such matters. There is no pretence, no secular and temporal law which can force upon them acceptance of a person as one of ‘knowledge’ (in the true Vedic meaning), who does not possess this knowledge, Brahmin or otherwise. In this light, Zydenbos would perforce have to be slotted in the lowest rung of the scale simply because he demonstrates in his work that he has not undergone the rigours of Vedic disciplines which would grant him access to a knowledge contained in the Rigveda. He is trapped in the physical dimensions solely, and has no access to the more rarefied atmosphere of the spirit where one encounters the true keys of the innermost essence of the Veda. But to Europeans of the colonial age and their contemporary offspring, the hymns are simply a historical documentation of nature worshiping, war-mongering pagans. None have broken the code of the Veda and discovered its unsurpassable cosmic, philosophic and yogic content. If such a highly sophisticated and evolved consciousness existed in Europe and Central Asia in 1500 BC and earlier and was transported to the subcontinent whole and entire, I would be most interested in hearing about it. But we find no evidence there of this highest metaphysical and cosmological wisdom.

And as for Max Mueller, tenaciously defended by Zydenbos, who never visited India but nevertheless became the leading light of the movement, he was either a victim of his environment or a collaborator in the hoax. Either way, his work has not been entirely positive, in the wider perspective of the issues involved.

One can only breathe a sigh of relief that at last a new wave sweeps across Bharat Mata, carrying away the ruins of ideologies completely out of tune with the Indian soul and spirit. That such ideologies became rooted in Indian soil would not pose a problem provided the population had free access to other views. As it is, students must still be conditioned by Marxist/Leninist rhetoric and a strange mix of secular-liberal ideas which none are clear about, and which demand for their survival the sort of ‘theories’ the European Indologist advocates. An example is the work of the historian, Romila Thapur, whom Zydenbos holds in the highest esteem. Recently a leading magazine reprinted an essay Thapur published in 1985, entitled ‘Syndicated Hinduism’ in which she presents the view that the Bhakti movement arose as a result of the serf’s devotion to his feudal lord and was used to subjugate the lower classes! Thapur writes,

 

‘The emergence of Bhakti has been linked by some scholars to what have been described as the feudalising tendencies of the time and parallels have been drawn between the loyalty of the peasant to the feudal lord being comparable to the devotion of worshippers to the deity. The Bhakti emphasis on salvation through devotion to a deity and through the idea of karma and samsara was a convenient ideology for keeping subordinate groups under control.’

 

Thus the whole of history, ancient and new, is cast into the mould of a Marxist/Leninist framework and everything is assessed on the basis of this class struggle yardstick. No wonder the sages of yesterday and today keep silent. For when they do dare to speak, they are labelled communalists or fundamentalists, as Zydenbos has freely done. Veritably, the kaliyug is upon us!

Why must the Indian be made to feel inferior or out of step with the ‘civilised’ world if he wishes to discover the truth about the origins of his civilisation and refuses to go along with the hoax any longer? Why must he or she accept unquestioningly ‘theories’ which even those who propound them must admit are not sufficiently substantiated by adequate evidence to make them ‘indisputable’? The Euro-centric brainwashing has to end. Only then will the colonial age be buried, once and for all. But that is a prospect many fear and most combat. In the prophetic lines of Yeats, ‘…The best lack all conviction, while the worst/ are full of passionate intensity.’

 

PN-B

 

Aeon Centre of Cosmology

at Skambha

December 1993

Culture and Cosmos – 3, Part 3.3

A word must be said about the question of alignment and its place in the transformation the evolution of consciousness is experiencing.

        It is clear that the Yoga described in the Rigveda and which has been largely ignored by researchers, even those among Hindu pundits, was foremost a method to secure a special alignment which would allow the practitioner to ‘become the Sun’. Since several features of the luminary of our system are known, we are in a position to understand certain key elements involved in this alignment of consciousness in the ancient path. Principal of these is necessarily the Sun’s centrality. That is, its dominant position in our solar system, the king, as it were, of the planetary hierarchy. Indeed, so obvious was this feature that from ancient times societies and civilisations modelled themselves on this pattern, with the zodiac as backdrop. Consequently, the 5th sign Leo was not only ‘ruled’ by the Sun, it was also the sign of Kings, the ruler of the kingdom. In other words, this outstanding feature of centrality and lordship was not reflected in the ancient tradition by a special allocation, central to the body of knowledge transmitted in the zodiac. It was just one more sign, one more stage in the progression of 12 – if at all there was a vision of a unified flow through the signs. Indeed, this connected vision suffered irreparable damage by a linear perception which overtook the earlier seeing of wholeness.

Clearly there is a deficiency inherent in this paradigm. And it is reflected in the deficiency we observe in the human mental species. The progression of 1 to 12 with the Sun positioned at the 5th stage, as one among equals does not reflect the structure of our planetary system. But it does give a valid indication of something I have been stressing throughout my work: Humans are binary creatures, trapped in an off-centre alignment of consciousness, which in turn is reflected in the physical instrument. The binary, off-centre alignment of our bodies as humans in evolution determines the fact that each individual born into a body fashioned according to the actual human biological pattern cannot escape the inevitable, ineluctable finality of our sojourn on this planet – death. We are mortal, descendants of Martanda as he is known in the Rigveda, the ‘dead egg’. Or, in the more familiar contemporary paradigm of creation, we are daughters and sons of Eve, a mere ‘rib’ of Adam, and not the superior creation of Shiva/Shakti of the Ardhanarisvar Vedic iconography.

In ancient times on the subcontinent, this condition of the species was understood. Moreover, the path was mapped out for the ‘Aryan Warrior’ so that he or she might travel through the twelve signs, planes, stages and reach the 10th where the prize was Immortality. This was the summit of the path, the supreme achievement. The method to reach this pinnacle of Being was thoroughly worked out, veritably as a map by which the ‘journey’ could be undertaken with the certainty that moving through the darker realms which constitute the various ‘layers’ of human consciousness, the Aryan would be armed with this superior knowledge and thus find protection in this perilous adventure on the road to Swar, the Vedic ‘heaven’ or the realm of the truth-conscious Sun.

Thus, limitation to a system based on 12 was a feature of the ancient path. It describes therefore the same limitations in the human evolution, inasmuch as the zodiac is indeed a map of evolution. The 12 base, it needs to be pointed out, is the horizontal plane and dimension. However, this unidirectional base is insufficient to bring about an INTEGRAL development. And by this we mean a process that integrates both the individual and collective dimensions of the evolution of consciousness. That is, the One and the Many.

With a unidirectional base such as the one that prevailed in early Vedic times, this integral process could not be established. The reasons will be detailed in this study because having reached the point in our evolution of precisely that integral work, dissecting the innards of the former unidirectional condition will be of immense value in our present context. Moreover, it will help us understand in greater depth when certain thresholds were crossed which plunged Vedic civilisation into turmoil and on an apparent path of disintegration, resulting finally in invasions and conquests in our times. We will also delve more deeply into why this apparent disintegration had to come about. In the process, the future course will be clearer, our goal more luminous and hence the successful crossing to that Swar, that borderline, will be facilitated.

The period which will occupy our attention in this analysis is the millennium prior to our present 9th Manifestation which began in 234BC. The student will note, before all else that this time demarcation covers a certain particularly important epoch in the evolution of the civilisation of the subcontinent. It embraces the current 1500BC demarcation which all researchers ‘agree’ was the time of the alleged Aryan invasion of the subcontinent, or the beginning of a series of migrations of these Aryans supposedly from Central Asia or beyond, which, according to scholars of all hues, was the origin of all Vedic and Hindu culture and civilisation.

Fortunately that theory is now being demolished. We may safely state that its hold over the Indian intelligentsia has come to an end. The evidence in support of this theory is, in effect, non-evidence. And in this transitional period characterized by exposure, the principal target for this act perforce has been the Aryan Invasion Theory, inasmuch as it is the Big Lie, the central ‘knot’ at the root of the falsehood holding together the construction of the Lord of Nations, devised to subjugate ad infinitum the Indian people in order to secure the definitive demise of the Vedic Dharma.

In this issue, I am including as Appendix 1 my latest article on the subject, especially because it uncovers the hysteria my previous treatment has helped to provoke in the European Indologists’ camp, particularly my discussion of the role Germany has played in this great scholastic hoax via the colonial/Nazi combine.

Also to be noted is another central point I have highlighted in many of my published works on this theme, and in private correspondence with researchers of like mind who were key players in this revision of history. This concerns the unacceptability of 1500 BC as the time of this so-called invasion or migration. I have sustained that the hitherto almost total consensus that this was the date of composition of the Rigveda, the only extant document of the early Aryans, was a key feature in the scholastic, colonial hoax because only if this date was accepted could the hoax be perpetuated. Dislodging that linchpin would bring the entire edifice down.

Indeed, this part of my work has been taken up seriously and we read periodically of symposiums and seminars being held on this very theme: the unacceptability of the 1500 BC demarcation. The latest was a two-day symposium on Ancient Indian Chronology in January 1994, sponsored by the Birla Science Centre. In the estimate of scholars participating in this meeting, the date of the Rig Veda should be pushed back to approximately 3000 BC.

But the selection of 1500 BC, for whatever purposes, was not insignificant. About that time something did indeed occur in Vedic civilisation which had the inevitable effect of initiating a disintegration of the old forms of the system. That is, the 12-base paradigm seems to have received a critical blow then, whose repercussions have been felt from that time to the present, almost on the order of a slow, steady earthquake extended over the ages as if a millennium were 60 seconds of its revolutionising jolts. Indeed, it is by scrutinising these repercussions that we are able to draw certain conclusions as to what took place and when.

In this first degree of the Age of Aquarius, by retrograde motion through the Precession of the Equinoxes, we are experiencing a settling of the soil beneath us which had been shaken so deeply by the original ‘quake’ over two millennia ago. The upheaval that hit Vedic civilisation was what is universally held as the most significant contribution India is known to have made to the world of science: the discovery of the Zero.

In my yogic investigations into the transformational process alluded to in the Rigveda, I do not find evidence of the prominence of the Zero and the numerical system it gave rise to as its base. I find only that of 12 and thus the prominence of the 12 zodiacal signs, and, above all, the ecliptic itself as the foundation of the knowledge. Of foremost importance in the unidirectional twelvefold system is the fourfold division of the ecliptic – i.e., the four Cardinal Points, last of which is Capricorn; hence the prominence of the December solstice when the Light begins its increase, beckoning the Aryan Warrior to the Capricorn summit and the realisation of Immortality.

The revolutionising character of this discovery lies in this singular achievement: introduction, or unveiling, of the vertical direction. By this the dominance of the unidirectional base of 12 was dealt a first decisive blow and has never recovered since. Another direction was introduced but which would require at least two millennia to become integrated into the higher dimensions of the civilisation’s evolving consciousness and being. Its final amalgamation would depend on the next avataric appearance – precisely the 9th in the Hindu Line of Ten, insofar as the discovery of the Zero was the first prerequisite for that future appearance. Without the unveiling of the Zero, the 9th Avatar could not carry out his mission which hinged precisely on carrying the movement of consciousness across Time’s threshold, through his own death and rebirth, by virtue of which that very Zero would give forth the One. And thus the 9th Avatar, in an unbroken line of time would reappear as the 10th (10=1), as Kalki, in the 91st (9/1) year after his first appearance, 1872.

In ancient times there was only the horizontal line and hence the twelvefold base and the prevalence of the zodiac and the ecliptic as foundation for the knowledge. This formed the structural basis of the civilisation, traces of which are alive and vibrant even today. The Hindu temple as we know it and as it continues to be constructed, according to precise Scriptural designations, is a tool to connect the society and the individual to that circumscribing space which is divided into twelve parts, and then further subdivided into four. The latter then became the foundation of the chaturvarna, the fourfold caste system. Thus, in the Rigveda we find the first indication that this fourfold order was a firm part of the civilisation, and by deduction that the base of twelve prevailed, in the following verses:

 

…When they divided up the Purush,

into how many parts did they divide him?

What did his mouth become? What his arms?

What are his legs called? What his feet?

 

His mouth became the Brahmin; his arms

became the Kshatriya, his legs

the Vaishiya who plies his trade.

The Shudra was born from his feet…

 

But this, though providing a circular seeing (see, TVN 6/3, August 1991) and thus reflective of a form of unity, was still merely unidirectional; meaning that an entire dimension was hidden from the perception of the Rishi. The entire exercise, circular and whole as it may have been, was nonetheless limited to only one cosmic plane, – the horizontal. The base was thus 1 to 12. To be unveiled, realised, integrated was the vertical and the new base, 0 to 9.

This simple seeing was the earthquake that struck Vedic civilisation around the time of the purported Aryan invasion. A settling of the shaken up terrain, I repeat, is only being completed now, in our very century. This act of settling will be completed by the turn of the millennium. But meanwhile there remains much to be done in the realm of higher knowledge so that passage to a true new order will be successfully completed, ‘right on time’.

 

Pregnant Fullne at the Origin: Time’s Zero-Womb

 

The first imperative in this act of settling is to understand that any remaking of a civilisation such as the Vedic – i.e., based on higher knowledge – had to be done respecting the essence and demands of that original ‘seed’ the Vedic culture sprang from thousands of years ago. Just as a rose cannot evolve from the seed of a tree, similarly that Vedic ‘seed’ could never give rise to anything other than a creation of its own genus. In this light, it was decreed from the outset, from the first rending of the veils, or removal through Vedic yogic techniques of the ‘lid covering the Sun’, that this integral poise would one day come about. Not just for an individual, or an elite, a group of privileged individuals, but for the entire civilisation. Indeed, the special quality of that ‘seed’ was this integration of the Unity and the Multiplicity. It translated itself into a harmonisation of the Being and the Becoming in the course of time. Thus it was inevitable that the inadequacies of the original unidirectional base would force the issue when a critical threshold of time had been reached, and thereby oblige those early Rishis to push their realisation deeper and higher yet. The result was penetration into the Womb or garbha, as it is called in Sanskrit, – that is, the Zero. In that recondite dimension of Being there lay the spectacular realisation of Skambha, support of the worlds. The ‘womb’ held that sacred Child, the One, the Son.

We have verses of the Rigveda which have come to be called the Hymn of Creation. In my view these verses must be understood as a meticulous description of the plunge into the Core, into the Zero-Womb, or what lies beyond the threshold of the material universe as a permanent condition and not just a one-time ‘big bang’. Scholars vary somewhat in their translations of these verses. Therefore, I am including as Appendix 2 three translations in which certain discrepancies must be highlighted – namely those concerning the translation of the Sanskrit word abhu. Some scholars have translated this pregnant word as ‘the void’. But Raimundo Panikkar, though following suit, does mention in a footnote that the word signifies the transcendent Absolute. Indeed, it is this sort of discrepancy that throws light on the manner in which the Vedic emphasis on fulness and not emptiness as a primordial condition of being came to be distorted.

What is more than apparent from these verses, regardless of the translations, is that the Vedic seers were describing the contours of the experience which produced a penetration into what I have come to call the Zero-Womb, or the dimension before or beyond the Point, or the first manifestation of a spatial reality. They described the condition of compressed time, the womb of the Zero containing 9, 6, and 3. Out of this compression came the One ‘…who breathed without breath, by its own impulse’. Another important feature of these verses concerns the fact that the Seers saw this to be the origin of the horizontal dimension. Panikkar translates the significant passage as ‘…A crosswise line cut Being from Nonbeing’. This has been poorly rendered in Jeanine Miller’s translation as ‘Their vision’s rays stretched far’. Again we note that the former perhaps more literal translation is closer to the experience, inasmuch as the important factor to stress, as far as the purity of the Seeing is concerned, is the question of a horizontal dimension emerging from this ‘compression’. For this is indeed the dimension of manifestation of the One, born of the Zero-Womb of compressed time. On the other hand, V. Madhusudan Reddy translates this passage thus: ‘A ray stretched out that cut the Existent from the Non-Existent.’ While this too conveys the idea of an ‘above’ and a ‘below’, which the subsequent lines do indeed emphasise, I prefer the more literal translations because of their fidelity to an experience which is perforce beyond the scope of a translator. Therefore we look for a rendering which distorts as little as possible that experience. And at this point in time, when the contours of the original Seeing are known, these verses stand as a precious confirmation of the vigour of the Vedic Truth.

Another important passage, perhaps the most important of all, concerns the thrust of the movement of consciousness in discovery of this Truth. That is, it was not outward, it was not an experience that could come by a dissolution in a Beyond. Rather, it was a plunge within, and more precisely, into the heart. Thus, Miller translates the passage as, ‘Seers, searching in their heart’s wisdom, discovered the kinship of the created with the uncreated.’

Then we have Panikkar’s rendition, ‘The Seers, searching in their hearts with wisdom, discovered the connection of Being in Nonbeing.’

And finally there is Reddy’s, ‘The seers, having meditated in their hearts, discovered the connection of the Existent in the Non-Existent.’

We have three slightly different renditions, but all three indicate that the heart centre is involved in seeing this connection between the Existent and the Non-Existent, or the Manifest and the Unmanifest. Yet in their commentaries the translators are more concerned about the correct rendering of the lines immediately preceding these which state that in the beginning ‘desire’, or ‘love’ arose as the first impulse within. My point is that the more significant lines concern those which reveal that it is a plunge into the core which draws that all-important connection between this dimension and that which stands before and beyond. The ‘bridge’ is found there. It is important to emphasise this point because this is the channel, this is the key to the realisation. Not having brought out this point earlier has left a certain amount of confusion among seekers, and this has permitted a perversion of the Vedic Truth. The clarification of these simple and apparently unimportant lines helps us to discover that bridge and to reconstruct the process of creation, or the emergence of the One from the womb of the Zero. Just as the early Rishis did.

Thus in ‘seed form’ the realisation was done. That is, in the realm of the Zero, or the Being, the Unity. But what of the Becoming? How was that to be integrated, and by this we mean consolidated through the lived experience of the movement of that Zero-Unity?

It stands that since we are dealing with the vertical time direction, in contrast to the horizontal space direction, Time itself had to be the channel for the realisation. This means that Time’s movement would be the means to integrate the new dimension of itself. Thus, the evolution of that original seed-seeing could be meticulously monitored precisely via a higher understanding of time and its own transformation in the consciousness of the seeker from its poise of Destroyer to Ally. But when the great Quake struck in the latter part of the 8th Manifestation, we had no ‘becoming’ to serve as ally in the act of settling and re-ordering. Time itself was required, 2000 years or so, to be precise, or a full zodiacal Age in order to accommodate the new ingredients or energies the Quake had released which would compel, by their negative contributions, by exerting the required pressure via tension, the action of the Avatars, agents of that very Time-Spirit, to carry humanity beyond the Borderline.

Thus, the 9th Avatar’s appearance in 1872 initiated that grand march across the threshold of an Age and into the realm of the Zero, of Swar. Prior to his coming and the successful completion of that mission, the bridge connecting this human habitat to Swar was lacking. It was indeed a ‘heaven beyond’ and not of this Earth. The 9th Avatar’s mission was to create that bridge and thereby to bring that Heaven down to Earth. He completed this crossing 91 years after his birth in 1872. What is transpiring now is merely a final settling of the terrain, similar to the lengthy after-shocks of a mighty Uranian quake. These ‘shocks’ are the stirrings of the Becoming precisely so that the new order may be a faithful reproduction of that majestic Cosmic Truth, essence of the innermost Vedic ‘seed’ at the heart of the civilisation.

We could state quite accurately that the Vedic realisation which formed the basis of Hinduism and hence the prevalent culture on the subcontinent, was always incomplete. It was indeed merely the horizontal base, the heavenly circumscribing ecliptic of 12 divided into 4. Its sole purpose of existence was to provide the future One with a ‘womb’, whence he could be born. In other words, the Rigvedic creation hymn was equally a description of the origin of a civilisation. Vedic culture is thus the expression given to the compressed seed at the Origin. The gestation we are describing has been a long one. It has been a process straddling 8 Manifestations of 6480 years each. In 234 BC we reached the 0 Aries Point and the beginning of the final Round of 25,920 years of that long evolution through the 12 Manifestations. Humanity embarked then upon the last circumambulation of the Sun in the precessional movement of the Equinoxes. Approach to that Zero Point at the end of the Age of Aries brought the dawn of the new Seeing, truly Usha, the Divine Dawn, carried by Agni as the white Horse, across the twilight of an Age, for that 0 Aries point is indeed the Cosmic Dawn.

The beginning of the degeneration of the caste system was one of the evident signs that the former 12/4 base was receiving mighty shocks. The cause of this was not corruption of the Brahmin caste but rather the corrosion of every caste. With the introduction of the new direction, the vertical, prior to integration, nothing was ‘in its place’ insofar as time was required to lay these new and more complete foundations. The veils had been drawn aside, the Zero-Womb had been disclosed by the realisers, but its labyrinthine recesses were covered as yet in the tenebrous veils of the many layers of consciousness-being which had to be integrated by means of the precious power of the Becoming. In other words, the two feminine powers, the 6 and the 3, had to take their place in the action of time, providing the energy needed both to impel the movement forward, as well as to organise all the elements/energies drawn into the process. For while the 12 base steadies itself on the fourfold pillars, the 0 base requires the triadic powers of 9, 6, and 3. These three powers had to join in the labour so that ‘right on time’ the One would emerge from that cosmic Womb, and his birth would herald the arrival of the new age of the Supermind, the descent of heaven upon Earth. India, for the past 2000 years or so, has been carrying out this great labour for the world. And the work is done.

 

The Reign of the Usurpers

 

In this long passage of Time, in the course of illuminating the dark crevices of the Zero/Womb, usurpers have emerged to fill the void with their own brand of ‘truth’, with their ‘mixtures’, as the Mother called it. Indeed, from the very outset we encounter a series of usurpations, deviations, distractions, designed to draw the Aryan Warrior off course and abort ‘the Birth that fills that void’. All of these attempts, straddling an entire Age and more vigorously encountered in this century, have failed. The work is done, the Birth completed, the void is filled.

Nonetheless, the act of settling which I have described above, concerns a very careful and thorough act of exposure. Its purpose is precisely to drain the Usurper of energy. All the folds of the Womb have to be illumined so that the Shadow cannot continue to usurp energies which must now serve exclusively the purposes of the One.

The act of exposure, a large part of which I have been documenting in this series, carries us back to the original realisation of the Zero, sometime in the last millennium of the 8th Manifestation. This seeing was so decisive and overwhelming that thereafter it became ‘the secret’ of all the cultural expressions which the civilisation produced. We find it in music, captured in the drone or sruti, the silent Sound, or the sound-axis that renders the Silence full and not empty; we find it in architecture in the Hindu temple’s axis, shooting up from the centremost point of the garbhagriha, precisely the ‘womb-house’ or the temple’s sanctum sanctorum. Indeed, we find it in every artistic creation where an axis is required. For the perfect axial alignment requires or presupposes the realisation of the Zero and the ‘birth that fills the void’.

Yet all these experiences were still examples of a society in preparation for the fullest manifestation of the Dharma. They denote anticipation – precisely of that birth that fills the void. True to the exceptional capacity of Hindu wisemen to perceive these deeper, hidden truths, sometime during this passage the Scriptures inform us that the Buddha was also included in the list of Ten Avatars as an emanation of Vishnu, but that he was sent by the Supreme to ‘mislead’ seekers, more particularly, the asuras. And we also have Sri Aurobindo’s words to the effect that Kalki comes ‘to correct the error of the Buddha’.

What, precisely, was that error? The answer lies in the Mother’s temple – or rather, in the shadow-temple in Auroville, built in her name. What has taken shape there as the Matrimandir is an architectural rendition, attaining the highest heights of symbolic representation, of precisely the error of the Buddha. Thus we refer to it as the Shadow-Temple, inasmuch as it does indeed present the shadow of the supramental Truth: the emptiness of Nothingness.

The Map of the 12 Manifestations, reproduced below, describes the ancient Vedic foundation. It represents the twelve-fold unidirectional, horizontal base of the early civilisation. I discovered the diagram by means of the numerical properties of the name given to me during initiation in 1971, the year when the ‘sorting out’, or ‘decanting’ the Mother set on its way by her yogic power a year earlier began. Thus, when I discovered the significance of Thea and applied it in the formulation of this Map, I was unaware of these Artharvaveda verses which describe this very diagram:

 

One is the wheel; the bands are twelve;

             three are the hubs, – who can understand it?

             Three hundred spokes and sixty in addition

             have been hammered therein and firmly riveted.

 

Thus, we note that the Map of the 12 Manifestations is composed of 12 bands, and 3 concentric circles (hubs); with, of course, 360 spokes/degrees ‘hammered therein’, just as the Veda declares. It provides the essential key to the appearances of the Ten Avatars of Hindu tradition.

Had I remained satisfied with the diagram as the be-all and end-all of the realisation, the integral knowledge would have been withheld. This came a year or so later, in 1973, just before the Mother’s passing. It was the discovery, or seeing, of the Gnostic Circle, providing seekers with the same twelve-fold base, onto which, or into which is lodged the vertical direction of the circle of 9, a number equal to the 0 – as the Mathematics of Unity discloses. This is the formidable new key which describes the true new order.

 

The shadow of a ‘new order’

 

The Earth is passing through a transitional stage which is perhaps the most precarious passage in the entire history of her long and laborious evolution. While it is a fact that a ‘new world order’ has arrived or been thrust upon us, the true position is that this newness is nowhere in evidence. What we see taking shape is simply a last and more determined attempt to secure complete and everlasting control over the future of humanity by a consciousness which began its accelerated drive for supremacy several centuries ago.

Thus, throughout the world we witness the overt manipulation of certain societies to coerce adherence to this ‘new world order’. It is necessary to analyse the nature of this imposition in these pages, for it concerns our work directly, even as it concerns the destiny of the Indian subcontinent in greater measure than any other area on the globe. The issues involved are those most pertinent to the Vedic Truth and its survival than ever India has known. Throughout the long course of her history India has experienced many tribulations, many attacks on her essence and the continuity of her central leadership in matters of the spirit. But never before has she faced the possibility of total destruction of that essential Truth like today. Being the centre and soul of the very planet, it is fundamental to understand her struggle and weigh the conditions for success or failure. Indeed, it must first be emphasised that none are truly aware of the real struggle, of what actually lies at the heart of the turmoil, or ‘churning’. Given this lack of a clear perception, the Lord of Falsehood has easily clouded the real issues. This is nowhere more clearly discernible than in the struggle to have the Mother’s original adopted for construction of the Matrimandir in Auroville. To this day there is but a handful of people throughout the world who truly perceive the nature of the force that has secured a complete and unrelinquishing hold over the city the Mother founded in 1968, through the channel of what was meant to be its soul – the temple.

Indeed, if the Mother stated that the Matrimandir was to be the soul of Auroville, it is understandable that instruments would come forward to construct that ‘soul’, and that every attempt would be made – conscious on the part of behind-the-scene forces, and often unconscious by their frontline instruments – to assure that this soul would be faithful to the consciousness desiring to take possession of that centre. The Mother was not unaware of the struggle she was setting in motion by centering the endeavour on this temple. Master strategist that she was, she knew the benefits of such a strategy in that identical to the Churning Myth, both positive and negative forces would be gathered in one place as it were, and would thus be obliged to join their energies to accelerate the movement and thereby to hasten the denouement. Indeed, the period set aside by the Time-Spirit for this decisive work was the last three decades of the millennium. That is, we have the 1700s, 1800s, and 1900s, drawn into a condensed experience in the final three decades of the millennium, starting from 1971. To be noted is that the beginning of the larger demarcation coincided with the rise of colonialism on the world scene; while the condensed period of three decades was heralded in by the beginning of the temple construction in 1971, precisely because acceleration was the demand from that year onward until the end of the millennium, and the process the Mother organised around the temple drama created that ‘controlled acceleration’.

Thus today, in the drive to impose a ‘new world order’, we witness an intensive effort on the part of the consciousness that worked through the colonial powers to secure its definitive stamp and lasting hold over the Earth’s evolution. And as prophesied in St John’s Revelation or Apocalypse approximately two thousand years ago, the focus of the struggle has indeed been a temple.

As in the early days in India when colonisation began through the East India Company – i.e., economic subjugation – today the concentrated effort of that same consciousness to maintain its hold is equally through economic slavery. The difference between these two periods is only in degree and method of implementation. Then it was force combined with diplomatic coercion and manipulation. Today it is political coercion under the guise of ‘freedom’ – i.e., ‘free’ trade, ‘free’ market, ‘free’ economy, and so forth.

Similar to the perversion in matters of the spirit which we have witnessed in the last three centuries, accentuated in the last three decades, where this question of freedom has been the key tool to pervert, in economics and trade freedom has suffered an identical perversion. That is, in both realms what exists is an illusion of freedom and not the real thing.

Nations throughout the world are being manipulated to subjugate themselves to the presiding economic ‘deity’ by conviction that this adherence implies access to a degree of ‘freedom’ which they have never known. Similarly, they are being convinced that their participation is as equal among equals and hence in keeping with the secular democratic tradition which has gained supremacy over the past hundred years or so, particularly since 1989. But both the freedom and the equality offered are an illusion. Nations which have recently emerged from colonial subjugation are simply diving into the fire from the frying pan, to put it prosaically.

The option that had been offered to these fledgling nations was of course no option at all. Socialism was an instrument of that same consciousness and its entirely predictable offshoot. The colonial era spawned several channels to secure complete domination. Socialism, which a number of newly independent nations opted for, was perhaps the cleverest tool of that retrograde force in that its reliance on a stifling of political, economic and social freedoms for expression and survival, assured its demise at a certain point in the development when precisely the perversion of freedom would become the principal tool of the Lord of Nations. This process culminated in 1989, the start of the very last ennead of this millennium, when the clarion call of freedom brought about the collapse of the socialist paradigm as a visible alternative.

Yet, developing nations throughout the world are in no way ‘free’. And there appears to be no solution to their subjugation inasmuch as none are aware of the level of deception. Nor can they identify the instruments and channels this force uses, much less devise means to secure true freedom from its centuries-old hold. Cultural issues of minor import are focussed on, in an exercise of missing the forest for the trees. In addition, even if this identification were possible, no valid replacement can be envisioned since perversion has been the tool; and this creates the interesting phenomenon of ‘throwing the baby out with the bath water’. Thus, while freedom and equality are legitimate primary ingredients of the new world order, perversion of these principles results in a reactionary response which drives one in an opposite direction in the effort to become ‘free’ from the subjugation.

The unipolar world is thus a fallacy in terms of any one of the superpowers occupying that dominant position. For it is neither America, nor of course Russia, nor any other nation which has taken over centre-stage. It is a consciousness working through certain channels which have been prepared for the role they are presently playing some centuries ago. Nor can we say that that consciousness has wholly occupied this position. What we are witnessing is the final struggle of certain forces to secure the dominant position. Indeed, the position is still vacant, but it is rapidly on the way to being filled by the force which functioned so effectively to subjugate half the world during the colonial age.

The outer signs and symbols indicating the victory of that force cannot be ignored. Inasmuch as the denouement was arranged to hinge on a temple as central protagonist in the struggle, mainly to be an aid in identifying the quality of that usurper consciousness and its tactics, foremost is the symbolism of the shadow-temple nearing completion in Auroville. Every item of the construction points to a decisive victory on the physical plane of the force we call the Lord of Nations. Indeed, it is in a sense a conglomerate of nations which serves as a channel for that force to execute its designs on the world scene. This conglomerate also has representatives in the city and its shadow-temple. But the most important item of the symbolism is the transparent, empty crystal, centrepiece of the temple, coupled with the empty stand as its ‘support’. Everywhere in the symbolism we are faced with emptiness – an entirely indispensable ingredient in the ‘new world order’ of the Lord of Nations.

Thus, one of the most important aspects of the new creation is threatened to be rendered obsolete. This is the victory of the soul, both individual and collective. For nations, for India, the problem translates itself into a losing struggle to affirm the national soul and build a new future on the basis of its pulsations and not those emanating from the conglomerate consciousness of the Lord of Nations. Emptiness as a symbol in this essential area of the Mother’s work points to the triumph of the Usurper, of forces from beyond the parameters of the national consciousness. This too has been the fate of the Mother’s city and temple, pertinent especially to India, and through India to the rest of the world.

The problem is the central void. For only by securing this emptiness can the Usurper succeed in imposing its shadow-consciousness on the Earth. India plays a special role in this adventure. But the fact that on her soil, in the body of the Mother, the Usurper has stamped its consciousness on this most important symbol, does not bode well for the nation. Economic policies must evolve from and be an expression of the fulness of the national soul and thus be in harmony with the true needs of the people on all levels and dimensions. They must serve that One, that divine Purpose of the soul, and not take possession of the nation as an imposition from beyond and stemming from impulses and priorities which have no connection with the nation’s central pulsation. Economics cannot inspire a people. They cannot drive the collectivity to express its highest ideals and to attain its loftiest goals. They can only be an outcome of that innermost pulsation and never take its place.

But today it is expected throughout the world that the carrot of economic well-being dangled before nations struggling to affirm their national soul, via a subjugation to the dictates of that conglomerate consciousness, will suffice to silence the stirrings of these indigenous pulsations. In the present scenario what is more than clear is that nothing is in its place. Policies or areas of collective existence which should be an expression of something else have usurped the position that ‘something else’ should occupy. In other words, the law of usurpation triumphs throughout the world. This is possible because of a central emptiness.

Oriental societies constantly bemoan the emptiness in evidence which seems to be undermining the foundations of the old order and which they identify with a western materialist consciousness. But the emptiness I write of is something far more subtle and difficult to detect and hence to remedy. It is a cosmic knot whose existence in turn left that soul-centre void and hence susceptible to the usurpation and the numerous external manifestations of this emptiness. Indeed, if we insist on locating the area on the globe where the perception of central emptiness made its first impact on the human consciousness, it was in the east and not in the west. It was, in fact, in India more than two millennia ago. And today India continues to set the pace and upon her success or failure depends the true ‘new world order’.

What is at stake is not a new world order dominated by a superpower or even a concert of powers. It is a question of the Consciousness which must be stamped on the evolution of the human species and its resultant civilisational expressions. The struggle lies there, in that essential domain. But, important to note is that in this higher destiny of the Earth there is only one plan, as it were, one pattern, one ‘order’ – and not a choice among many possibilities. This order is represented thus:

 

 

A centre or point, and a periphery. Like a flower with its circumscribing petals, there are concentric circles evolving from the Point which in turn is identified as ‘the centre that holds’.

In other words, the new order is simply the manifestation of the Cosmic Truth which is spheric in design. Its ‘forms’ are multiple, but unity is its base. Whereas, the new order sought to be imposed is linear insofar as the centre is a void and hence cannot give birth from that Point to a ‘holding power’. Consequently, that ‘new order’ imposing itself is a recipe for continued strife and more explosive expressions of unrest than the world has yet known. The reasons for this are mathematical. We shall discuss them in depth in the remaining portion of this study.

The true harmonious world order is a cosmic expression where each thing is in its place. Thus there can be no usurper, no frustration aroused, resentment or sense of diminishing. Equality is understood and implemented as an expression of that true place of each part of the collectivity. There is no higher or lower. There is equality of the instrument whose complete fulfilment lies in the discovery and occupation of its true place within the whole. If at times this condition has been experienced on Earth, it has been accidental and certainly never conscious. At least during our period of recorded history. The situation may have been different earlier, perhaps during the Vedic Age when the caste system based on the cosmic harmony prevailed in its uncontaminated, undiluted form. But the great divide resides precisely in a conscious or unconscious evolution.

Things cannot be put ‘in their proper place’ without conscious awareness, precisely because the deception, perversion and falsification are extreme and have proven so effective in securing the subjugation described above. To illustrate, there is not one of the surviving older disciples in Sri Aurobindo’s ashram in Pondicherry who has been capable of identifying the presiding consciousness in Auroville as the Usurper. All have fallen at the feet of this consciousness in possession of the project and installed as the ‘deity’ in the shadow-temple.

On numerous occasions these respected disciples have made pilgrimages to the temple, particularly after installation of the empty crystal and stand. They have described the power they felt there as ‘the Mother’, and have not cared to delve deeper into the nature of their experiences because in so doing the painful reality would emerge of a race, a species so thoroughly misaligned that Truth lies beyond its reach and the supramental Gnosis appears to be entirely unattainable. I repeat, it is a painful discovery, particularly after a long life of involvement with Sri Aurobindo’s integral yoga. To conclude after 50 or 60 years that one has come no closer to an identification with that Light than in the initial contact with Sri Aurobindo and the Mother, or gained the essential discrimination they so assiduously emphasised as a first prerequisite for attainment of a superior consciousness, is indeed a confession few are ready to make.

Yet in the light of knowledge and particularly the supramental Gnosis Sri Aurobindo and the Mother have brought down, the experiences of these older sadhaks, which have been published in various Ashram and Auroville journals, disclose the failure on the part of these respected disciples to fathom certain fundaments of the yoga and especially the nature of the context which perforce had to accompany the victory of the gnostic Light in the world.

This failure merits an in-depth discussion because of its potential for clarifying certain elements of the yoga somewhat difficult to grasp. In addition, this analysis will also serve to illumine the way ahead on this precarious path into the new future which the entire human race is embarked upon and which is meant to be opened precisely by the realisers of the supramental Gnosis. Thus, in discussing the failure to perceive the character of the presiding ‘deity’ in the shadow-temple, the path ahead may become clearer for those who are truly sincere in their aspiration to be instruments for this great change.

 

A Consciousness of Perversity

 

A simple means to illustrate the nature of the consciousness that has overtaken the shadow-temple and has thus come to exert a central influence on the affairs of Sri Aurobindo and the Mother as centred in that project, concerns the all-important question of a transparent or translucent globe as the focal piece of the temple. Inasmuch as this item is by far the most significant part of the temple, described by the Mother as ‘the symbol of the future realisation’, clearly there should have been the utmost care in executing her will in this key matter to the best of one’s ability. We find, however, that this was not done. And because of its central importance and the subsequent disfigurement that came to stand in place of this supreme symbol, naturally we are driven to conclude that the consciousness presiding over the city’s development is perverse indeed. This is especially so because we have the Mother’s own words to help us determine exactly what that symbol represents, what quality she wished to capture in the symbolism, and finally her definitive instructions that it should not be ‘transparent’: ‘A globe which is not transparent but rather translucent.’ (10.1.1970)

In view of these clear instructions, can there have ever been any confusion about exactly what was required?

To further emphasise the point, the Ashram fell in line completely with the deception by reinforcing the hold of the Usurper through its official publication, Bulletin of the International Centre of Education. In its February l992 edition, it published extracts from the Matrimandir Dialogues where the Mother had explained her vision in detail, clarifying many points which, however, were subsequently disfigured. Regarding the globe the editors reproduced only those early portions of her discussion with the disciple, Satprem, where she speaks of a transparent globe.

For all intents and purposes, her preliminary comments with casual reference to a transparent material, in this official organ of the Ashram would confirm that the selection of a transparent crystal was fully in keeping with the Mother’s vision and wishes.

However, that was her early description of what she ‘saw’, before she drew up a plan with the Ashram engineer a day or two later. Thus, by 10.1.1970 when she met again with the disciple, with those plans in hand, she stated the following when the question of the ‘crystal’ was brought up: ‘And the globe is translucent.’

These more definitive, categorical instructions have been entirely ignored by the communities of both the Ashram and Auroville. There has, moreover, been a concerted, wilful, deliberate attempt to hide the fact from the public that the Mother specifically did not want a transparent globe. In keeping with her ‘seeing’ it had to be translucent.

A sincere aspiration to do the Mother’s will and construct the temple as faithfully as possible to her vision and not the architect’s, would reveal to the careful reader of the Dialogues exactly why she first mentioned transparent and then clarified that it was, on the contrary, translucent. The reason comes across in her own reflections on perhaps the need to put a light under the globe in order to illumine it from below, – that is, to ensure that it becomes full of light, which would be in keeping with her vision. In other words, the Mother in her discussions with the disciple Satprem and the Italian designer, Paolo, sought to explain the chamber and centrepiece as she SAW it. The globe was clearly full of light, effulgent, luminous. To be more precise, it was not empty, much less transparent. It was in her vision an element capable of retaining a luminosity projected upon it, however that was to be devised.

When working on the plan, it is obvious the engineer must have informed the Mother that the effulgence she ‘saw’ could only be attained by a translucent and not transparent globe. With the latter light would pass through and not be contained as in a vessel. Yet this is exactly what now stands as ‘the Mother’s vision’ in the shadow temple: a transparent crystal through which light passes and is not contained, giving the impression of an empty void. And, to further reveal the quality of its presiding ‘deity’, this crystal captures on its surface the images of everything in the chamber and reflects them turned upside-down.

It needs to be stressed again and again that a sincere desire to reproduce the Mother’s vision according to her own description and clear instructions would have encountered no difficulty in reaching the conclusion that a transparent crystal was not in accordance with what the Mother ‘saw’. The Ashram engineer, Udar Pinto, clarified the matter for her. And a diligent study of her dialogues on the subject would have revealed the reason for the two apparently contradictory statements.

But even if this had not been clear, the obvious choice for the centrepiece would perforce have been the last instructions – that is, on 10 January, after she had drawn up the plan herself and worked out those details with the engineer. It must be recalled in this context that the Mother specifically requested an engineer to execute her vision, not an architect. The reasons are obvious in view of the disastrous rendering of that vision by precisely the architects who initially she had foreseen would be incapable of dealing with the matter in the right spirit.

True to the perverse character of the Lord of Falsehood, presiding ‘deity’ of the shadow-temple, her comments on a transparent globe before she herself had understood the difference in terms of the final effect produced, were the only ones clutched tenaciously by the powers-that-be in both communities. Indeed, there is not one disciple in the forefront of a movement not only to restore the purity of her original vision but to rescue the city (and the Ashram) from the hold of that dark conglomerate consciousness of the Lord of Nations.

There are other essential items of her vision which were similarly disfigured when they could have been executed exactly as she saw the chamber. The ‘stand’ is foremost among these items. She specified that Sri Aurobindo’s four upright symbols supporting the globe had to be carved in stone and of a somewhat orange-gold colour. Never did she request metal. Yet the powers-that-be disregarded as well these clear instructions and have placed the empty crystal on a see-through wrought-iron stand. Wherever one looks, however one approaches the symbolism one finds only emptiness, weakness, nothingness in place of the solid fulness of a supramental creation which was the character and quality of the Mother’s original vision, and indeed of the ancient Vedic seeing.

Another important item which was severely disfigured and which is perhaps the most damaging falsification of all concerns the axis of the temple, the horizontal and vertical measurements of the inner cross-section of the chamber – indeed, the most essential measurements to reproduce faithfully in any Vedic creation. In the Mother’s words, this cross-section was to ‘form a perfect circle’ whose periphery would touch certain points of the chamber. To achieve this, before all else the room’s diameter had to be accurate: 24 metres, wall to wall.

As if foreseeing that the falsifying consciousness would target this essential point for its prize achievement, the disfiguring of which would render the temple a faithful reflection of its own misaligned consciousness, the Mother stressed the INNER wall measurement; yet these instructions were deliberately ignored. I write deliberately because I myself implored the powers who secured control over the project before anything was built in Auroville to respect the Mother’s wishes and execute the inner diameter 24 metres wall to wall. She stated, when the disciple wanted to add several metres to the room’s diameter: ‘It is understood that the wall must be at 24 metres’. (17.1.1970) Later he continues to insist and again the Mother stresses: ‘It is understood, the 24 metres end at the walls.’

My efforts in 1974-5 proved futile, as futile as the Mother’s in 1970. The presiding architect is known to have stated that even though it would take ‘only ten minutes’ to re-do the calculations and extend the room’s diameter to the prescribed 24, he had no intention of doing so. The reason for his ignorant obstinacy none have cared to investigate. Any sincere, knowledgeable person must readily conclude that the consciousness guiding the decisions and actions in both the Ashram and Auroville was a shadow of the true thing, a falsifier and not an upholder of Truth.

An example can be found in Appendix 3. This letter was addressed to one of Sri Aurobindo’s oldest remaining sadhaks, one who considers himself an authority on his teachings. It exposes the problem the Mother faced in not having any allies to help execute her vision. We seem to have inherited the problem as the letter reveals, compounded by her departure at the point when this help could have been given. (Unfortunately, we are unable to publish herein the sadhak’s letters, to which this is a reply, because he has withheld permission.)

Today the public is duped because it too stands under the influence of this Shadow. And naturally, given the fact that public funds are involved – a colossal seven crores, or 70 million rupees, – the truth is sought to be concealed. But the day will soon dawn when the truth will conquer because, true to the Mother’s call, there is one person who has seen along with her. The vision thus lives on.

 

Spinal dislocation

 

Let us proceed with our discussion of the Gnostic Circle geography and discover how the Mother’s original plan carries a geographical correspondence in the measurements she gave for certain essential items. In particular, we must discuss the axis of the temple mentioned above, inasmuch as it is the principal factor to reproduce faithfully in any Vedic temple. To illustrate, below is a cross-section sketch of a Hindu temple taken from George Michell’s, The Hindu Temple (University of Chicago Press, 1988). This can be of any size, bearing due respect for the correct proportions in any transposition. The important feature, as I have discussed earlier, is the shaft rising from the centremost point in the garbhagriha, the womb-house, or the temple’s sanctum sanctorum.

 

The Mother has carried this Vedic principle to even higher levels of truth-seeing by rendering the axis in light. She has thus materialised the Vedic symbolism of the Cow as Ray of Light, which is the dual meaning of the Sanskrit  word for cow: go, gau. But it is its connection with the geography of India via the geometry of time of this new cosmology that transports the seeing beyond anything that has so far been implemented on Indian soil. For the axis of light is, by the geometry of time, equivalent to one year of 365 days, or 365 years in the equation, one day for one year, which we discover time and again in the Vedas.

I have pointed out in various publications, in particular in The New Way, Volume 2, that the geometry of time in conjunction with the diameter of the temple’s luminous globe provides us with the understanding that the globe is the totality of the subcontinental landmass by means of an application of the Laws of Correspondence or Equivalency. These laws were of utmost importance to the Vedic seers. We find this corroborated by a contemporary French scholar, Charles Malamoud. In an interview he gave to the Unesco Courier (May 1993), he comments on the Vedic emphasis on the question of ‘correspondences between the macrocosm and the microcosm’…

 

‘…Such correspondences exist, but it is up to humans to discover them, to become aware of them, to formulate them – and in so doing, to confirm them. Solving the Vedic riddles I referred to earlier which are one of the aspects of Brahman, involves linking similar elements from the different levels of existence. There are not just two of these, but more often three: the level of the gods, which is that of the cosmos; the level of the individual human being (body and soul); and between the two of them, the ritual level. A ritual object, a particular moment in a ceremony, is thought to have a replica or counterpart in some specific spatial or temporal element of the universe, and also in some aspect of human activity or an organ of the human body.

‘This network of correspondences is not static. The Vedic authors, particularly in the Upanishads, give much thought to finding new, more refined and complex equivalences. Several Sanskrit words convey this idea, words that mean “connection”, “link”, even “kinship”. In Vedic India the idea of correspondences is more important than the concept of causality – whereas Buddhism insists on the sequence of cause and effect…’

 

In keeping with this Vedic tradition, the Mother has given us measurements in the centrepiece of the chamber which do indeed contain these ‘new correspondences’ which Malamoud discusses in the above interview. Once again, it is necessary to stress, this newness carries the tradition to even greater depths of perception and understanding of the universal harmonies, provided one is equipped with a key which can clarify the ‘riddle’. This contemporary key of knowledge is the Gnostic Circle.

To illustrate, by the Law of Correspondence, we have 30 degrees of latitude and 40 degrees of longitude captured in the globe of 70cms which the Mother specified as the correct diameter of the globe. This is the spatial equivalence noted by Malamoud, and it is understood that discovering a relationship of this order is not a mental operation. One does not either create such a correspondence or discover it through the mind, but rather on the basis of that special quality of ‘felt vision’ the Mother often refers to, which in the Veda is known as sruti or ‘hearing’ the Truth, combined with ‘seeing’ – for indeed the Rishis are called ‘seers’. That is, a sensorial perception of a superior order.

The temporal relation corresponds to the Festival of Light starting with the December Solstice and culminating on January 5th, tapering off to the 9th. The 5th would be the 15th degree of Capricorn, the ‘mountaintop’. It describes the soul of India.

from:  The New Way, Volume 2, pages 350-1

 

The Gnostic Circle is the key of knowledge to render the measurements of the chamber’s shaft of light and centrepiece applicable through their connection with the calendar via the geometry of time. To illustrate the method, we may take the globe’s 70cms diameter and apply the laws of correspondence through the Gnostic Circle and we find that while its 30 and 40 degrees refer to the 30 and 40 degrees of latitude and longitude respectively, they are also representative of the two segments of the Gnostic Circle’s superimposed circles: the circle of 12 consists of segments of 30 degrees, while the circle of 9 consists of segments of 40 degrees. Further on, we shall observe how these 30 of the space (12) circle and 40 of the time (9) circle correspond accurately to the latitude and longitude in an exercise of applied cosmology.

In addition, when laid as a yardstick around the globe, with its 0 point at Greenwich, the Gnostic Circle reveals that Capricorn starts just where the Capricorn hieroglyphic Indian landmass begins. From there the sign’s 30 degrees move into and through India, with the 15th degree of the sign as indicated in the maps shown previously, – i.e., at 76˚longitude east. With the zodiac thus laid on the globe, Capricorn begins at 60/61 East and continues eastward to the mouth of the Ganga in the Bay of Bengal; and then the Capricorn tail is carried over to encompass Burma, and from there swings back toward the central body. This hieroglyphic symbol represents a play of energy, and cannot be understood unless this is taken into account. The gunas, or energy qualities, move into the Body in this eastward triadic play. The tail, reversing at the Capricorn 0 point in Bengal and thereafter sweeping back into the central Body of the Mother, indicates an essential feature of the destiny of Bharat, not to be found in any other nation in the world: a contained triune play of energies to produce a centre that holds. This would be the Earth’s zero point, her centre, her soul.

In The Magical Carousel this attribute of Capricorn is detailed in the tenth chapter particularly via the sign’s connection to Time, and above all, simultaneous time – or the three times of an immobile centre or seed: compressed time in the core. The effulgent translucent globe of the Mother’s original vision captures the supreme essence of Capricorn in both time and space through the new cosmology’s geometry of time and cosmo-geography of space.

The spine of the Body or its Mt Meru axis is found at 15 degrees into its Capricorn form, thus at 76˚longitude. It moves vertically through the entire portion of the subcontinent, covering the prescribed 30˚of latitude from top to bottom, as indicated on page 24. The student who wishes a more detailed presentation of this configuration may consult Volume 2 of The New Way, Chapter 9. I am restating a portion of that analysis here simply to highlight the importance of executing that central axis in the Mother’s temple with extreme care inasmuch as it has this geographical correspondence with the actual Indian landmass of the Capricorn hieroglyph through the laws of correspondence and equivalence.

Indeed, having failed to execute the axis properly in the shadow-temple, it stands that in some way there has to be a reflection in the geography the axis-globe comprises – i.e., the Indian landmass. One important though tragic correspondence seems to be the recent earthquake that struck India on 30 September 1993. The area affected straddled principally parts of the state of Maharashtra, and then into Karnataka. Its intensity was such that it was felt even at Skambha.

To date seismologists are baffled by this earthquake. In their words, there is ‘no scientific explanation’ for its occurrence in that area. The epicentre was around Latur and Osmanabad in Maharashtra, a location not significant in seismological assessments of quake-prone zones on the subcontinent; in fact it is rated in the category of least probability.

I had pointed out when the ‘crystal’ was installed in the shadow-temple that due to its misalignment and emptiness, there would be repercussions in all that the globe and pedestal stand for. Particularly its geographical correspondences. One such was this very epicentre: the quake struck not on any geological fault line but rather right on the disjointed spinal column running through the body of a dismembered Mother India in terms of the  Capricorn hieroglyphic relationships; and at a critical location on that column, – that is, 18 degrees down the column and 12 degrees from the tip of the ‘V’ at the bottom of the map. Both these numbers hold the key to the time-space relationships in the Mother’s chamber. 18 is the key to the vertical descending solar ray and its correspondence to certain time cycles, equivalent to longitude which is measured vertically across the globe; 12 is the horizontal base of the Mother’s 12-petalled symbol, equivalent to latitude bands, measured horizontally.

The ‘spine’ extends from what I have called the Eye of Shiva (in Pakistan-Occupied Kashmir), to the tip of the subcontinent. This axis passes right through the epicentre of the recent inexplicable earthquake (the area is indicated by a circle in the map shown previously). The correspondence with the shadow-temple lies in the same axial dislocation producing a derangement of both time and space. This is the ‘fault line’ susceptible to disturbances in a landmass that is hypersensitised to these geo-cosmological rumblings.

It is to be expected that disbelievers will attribute this clear correspondence to ‘coincidence’. But the sages and seers know. The unfortunate part is that their voices are neither heard nor heeded. For the Mother herself lamented, after her efforts to have her plan implemented in the temple construction failed, that ‘…One is not going to say it! To begin with, they will not believe me.’ (17.1.1970) A year later she questioned, ‘Will it have to be the lesson of catastrophe?’

 

The perversity of ‘goodwill’ 

 

Listening to the taped recordings of the Mother’s discussion on the Matrimandir with the disciple, Satprem, is a profoundly disheartening experience, for it reveals the inability of the human being to follow the Mother in her seeing and to offer the least resistances possible to the fulfilment of her will. Indeed, what is evident as we listen is that from the beginning there was no desire at all on the part of any of the dramatis personae to serve as channels for the implementation of her vision. From the outset the disciple, for one, reveals that his sole interest is to secure the Mother’s approval for his protege’s vision in place of hers. This is quite apparent if one listens to the entire sequence of the recordings – those made public, that is – from 31.12.1969 to 17.1.1970.

I would like to close this portion of our study with a brief summary and analysis of the contents of those recordings for readers who do not have the tapes, and also as a guide for those who do. (The complete transcripts are included in TVNs 1/5 and 1/6.)

 

31.12.1969: In this conversation the Mother makes it clear that she has not seen the temple as yet. She has an idea based on a preliminary ‘seeing’, this is clear, since she describes the chamber in this session with the disciple very close to what she did come to see, perhaps within hours of their meeting. Rather than provide us with the details we seek to reconstruct her vision accurately, this discussion centres mostly on the problems with the official architect in charge of the entire project and his reluctance to start with the centre of the township, the temple. His preference, according to the Mother, is to build the city first and then the centre.

    But the most important feature of this session is the disciple’s presentation of his protege’s ideas. He tells the Mother about Paolo Tommasi’s ‘inspiration’ as to what needs to be done and reads out PT’s letter to her. The gist is that the centre should be built first and only after that the city. In addition, he emphasises that this ‘unification’ around the centre’ will help to bring down the vision.

 

The extremely interesting part to note is his repeated reference to an axis, a centre, which he feels should serve to gather the dispersed energies in Auroville for the positive completion of that task at hand. Given the role that these two played subsequently, precisely in the destruction of that (occult) axis and centre the Mother so meticulously arranged for her temple, this recording takes on historical importance and is a document of immense value, for it casts light on the difficulty a ‘sincere goodwill’  poses when not accompanied by a sincere yoga.

The important part to focus on in this tape is the insistence on PT’s vision and ideas because subsequent developments will reveal that throughout the entire exercise, spanning 18 days, he clings tenaciously to his part in the affair, his instrumentation, even after the Mother had informed them all that she had SEEN, that she no longer needed them for the purpose.

But even as early as this discussion the objective listener can easily appreciate that the Mother intuited the essential lines of the chamber and was only waiting for that decisive experience to come which would both confirm her intuition as well as provide the missing and essential details of the chamber. Indeed, immediately after this first session with Satprem, she did receive that confirmation. This came through the ‘felt vision’, or the actual discovery on the subtle plane of that chamber. She entered the temple in the subtle physical, saw, and thereafter recorded what she saw. At that point, she did not need anyone to help ‘bring down the vision’, and she stated this quite emphatically though fruitlessly.

 

3.1.1970: The disciple informs the Mother that PT waits outside her room to see her. The Mother begins enthusiastically to tell Satprem, before seeing PT, of her experience, that she has now SEEN. She tells the disciple in minute detail what she ‘saw’, ‘lived’. He suggests that she should tell PT rather than him, but the Mother prefers to talk to Satprem about it, until she has the plans drawn up.

After describing the experience of seeing in full, she declares: ‘I have had the vision of that room, so I do not need anyone to see what that should be: I KNOW. And an engineer is needed rather than an architect, because an architect…It has to be as simple as possible.

The disciple then relates that he transmitted everything the Mother had told him (31.12.1969) about the ‘large empty room’ and how touched PT was by this idea, that it coincided with his – this emptiness. The Mother makes it clear that she would rather have the plans in hand before seeing PT, but agrees to see him nonetheless since he is waiting.

When PT enters she again describes her vision but begins by stating straight-away that… ‘I have seen the interior’, and that in a few days she will have the plans and drawings because…‘the exterior, I do not know at all, but the inside I KNOW’.

Then begins another long, detailed description of every aspect of her vision, remarking from time to time that she will soon have the plans. PT appears to listen intently. She ends by stating again. ‘…So, as soon as my papers (plans) are ready, I will call you to show you.’

After PT leaves the room the Mother again broaches the subject of the harmony (or disharmony) between the competing architects, Roger Anger and PT, and how she would prefer to have PT present to handle building the centre [after all, he seemed so enthusiastic] while RA is absent, and when he returns and works on the township PT should be absent, and so on. But again she stresses her preference for an engineer, ‘…It is for this reason that I am going to have these sketches to show him (PT), done by an engineer, because it is not an architect’s job, it is a job for an engineer…very precise…very precise.’ And then regarding the importance of the right calculations, she states, ‘That is what is important, the Sun’s play on the centre (the globe). Because that becomes the symbol – the symbol of the future realisation.’

 

To note in this portion is the repeated insistence that she wants an engineer not an architect, and that she will soon have the plans to show. In other words, she comes across in this tape as fully sure of her vision and her ability to get precise plans done by the engineer. At which point, with plans in hand, they can proceed to execute them. Time and again, to both Satprem and PT, she declares: I HAVE SEEN, I do not need anyone.

 

10.1.1970: Satprem begins by telling the Mother he has a letter for her from PT. The Mother interjects, saying she plans to meet PT in the afternoon. Then she informs the disciple that she has the plans of the chamber. She has him unroll them and begins a long explanation of each and every detail. It is clear that everything has been meticulously worked out by her with the engineer.

Referring continuously to the plans, she discusses the centre of the room, her horizontal symbol, Sri Aurobindo’s four symbols forming a square upholding a translucent  globe (‘…as yet we do not know what material’).

Then the Mother, discusses the entry as a descent under the walls and into the room from below, with these memorable words, ‘…It is another symbol. Everything is symbolic.’

She explains that Sri Aurobindo’s symbols are to be carved in stone of an orange-gold colour, the only colour in the room, and again ‘…A globe that is not transparent but translucent’.

When she finishes, Satprem reads PT’s letter. It is necessary to reproduce his letter in full because more than anything else in this sordid display of ignorance and self-importance, this letter reveals the precise nature of the difficulties the Mother faced in having her vision executed. To appreciate in full the nature of the intransigent obstinacy, it must be recalled that just a week earlier PT met the Mother and she told him she had seen, she would give him the plans, she now did not need anyone, and she did not want an architect, only an engineer. Nevertheless, he wrote,

 

‘Very sweet Mother,
        ‘I saw R [the official architect] Sunday, he came to my room, we had lunch together. With love, I arranged for you and R some very beautiful flowers. You, you were with us. We spoke a lot. I felt R like a brother.
   ‘I told him that Auroville cannot be born like any other city (urban problems, social, economic, all that: later). The beginning must be ‘something else’. For that reason we should start with the Centre. This Centre must be our lever, our fixed point, the thing on which we can steady ourselves to leap to the other side – because it is only from the other side that one can begin to understand what Auroville should be. And this Centre should be the form which manifests in matter the content which You can transmit to us on all the planes (even the occult). We, we should be simply the open and sincere mediums through whom you can make that concrete.
   ‘And I told him how I felt the need to approach all that by living the experience internally, all united – people from the orient and the occident – in a vast movement of love, because it is the only cement possible to build ‘something else’.
   ‘And the Centre can give us that love immediately because it is love for You!
  ‘I told him that, practically, we can begin by a moment of silence, all gathered together, and try to make a total blank, and on that blank, with the aspiration of everyone, make the signs for the beginning descent. But all united and all together, especially those who are spiritually more advanced, the Indians.
   ‘R was in full agreement. He said really we must do that.’

 

The Mother’s immediate response to his letter was revealing: ‘I am seeing P this afternoon and I will give him the plans. Because this is what I have seen.’ Then she does not dwell on his desire to unite and call down the ‘signs’ of what should be, she returns again to the details: white marble, where to get it, Sri Aurobindo’s symbols…and the translucent globe.

Most important, she specifies the correct diameter of the globe: 70cms, asking the disciple to confirm this in the plans. He does. Then the entry by descent and ascent into the room is emphasized and the fact that to gain access to the chamber certain conditions would have to be met (‘…It must be somewhat initiatic.’)

                      

17.1.1970: The disciple begins by presenting the ideas of PT and her Italian secretary, Nata, regarding the outer shape of the building. The Mother comments that she is open to suggestions since she only saw the inside. (The implication being that the interior is her creation, her domain, not the architects’.)

But from this discussion on the outer form the talk spins off to every item of her plan, until by the end of a long and gruelling attempt to defend the elements of her vision which had been systematically attacked, we realise that the Mother was in the presence of obstinate ignorance in the guise of ‘love’ and ‘goodwill’.

For example, the twelve columns are attacked as being ‘another symbol of the old creation’ (PT’s words). If it was necessary to have them for a ‘symbolic’ representation (after all the Mother had said, everything was symbolic), then one could put 12 blocks, or backrests about 50cms high. To this nonsense the Mother replies, ‘That has no meaning.’ A symbolic meaning?, the disciple questions ‘…because you spoke of the pillars as backrests.’ She insists she saw pillars. He insists that something could be put in their place as ‘symbols’. She keeps on insisting. He retorts. And on and on it goes.

The recording of much of this was not kept, only the transcripts which appear in The Mother’s Agenda, Volume 11 (1970). Reading these transcripts, it is pathetic to discover that even with the precise plans in hand, her disciples and devotees saw fit to dismantle her vision bit by bit. Nothing was sacred.

Midway through this gruelling exercise, Satprem even makes this astounding remark about PT’s ‘plan’ of the room which he brought to the Mother: ‘But when Paolo showed me his plan, I had the impression of something very beautiful …I will tell you what I felt. I felt: I am assisting at the birth of Auroville.’

The Mother wastes no time. She replies: ‘It is not true.

Satprem insists: ‘The material birth, I mean.’

Again the Mother is emphatic: ‘Yes, yes, I understand well, but it is not true.’ After this, according to the transcripts, she enters into a long concentration.

The recording commences again, after these pages and pages of the Mother’s futile attempts to protect her SEEING, when finally she states:

‘You know, I do not believe in external decisions. Quite simply, I believe in only one thing: the force of Consciousness which makes a Pressure…And the Pressure goes on augmenting.’

She then explains that she cannot move about to oversee things as she used to, – in other words, to make sure things get done as she wants. Therefore she relies on the ‘pressure of the Consciousness’, … ‘All the rest, those are things men do; they do them more or less well, and then it lives, and then it dies, and then it changes and then it is deformed, and then – that is what they do…’.

Finally the discussion concludes with these words, ‘So, since there are not many who can understand, I say nothing: I watch and I wait. I LOOK…Someone gives me a paper like you have just done when you gave me that drawing [PT’s plan of the temple], I look, like that, and I see very well what in that paper comes from above, and what is a mixture and what is… Like that. But one cannot say it! – to begin, they would not believe me.’

After a moment of silence, the Mother interestingly begins discussing the terminology Sri Aurobindo used to describe the new species he envisioned, which would replace ‘the old man’. She comments that she understands why he called it ‘supramental’ and not superman. In other words, she realised she was faced with precisely that aberration: the exaltation of ‘man’, the ego of the instrument, and the deranged mental approach which has brought so much calamity to the world.

 

What becomes evident at the end of this disturbing exercise is that at no point along the way did the Mother enjoy the collaboration of instruments ready to execute HER vision. The transcripts and recordings reveal an obsession with their own ideas, to the point that we are justified in asking whether they even heard the Mother.

In this context, it may be of interest to report that in late 1974 or early 1975, when the first wave of opposition to the architects arose before construction of the room had reached the point of no return, I invited PT to describe his experience with the Mother to me. Since the points in question were salvation of a few important items, particularly the 24-metre inner wall room diameter, entry from below, and the twelve columns, I wanted to solicit his help and to know what it was like to have heard the Mother describe her vision immediately after it had occurred. He explained how ‘charged’ her room was, how extraordinary the experience was to listen to her.

Naturally I then asked how it was that he came back to her with all the above changes (‘…columns are another symbol of the old creation’) when her description to him had been so remarkable, so powerful. He had no reply.

The conclusion must be that these were representative instruments sent to implement a vision, but certainly not the Mother’s; that their obstinacy was total and that the Mother, given her age (92) and frailty and inability to oversee the construction herself, could not pretend to emerge victorious from this 18-day Kurukshetra battle, which closed on that most significant date, 17 January. Thus she concluded with these words ‘…But one is not going to say it. To begin, they would not believe me.’

What now stands in Auroville is not merely a ‘mixture’. It is the representation of what the Mother did not care to elaborate upon then: the contours in every detail of the Titan’s Consciousness, the shadow of the Gnostic Light, the perversion of Sri Aurobindo’s truth and the objective of his mission. Lamentably, what was recorded during those fateful 18 days was the description of the binary creation with all its flaws and ‘goodwill’. Indeed, the Mother’s ‘helpers’ displayed one of the principal characteristics of the Titanic Consciousness: self-important ego of the instrument. None heard her because they were too full of themselves.

Another reason for this scrutiny of the Titanic response to the Light is that it forms an introduction to the next part of this study in which we shall analyse the limitations of the Supramental Shakti in dealing with human aberrations, even when it means the destruction of her own creation. We shall delve into this question of ‘pressure’ which the Mother refers to, in her view the only means to get the right thing done. What, then, is the nature of that special power she referred to? Has it been in evidence?

It is clear that given her age and physical condition, the Mother could not deal with her entourage as she might have done in her younger days. She relied heavily on that ‘consciousness exerting a pressure’. But in this case it would appear as if nothing had been accomplished, inasmuch as the shadow-temple has come up and appears to be an everlasting ‘symbol’ of the old creation, in the Mother’s own name. In other words, a travesty of her truth. But the Divine Strategy has been revealed in the course of the years following the Mother’s passing, though its confirmation has often been through negative and disturbing happenings. At this point there is one thing that stands beyond all doubt. Seekers are given a choice: this or that. It is an important feature of the divine Strategy in that the next stage for humanity is characterised by a conscious choice. For this there must be a clear understanding of what our options are. We cannot be expected to choose between this and that unless we know the contours of both the Titanic and the Vedic Consciousness. Hence, this exercise, unpleasant as it may be for seekers, especially those who consider that ‘spirituality’ be tainted by ‘controversy’ (and there are many in this old mindset), has been a necessary and all-important part of our study. From here, having dissected the Shadow in all thoroughness, we shall move on to the Light, to a discussion of the means at the Mother’s disposal to bring about the establishment of her Truth in the world. For this to happen the sincere seeker must be armed with a fine discrimination so that the shadow is not mistaken for that Light.

 

 

 

 

 

Aeon Centre of Cosmology

at Skambha

17 January 1994

 

 

 

Vedic Symbol of the Universe – Part 2

About this time last year I began writing what I considered would be one of the clearest example for the student of transformational operations involving the Gnostic Circle. The result of that exercise, published in the December 1992 VISHAAL (TVN 7/5), did indeed clarify the Gnostic Circle for many students to a greater degree it seems than any of my previous treatments of the subject.

A full year has passed since that first exposition involving the Horse, and two further cycles in the racing history of our filly, whom we shall give the designation F1 in this study insofar as more equine participants enter the field which will be F2, and so on. Not only has more light been cast on the operations of the Gnostic Circle through these two additional cycles of nine races each, but the unusual or rather astonishing accuracy of the power of the Gnostic Time brought into clearer focus certain perplexing questions which have haunted the mind of humanity for many thousands of years. The developments contained in and described by the Gnostic Circle brought into focus particularly significant aspects of destiny such as free will, predetermination, freedom of choice, and so forth. In all my experience of a lifetime dedicated to these matters, I have rarely encountered a better means to explain these elusive and mysterious aspects of destiny than the description of events involving the Horse in the following pages.

By way of an introduction, it may be interesting for the student to review certain aspects of the Gnostic Circle in the context of the last cycle of nine, as well as the new material. What must be held foremost in mind is the essential function of the Gnostic Circle and the different approach it provides to questions of destiny compared to traditional methods of discovery such as astrology. I have touched upon this subject earlier but with the new developments since then far more has been perceived and though the essence was known even before, the recent happenings offer now the possibility to transmit these essential truths in a manner which ought to silence speculation.

To begin, let us review the main difference between traditional astrology and the Gnostic Circle of the new cosmology. The usual tool for analysis and prediction in the former is the natal horoscope. With that as the basis of enquiry the astrologer proceeds to describe the character and destiny of the individual. The natal chart also serves as the basis for prediction throughout the lifetime of the subject in that for specific details in one’s evolution at any given time, the astrologer progresses that natal configuration of the planets on a yearly basis. Added to this are the actual planetary positions which are said to be in transit over sensitive points in the original natal horoscope.

The art of astrology has evolved over the ages to the point where sometimes a great degree of accuracy is obtained in analysis of the enquirer’s character and destiny. Indeed, the celestial wheel of twelve signs, the basis for the construction, is understood to bear relevance to or to influence a host of mundane affairs, anything ranging from parental influence and interaction with the subject, marriage, the procreative capacity of not only the enquirer but also of his or her spouse. There are segments of the chart which deal with inherent talents as well as the ability to utilise those talents in life, or the obstructions one may encounter in doing so. Thus, the career potential is seen, successes, failures in the fulfilment of ambitions, and so on. Every aspect of life is seen to be covered by the twelve signs of the zodiac and the houses of the chart which form the structure of every horoscope, being as they are the traditional divisions of the celestial wheel which constitutes our planet’s orbit of the Sun.

Earlier on, the focus of the chart must have been different, if we analyse in depth the significance of the twelve hieroglyphs which antiquity has bequeathed to us. It is clear that the symbols enshrine a process of development, of evolution of consciousness above all else. Indeed, the later development was simply a degeneration or a ‘fall’, a lapse into the lesser aspects of the art because its loftier truths had been lost sight of. A simple means to demonstrate this discrepancy regarding the deeper significance of the hieroglyphs is by studying the symbols on the basis of the higher understanding of the zodiac’s function and contrasting that with the contemporary understanding.  The symbol of the fifth sign Leo,  for example, is considered by the contemporary astrologer to represent the tail of the lion. This would seem logical insofar as it is precisely the sign of the Lion. However, it is also the sign of paternity, the Purush, the masculine principle and the creative capacity, among other things. As far as its natural house is concerned, the fifth sign/house is the segment of the chart which, among other things, refers to the birth of children for the subject. Thus, on this basis it should be evident that this  is not really the lion’s tail but rather a male sperm. Similarly, the symbol for the fourth sign Cancer, preceding Leo, depicts the feminine organs of reproduction, as well as the breasts, . We assume that the creators of the twelve hieroglyphs did not possess microscopes and so could not have ‘seen’ the minuscule sperm; therefore we have never ‘seen’ it in the symbol – only the common lion’s tail. Similarly, we assume that the creator of the Capricorn hieroglyph could not have known the configuration of the Indian landmass and therefore it never occurred to us to ‘see’ that land delineated in the hieroglyph, a land Capricorn is said to rule.

Today there are schools which do indeed seek to understand these higher aspects of the art in their respective disciplines on the road to a transformation of consciousness. But to my knowledge none of these attempts have penetrated the fullest dimensions of the art and unravelled its deepest mysteries. This is largely because we stand at the threshold of a very great and revolutionising change in the evolution of the species. Hence everything that seemed to provide the human being with a firm footing in the soil of past ages is unable to serve in the same manner in the new future that awaits us. In our present 9th Manifestation the birth of the Child has occurred. This means the birth of a new creation, a new species, a new world. We are able to look at our surroundings, even at our circumscribing cosmic space in which the twelve heavenly hieroglyphs are etched, with new eyes, in the act of a new seeing. When truths of this nature are lost, when a degeneration sets in with the flow of time, when disorder ensues, it indicates that a renewal is demanded. Sometimes the consciousness-structure can accompany us in the passage with minor changes introduced here and there. In the case of our present passage, the changes demanded are not minor. They are total.

Thus we seem to be standing on very shaky foundations. It appears that everything we have found adequate to sustain our march into the future is now being ruthlessly attacked and often entirely torn down. This may well be true, but it is also true that the perceptive eye is able to focus on elements of the old creation which are not meant to be destroyed but rather transformed. The human species, for example. They are, as it were, eternal truths. However they too, notwithstanding the eternity of their essence, require a periodic restructuring of the outer forms which encase this essence. The method to bring about this restructuring of the form of things to better express the eternal divine Essence is the subject of the Gnostic Circle. Consequently, the Circle explains the operations of the Becoming in ways never before perceived precisely because we have entered the Age in which a harmonisation must occur between the Being and the Becoming.

Ostensibly the traditional horoscope deals with the Becoming also. Indeed, astrology of whatever school is concerned with Time, and by consequence with the Becoming which is regulated by Time. But there are fundamental differences between the new and the old ways of perceiving destiny. While the horoscope based on the wheel of twelve provides insights into our participation in the Becoming during the course of our lives, the Gnostic Circle is a diagram which though essentially a wheel of time is first and foremost a tool to help us perceive the process involved in the transformation which will permit new forms to evolve adequate to express the new consciousness which has dawned in this new Age of the Supermind.

Thus the Gnostic Circle’s main feature is a means to understand the manner in which aspects of the Becoming are utilised in this act of transformation. In this lies its revolutionising capacity. Indeed, the principal tool at our disposal in any real transformation involving consciousness and form is precisely the act of seeing. The Gnostic Circle refocuses our ‘lens’ of perception so that light from a hitherto untapped source may penetrate areas of our individual and collective consciousness until now closed to this essence due to in-built inadequacies of the perceiving eye, which in turn is conditioned by its ‘encasement’.

It is for this reason that we are unable to describe minute details of the external trappings of destiny of the events being monitored in the Gnostic Circle. Prediction as it is currently understood and practised is not possible with the Gnostic Circle. As the example I will offer in the following pages reveals, at no time were these events foreseen in the shape they took. We are able to predict by the Gnostic Circle the circumstances in which and by which our transformation may occur, and we can only appreciate by its aid the stages of the development and the control existent over that eternal play. Indeed, the Gnostic Circle provides the key to perceive the manner in which the Becoming of any event central to the operation is drawn into the arena and controlled by the central Sun of that particular cosmos in evolution so that all may serve ‘the purposes of the One’.

Process is the keyword. Not prediction. In the first part of this series I discussed an aspect of this particular example which could be applied to any other application of the Gnostic Circle. It was the question of extraction and expression of the true potential of a given subject. Therefore, the selection of horse racing seemed felicitous in that the main objective of the proper training of a racehorse is precisely the development of the equine athlete’s fullest potential. There are various obvious reasons why competitive sport is a good field of observation, and in particular the racing scene. Millions of dollars, pounds, yen, or rupees are involved in the exercise. Given this enormous investment we may assume that everything possible will be done to secure ideal conditions for the extraction of the horse’s fullest potential. On the success or failure of the development hinges the outcome of the expenditure and desired profits.

It may be argued that any athletic endeavour today would serve the same purpose in that most sports now involve as large an investment to develop the human potential as the output for the equine athlete, minus the initial investment in the purchase of the horse, which is usually the largest part of the racing investment. However, the nature of the horse in this instance is more suited to our purposes than the human being given its connection in the first instance with the vital plane and the life force which are directly connected to the play of circumstances of the Becoming. And secondly, because of its structure which permits the force of consciousness to operate in a more direct and undiluted fashion whereby not only is the operation purer, so to speak, but it is more easily perceived due to this uncontaminated condition, unlike with the human being. Indeed the present discussion will reveal just how difficult any real transformation is for the human creature, and by this example involving the horse, exactly what the limitations are that we face as a species in transition to a higher level of evolution. In particular regarding the cycles under observation in this part of the series, we will appreciate the dilemma of women, how they continue to reinforce the shackles which ostensibly they seek to become free of. Horse racing is, it seems, the only major sport where men and women as jockeys participate equally. Hence this too will be featured in our discussion with respect to the evolution of the human race to a more equitable manifestation of the sexes.

 

The Earth, the Third and the Horse Vahana

 

The field of our experience is this Earth plane, this particular planet in the third orbit from the Sun. Our location in this solar system indicates the nature of our planetary purpose within the Sun’s family of nine. Through the new cosmology we know that the third orbit in the Gnostic Circle refers to the Individual Divine in the essential trinity which the Sacred Triangle highlights: Transcendent, Cosmic and Individual. It is the planet suited to house a creation in which the soul may govern the evolution; or rather, may use the evolution for its divine Purpose. That is, the fullest expression of the Truth it contains. Therefore, the soul is as it were the vahana or carrier of the Supreme in this material universe to move through the Becoming of Itself, organising the circumstances of its play in creation to better express that Supreme Consciousness in time and space. The soul is thus similar to the horse in relation to man. It is the Supreme’s carrier or vahana just as the horse is the human’s. And insofar as the 3 falls in the section of the Circle covering the vital being, the connection between Horse Symbol and Soul in evolution is clear. In the Rigveda this connection is described accurately in the hymns to Usha, the Divine Dawn, the Earth’s first experience of the Light. Her vahana is the Horse – precisely the One of the divine Purpose: Agni.

The Veda’s prolific contribution of Gods, Goddesses, their carriers, and indeed the rich store of Myth are means to describe this journey of the Supreme in creation through the instrumentation of the Soul, a ‘ray’ of Itself. Thus, to deny the validity and reality of material creation and participation therein, exhorting the seeker to reject this cosmic manifestation by labelling it ‘illusion’, as most spirituality does, is to deny the Supreme Consciousness its medium of self-expression in the creation it gave rise to and continues to support; it is to deny our real birthright as participants in the Earth’s evolution as the third planet in the system.

The nature of the soul is not understood in its fuller dimensions, indeed in its most fascinating and awe-inspiring aspects. This is particularly the case for those who have had the misfortune – or good fortune, when we view the evolution of the species in its most comprehensive arc – to be a part of one or the other of the Earth’s civilisations during the past two thousand years or so. For it was during this period, the entire Age of Pisces, that this understanding was lost. The outer proof is to be found in the rise of religions as organised belief systems, displacing the Vedic injunction of a direct experience of God rather than mere faith; but above all that none have respected or followed the line of development from antiquity which produced Myth.

All civilisations on Earth, products of the Piscean Age, experienced a complete break with tradition in this regard. All, that is, except India. It was in fact during the Age of Pisces that India consolidated its position regarding Myth in the formulation of the divine Reality. Hence it is, truly speaking, only in India that we can find elements of the tradition intact and indeed thriving. This is simply because the Veda continues to occupy centrestage and Myth is still the cultural backdrop of Indian society in spite of invasions from Semitic cultures and the relentless efforts of conquerors to exterminate Myth; and of course, ‘idol worship’ which is its companion. Indeed, the term itself now bears a negative connotation, so powerful has been the rise of a consciousness which represents an antithesis of the ancient tradition. If India had not preserved this tradition, it is unlikely that the experience with the Horse I am describing in this series would have been possible anywhere else. That it transpires in India is an additional proof that the Sanatan Dharma, the eternal truth, is alive and well.

A central part of this age-old tradition is the knowledge of the Ten Avatars. It is interesting to note that the tenth or last in the Line is none other than Kalki, the ‘horse’ Avatar. For not only is the manifestation represented as a man astride a white horse with sword in hand, there are even more powerful depictions where the Avatar himself is the Horse, as the figure following demonstrates. Kalki in fact is an appearance of our very Age. We are in the period of Kalki whose birth sign is precisely Sagittarius, the sign of the Horse.

These revelations arise in the soul. This seeing is only offered to the human creation through that channel – hence I have often written that it is a plunge within which opens these doors of the innermost chamber of being. And there the Gods and Goddesses and their vahanas and all else – indeed, the Supreme Consciousness itself in the form of Skambha – are seen, lived, known.

Given this involvement, or involution, of the Divine Consciousness in creation in this intrinsic way, there is no reason why escape from material, cosmic manifestation is required. Indeed, it is, as stated, a denial or a perversion of our birthright, and as a spiritual experience it certainly marked the nadir of the human quest. But the human being is given a choice. Escape itself is provided as ‘a way out’. If the iron grip of Time is too hard to bear, the seeker may find relief from the pressure by exiting for a time until a solid core is forged which can withstand the contracting power without recoil or collapse. It is clear that in the middle of the last Manifestation, the 8th, some 5000 years ago, seekers encountered the same difficulty. It is expressed in the Bhagavad Gita, a product of that Manifestation, in the description of the recoil experienced when, after beseeching his Friend and Guide, Krishna, to reveal his true divine form, Arjun then pleads with Krishna to return to the image he can bear, that of his loving mentor and friend. Krishna as the Avatar, emanation of Vishnu, had appeared to him precisely in the form of the Time-Spirit in the process of creating and devouring the worlds in manifestation.

 

Myth and the Paradox of Compressed Time

 

This brings us to the main function of the soul in creation, as well as a deeper understanding of time, destiny and circumstance. For the soul is indeed the encasement of the Supreme or Absolute Consciousness. While at the same time it IS that very Consciousness which it envelops. This paradox is beautifully expressed in the ancient Vedic myth concerning the origin of Daksha, progenitor of the Gods and father of Sati, Shiva’s first consort, and his connection at the origin with Aditi, the Divine Mother of creation. For Daksha is both father and son of Aditi. In the words of the Rigveda, ‘…Daksha sprang from Aditi, and Aditi from Daksha.’

Naturally scholars who study these stories with a view to comprehending the ancient spirit and mind of the Indian people, without the soul initiation that opens the innermost chamber of higher knowledge, cannot understand anything of their deeper meaning and cosmic sense, imposing as they must perforce do the limitations of scholastic conditioning on a realm of experience and discovery quite foreign to that world.

But we need not extend our investigation into remote times since we have the new cosmology and the actual experience it describes of the Solar Line to clarify the very same paradox: the 9 of the Line is both father to his ‘daughter’ (the 3), as well as her own son (the 0/1). This is made clear only when we realise that Sri Aurobindo as the Transcendent 9 left this plane and in an unbroken line of time took birth through the Third who is his own ‘daughter’ in the Solar Line. She is ‘daughter’ by way of her FUNCTION in the scale of creation. It is the cosmic principle which we relate to our birth experience on Earth in this way, because she is the distilled essence of the 9 and the Cosmic Mother, the 6. The Daughter Principle is the bridge which the Transcendent 9 crosses in his voyage to Immanence. Through her he takes birth as the compressed SEED of himself, or the Immanent One. Then at this stage there is a ‘reversal’. The other side finds its bridge linking our time and space; the Son is not only a ‘principle’. He takes birth as a physical son as well, for the Physical and Spiritual have been joined.

This profound truth of material creation is found retold time and again in India in all of the different periods of her long and unbroken civilisation. In the Puranic period, after the Vedic, it surfaces in the tale of Shiva, Sati, Parvati, and Kartikeya, Parvati’s son who is ‘Shiva himself’. Thus this re-echoes the tale of Daksha who is son of the divine Aditi while at the same time he is her father. The coherency and consistency of the teaching over such vast movements of time is testimony to the power of the original act of seeing, to the vigour of that eternal truth-seed which is the origin of what we now call Hinduism.

As a similar but contemporary Myth, we have Sri Aurobindo’s epic poem, Savitri. It presents the same truth, perhaps clearer in that his writing has been simultaneous with the myth’s unfolding in time. Thus in Savitri we have the same four components. There is Ashwapathy, Savitri’s father, the Queen Mother, Savitri and finally Satyavan. They very accurately correspond to the 9, 6, 3, and 0-1 of the Solar Line in the new cosmology, as well as the same cosmo-geneology expressed in the tales of Shiva. The contemporary myth is so accurate that Savitri’s father is called Ashwapathy, which means Lord of the Horse.

Disciples are fully aware that Sri Aurobindo identified with Ashwapathy and that his own yoga is described in the epic as Ashwapathy’s experiences. At the same time, disciples believe that Satyavan is truly Sri Aurobindo inasmuch as he is the consort of the divine Savitri, whom they understand to be the Mother. But paradoxically, while Satyavan is the central figure in the story, he is rather obscure, his character is the least defined, he is virtually an unknown quantity and figures only as the main object in Savitri’s quest and ultimate victory over Death when she redeems his soul and brings him back to Earth. Virtually throughout the entire epic Satyavan spends his time in the sleep of death!

Sri Aurobindo, when commenting on the epic’s symbolism, referred to Satyavan as the ‘soul of the Earth’. It is the new cosmic formula that more accurately details the participation and function of each of the four elements. It also casts light on a rather ambiguous aspect of the yoga regarding the nature of the psychic being and the soul. The two are often confused and difficult to define properly. Sri Aurobindo has sought to remove the terminological confusion on a number of occasions. In his letters to disciples he has clarified that the psychic being is on the order of the soul’s personality or encasement when incarnating. The new cosmology would explain it as the Third, and indeed in this sense it is related to the Person; while the fourth, the soul, is that innermost, centremost Point, the Son, the One. In this light, it is entirely true that Satyavan as fourth is the ‘soul of the Earth’.

Returning to our analysis, by including the details of the Solar Line in this regard, the intention is to consolidate or render concrete and substantial a knowledge which is all too often elusive and therefore open to innumerable ‘interpretations’, and hence falsification. The paternity of the Third of the Solar Line lies in the law she embodies and her enactment thereof in this special 9th Manifestation. She is in this essential way the (9) Father’s ‘daughter’ because in her essential nature she cannot be anything else. At the same time, she gives birth to him as the Son (0/1) because he is as well bound to this channel of manifestation by laws which he embodies. In a word, the Avatar, and in particular the Avatars of this Age of the Supermind, simply re-enact the process of creation in its most essential, psychic features. Not because to do so helps the seeker to understand the phenomenon of which he or she is an unconscious and often blind participant, but because they are simply true to their nature or inherent DHARMA, to the law that drives their Being in this Becoming. And in this manner the Supreme descends, takes birth in time and thus etches this higher Purpose and Function on the canvas of the evolution of consciousness on Earth. But it is not all the Avatars who enact this drama of creation captured in the ancient myths. For it is only in the 9th Manifestation that the work is done. The full Four Powers incarnate and bring to a close the process described in the Puranic line of the Ten Avatars. They forge the connection between Swar, ‘heaven’ of the Veda, and this physical Earth plane.

Thus the Third is, properly speaking, the SOUL – be it individual or collective. She is the encasement of the Supreme Consciousness just as each human being is and can know him or herself to be. She holds within the seed, the Transcendent 9, compressed by the action of the Mother into that tiny Point: Skambha, the support of the worlds, or the Supreme Principle at the heart of creation.

What we call the Timeless is thus involved, the Transcendent takes birth in time through this medium which is the essence of Itself but simply compressed. The product of that great cosmic act of creation is the Golden Seed or Hiranyaretas: Agni, the cosmic principle of Fire. Science will make this discovery when it is able to step beyond the barriers death imposes which closes out our perception and observation the process of creation on the other side. It is blocked at observation, at scrutiny of the 1, the first point of space, disconnected from the origin of Itself (the 0) which lies in that dimension beyond and from where the material universe has sprung. It was no ‘big bang’ as such. It was simply the birth of the One from the fulness of Itself.

 

The Golden Seed is thus the compressed 9, 6, 3. That is, Future, Past and Present are its essence. In other words, compressed Time. If this were not so, if this compression of the future, for example, did not exist there would be no explanation – nay, occurrence – of the phenomena known as precognition, deja vu, prophecy, prediction, and so forth. One cannot foresee what does not exist somewhere, somehow. Because the Transcendent is compressed into the substance of our individual soul, we are at times able to rend the veil and perceive aspects of our future inasmuch as the Transcendent is the ALL. It is the foundation of being. But it is the future undifferentiated. That is, it has not crossed the bridge provided by the soul, the Third, by which channel order is established. Thus the Third ‘puts order’ into things of this creation. She channels time from the present of itself – for she is indeed the present in the trinity and hence the centre. She is, or gives birth to, the ‘centre that holds’ and without which things ‘fall apart’, time reverts to chaos and not cosmos, collapses, falls back into the Fulness from where it emerged, only to repeat the creative process throughout eternity.

The Third is therefore a sort of regulating apparatus. What she regulates is movement, speed. Thus her vahana is necessarily the Horse; and in this special 9th Manifestation of the 9th sign Sagittarius, horse racing is an especially suited endeavour to demonstrate the action as well as to work out certain ‘knots’ which have arisen with the passage of time (‘knots’ precisely of time’s energy) affecting that regulated flow which threatens to drive into disorder the energies operating through the evolution of consciousness and being on Earth. This ‘working out’ is aimed at the vital centre and plane of consciousness; and indeed this is the field of operation of the Third, while for the 6th and the Cosmic Divine it was the mental plane with which the 6 has special affinity. The field of the 9, the father of the Line, is the spiritual plane, while for the 0-1 it is the Physical. The four powers thus gather into themselves all the planes of creation.

 

Money, the Vital and the Horse

 

The racing animal is thus a sublime ‘symbol’ of the process which regulates speed (of consciousness), for in the rightful experience of such a process lies the success or failure of the horse to pass the winning post before the other equine competitors.

But there is more involved in the matter, of a perhaps less elusive or esoteric nature. This is money power, plain and simple. This is easily appreciated if we reflect on a simple equation: energy is time is money. With this any businessman or entrepreneur would agree. But there is a cosmic sense to the equation whereby money becomes the outer symbol of that play of energy in its cosmic import. The ‘knots’ I have discussed above are equally the knotted condition of the Earth’s wealth, with money power in the hands of a few, depriving the many of their basic needs and just share. Yet this would not be a problem if the flow were as harmonious as the cosmic order demands. The ‘knots’ in the flow are precisely those transgressions in the vital dimension of being which hamper any real and equitable distribution of this energy/power in such a way as to ensure that it provides for all while at the same time there is no strangulation of the channels which are by destiny meant to draw that energy onto this Earth-plane and place it at the service of humanity at large.

Insofar as we are at the Third’s level in the Supramental Descent, and that to this manifestation is connected the vital and by consequence money power, the stock exchange, for example, is a perfect ‘field’ for a display of the power of the Third by its involvement with money power or the energy it represents or ties up. In ‘knots’ for the most part. Hence Sri Aurobindo wrote of the need to re-conquer this energy for the Divine since it is presently in the hands of the titans, the Asuras:

 

‘Money is the visible sign of a universal force, and this force in its manifestation on earth works on the vital and physical planes and is indispensable to the fullness of the outer life. In its origin and its true action it belongs to the Divine. But like other powers of the Divine it is delegated here and in the ignorance of the lower Nature can be usurped for the uses of the ego or held by Asuric influences and perverted to their purpose. This is indeed one of the three forces – power, wealth, sex – that have the strongest attraction for the human ego and the Asura and are most generally misheld and misused by those who retain them. The seekers or keepers of wealth are more often possessed rather than its possessors; few escape entirely a certain distorting influence stamped on it by its long seizure and perversion by the Asura. For this reason most spiritual disciplines insist on a complete self-control, detachment and renunciation of all bondage to wealth and of all personal and egoistic desire for its possession. Some even put a ban on money and riches and proclaim poverty and bareness of life as the only spiritual condition. But this is an error; it leaves the power in the hands of the hostile forces. To reconquer it for the Divine to whom it belongs and use it divinely for the divine life is the supramental way…’. (The Mother, 1928)

 

It may be interesting to note that in 1992, when the yoga of the Third reached a major turning point, when the Asura threatened to overtake precisely the source of power which was and remains her symbol-field, the Indian stock exchange went into convulsions. First it soared to unimaginable, delirious heights, then it was plunged into the darkness of ‘scams’ and the like. These are an example of the ‘knots’. That is, pockets of darkness, of twisted energy which, because of their compressed, obscure condition are able to usurp the power. That phase of the yoga accomplished successfully, it produced an inevitable ‘reversal’ in the following year. The effects were felt on our filly, completing the combined work of 1992 and 1993 of the Yoga. Also of note in view of the connection between horse, the vital plane and money power is the fact that India’s experiment with a liberalisation of the economy began when our filly started her racing career.

All the characteristics of the vital are contained in the contemporary phenomenon of the prosaic and utterly mundane stock market, to the extent that when the movement of stocks is described in newspapers, it reads more like a log of a mental patient in an asylum. For indeed ‘all life is yoga’, to borrow Sri Aurobindo’s aphorism once again. We refer to the stock market as ‘buoyant’, ‘excited’, ‘depressed’, – or even more aptly, ‘bullish’, since indeed the zodiacal sign that rules money and thus the stock market is Taurus, sign of the Bull. These are all terms reflective of the vital function in the consciousness-being of the individual and the collectivity. But a field for the play of energy allotted to the vital in the schema of evolution from involution is nowhere more suited to a working-out process than the betting arena of the race course. In this nuclear field we find all the ‘excitement’ and ‘depression’ of the ordinary stock exchange, with the difference that at the centre of the exercise stands not the human being or industry but the Horse, supreme symbol precisely of the Vital. This is therefore the best arena at our disposal to prove the new cosmology’s choicest aphorism, ‘the symbol is the thing symbolised’.

The Present is the time-energy arena of the Third. Horse racing and its betting structure fall in line with this time-boundary in that everything involved plays itself out fully and immediately in the race for which the bets are being taken. Though the stock exchange is also a field of manifestation of the vital plane, the betting arena of racing serves as a more appropriate ‘symbol’ insofar as there is no carry over. The race of the moment is the focus. Bets are placed and either won or lost with the instant outcome. There are no stocks to negotiate and re-negotiate, to hold, to sell, to buy and re-sell. No accumulation, as such. It is all decided by the race of the moment. And the fever at the time punters are placing their bets in the precincts of betting is in no way inferior to the well of the stock exchange building for a physical, visual image of the hysteria, excitement, agitation and rise in the vital temperature the exercise provokes.

But in racing with its mini-stock exchange there are the same ‘knots’ as in its macro model. The flow is disturbed by gaps, seepages, furtive drains, siphoning off energy from the system. It is indeed a perfect symbol of the condition we seek to transform in the evolution of the species so that energy now drained away, usurped, wasted, may go to the Divine, at the service of the process to effect a rise of the species to a higher level of creation on this Earth and for which much larger stores of energy have to be put at the disposal of the human being. The vehicle is the Vital, centre of the combustion of energy. The symbol is the Horse.

It is when the level of the Third is reached in the Supramental Descent that the present of time’s energy becomes the focus. Hence it is, rightfully speaking, only at this, our actual level, that the symbol can become ‘the very thing symbolised’. In the present, distance vanishes, spaces between things, between the observer and the observed. As such what the symbol stands for is the very object of the transformation. In this case, the Horse. It is not ‘up there’ any longer, in the ‘ideal plane’ where ‘symbols’ are born and remain separate from the thing symbolised. It is here, rooted in the NOW. Physical. Measurable. Irrefragable in the truth it conveys, to use the word Sri Aurobindo employed to describe the truth of the supramental Gnosis. Similarly, the Solar Line Transcendent is no longer ‘up there’. He is immanent. He is driven into the compressed Point, first principle of Matter, by the power of the 6 and the 3. Heaven descends upon Earth.

 

Grappling with the Shadow-Residue

 

We left off the analysis of F1’s racing experience with the completion of her 9th race and thus the close of the first ennead and the opening of the second – 9 to 18. It may be recalled that the filly had been turned completely sour by the dubious antics of the jockey who rode her during that first cycle. At this point, it is important to discuss the meaning of the first ennead in any process monitored in the Gnostic Circle; or for that matter, the first ennead of life. In the present example we are concerned with stages of the development signalled by a series of horse races. Whereas for the human being it is a question of time cycles of days/months/years. But the same process or development pertains to both. The essential point to bear in mind is that the first cycle of 9 sets the tone for the further development.

Thus, in the case of F1, it was clear that the negative imprinting she received during passage over the 4.5 Orbit – or between her 4th and 5th races, would constitute a formidable ‘handicap’ in the future play-out. It soon became more than clear, as had been earlier foreseen, that the next cycle – 9 to 18 – would be almost entirely focussed on an undoing of that negative imprint, if at all it could be done.

If this occurs in racing, normally the trainer will not waste his time, especially at racing centres where competition is stiff. In the case of fillies this is even more the case because, unlike colts or geldings, the filly’s career though unsatisfactory on the track can be redeemed in breeding. This is especially true when the pedigree is good or above average.

To avoid this situation, F1 was sent to a sensitive and caring woman trainer, the only female in that particular centre and perhaps in all of India. Thus, when F1 returned to the track after her 7th race which resulted in a three-month rest on the farm where she was bred, she was placed in this young trainer’s yard because it was felt that only in such an environment would the filly encounter the right atmosphere for rehabilitation, if this was at all still possible.

The sojourn on the farm, at the source, as I have explained in the first part of this series, was indeed beneficial. Her sourness disappeared instantly when she reached the farm; returned to the track, she was healthier and happier. Her first race in these new conditions – the 8th – reflected this changed state of affairs, as I have described in the last article.

Thus, the new cycle opened on this positive note. Racing was shifted to the summer venue, since the season in her base city had come to an end, making of the 9th truly a new beginning. What transpired thereafter is especially important to note in the context of F1’s particular problem, – that is, her recovery from a sour condition caused by the mixed signals she had received early in her career. In such a case and when opening a new cycle, of special significance is the need not to reinforce the imprint one wishes to dismantle. This is fundamental, otherwise the second ennead will serve only to burden the subject with more negativity. And thus it was, to a certain extent, for our filly.

Her 9th race, as reported earlier, was successful in that for the first time she seemed to be a willing participant. If she lost that race it was simply due to her heavy handicap (she was almost top weight), and the fact that the winner, carrying 9 kilos less, was clearly of a higher class brought down to Class VA, or the second to the last, which was still the classification of our filly. But from the point of view of the psychological problems of F1 – that is, the need to work out the shadow-residue left by the previous negative imprinting – the race was a definite success. It seemed that she had finally decided to accept the jockey, any jockey, and did not look upon him as an enemy working at cross-purposes with her. However, there was soon to be a set-back in this regard. The filly’s 10th race proved to be a disaster in terms of the shedding of any negative residue from the first cycle of 9.

For the 10th race F1 was allotted the same mediocre jockey as before simply for the fact that she had responded to him well, it seemed. Therefore, given her problem with jockeys it was felt that rather than change for a better jockey, more experienced and with a better track record, there should be no change which might upset her again. However, in the interim between her 9th and 10th races that jockey had raced and received a suspension of his license for one year for ‘not allowing his mount to run on its merits’; or, put more plainly, for pulling the horse, for holding him back and not allowing him to win. To further secure that he could not encourage his mount as is customary in the last stretch, he made it a point to lose his whip early on. This seemed to cast further doubt on his intentions and was duly noted by the stewards.

The jockey of course denied the charges and appealed the punishment. His suspension was to have started immediately, but given the appeal it was postponed until a particular date when the appeal would be heard. This allowed him to continue riding at that centre until then. If heard and rejected, the jockey would neither be able to ride in that centre where the transgression took place or in any other throughout the world which is connected to the international racing network.

In spite of this situation the trainer retained him for the filly’s 10th race because of the reasons given above. But this proved to be a misjudgement. Insofar as his permanent suspension was a certainty and that his appeal would be rejected, it seems he became even more reckless. As the video of the race reveals, the jockey fought a constant battle with the filly who wanted only to get in the lead and stay there till the end. He interfered shamelessly with her performance, being seen to yank her head from side to side violently in the struggle to place her in the rear, though she jumped out of the gate and had placed herself first, her preferred position.

The result of his vigorous efforts was that she passed the winning post last – the first time in her career. By the time the horses reached the last stretch and were accelerating toward the post, our filly lost heart and resigned herself to her trailing position where the jockey had succeeded in pinning her down. We were thus faced with potentially a terrible set-back, given the dedication with which all the participants in her career had sought to ease up the burden of her negative imprint. It seemed by this that she would experience a reinforcement of the very thing we strove to dissolve. On his part, the jockey then departed for a racing venue in the Middle East, outside the international network to continue his ‘career’.

 

The harmony of parts within the whole

 

At this point it is well to discuss an aspect of the experience which reflects on any situation where teamwork is required. For the purposes of our study – that is, the Gnostic Circle as a tool or guide in the transformation of consciousness – the field under observation is not restricted to sports and the racing endeavour. Though the latter does offer a splendid means for highlighting the difficulty the human being faces when he or she requires a cooperative attitude on behalf of others in order to succeed in life. Indeed, if we consider ourselves isolated and completely auto-dependent during our sojourn on this planet, we are mistaken. The human being is a social creature, for reasons quite cosmic in nature. The collectivity of which he is a part is fundamental to the fulfilment of his destiny. There is what is known as the self-made man or woman. But this is only relative. It may pertain to the development of talents in order to reach a certain self-expression; but the field within which that expression must evolve is populated by other humans without whose collaboration our self-made individual could not succeed.

Yet this ‘collaboration’ need not be positive. At times tension is required when the individual bears a certain character which demands such a ‘stimulus’ in order to achieve a desired end.

It is clear that in a sports enterprise there must be positive collaboration between all the elements involved – i.e., owner, trainer, jockey; and then the stewards and other officials of the turf’s team who are supposed to assure that the highest standards are maintained in a sport where large quantities of public and state money are involved.

By the time the filly had experienced her 10th (negative) race, an important feature of the experience was beginning to crystallise. It was the lack of cooperation between all the elements involved. It would seem obvious that for a horse to win, trainer, jockey and owner should present a united front and goal – i.e., to win. But often this is not the case. Each one is a separate entity with his or her goals, compulsions, priorities and machinations to achieve them. Moreover, even when the three are working in unison there is the rest of the set-up to contend with: the stewards, the attitude of the other competitors who may be in the game for entirely different reasons and using underhand means to achieve certain ends which are not exactly compatible with honest and fair sport. In other words, the field in which all of this transpires.

Though I was aware of the jockey’s potential to interfere with the attainment of the goal, the filly’s 10th race brought to the fore the difficulty an owner can face with his or her trainer; or vice-versa, the trainer with the owner. Indeed, many times the trainer prepares the horse for a sure win but the owner enters into a secret agreement with the jockey to see that his own horse loses, while he places his bet elsewhere.

One would expect that faced with such a perverse twist, with such a wicked undermining of one’s hard efforts, the trainer would be inclined to denounce the fraudulent practice before the stewards if the situation had reached the point of an enquiry. But in my experience this was never the case. The trainer invariably stood by the jockey regardless of his dubious, surreptitious machinations which caused the trainer to lose the race and lay waste his efforts. Moreover, as anyone knows who has followed the ‘sport’ for any length of time, jockeys often heed neither trainer nor owner but rather the shadowy injunctions of some bookmaker who has a stake in the horse’s failure to win. Though I am not proficient in this aspect of the ‘sport’ – that is, the gambling, betting part – insofar as my interest lies in the sport for sport’s sake, not to speak of the rigorous demands of the Gnostic Circle, it is clear that betting on a race is an unavoidable part of the enterprise and will not go away. Indeed, it is even an accepted and welcome part of amateur or gymkhana racing. For the purpose of our study and the connection between the Horse and the Vital Plane, and by consequence money power, betting in racing and the mini stock exchange excitement it engenders is a necessary ‘evil’. It creates an atmosphere which is conducive to the sort of experience the horse needs to serve the purpose for which he is drawn into the world of racing. From its higher perspective, it is clear.

Thus gambling on the part of most of the participants in the ‘sport’ creates conditions which would not exist if the practice were banned. And then horse racing would not serve us as it does in this nuclear experience which draws together various dimensions of human activity and planes of consciousness-being.

It needs also to be mentioned that the costs of maintaining a race horse being as high as they are, while the stake money in India is relatively low, owners often have no choice but to engage in betting just to be able to keep the horse in the sport. Without the successful gamble, usually two wins are required in order to meet costs. In addition, horses are rarely trained to race as well and as much as they could, and in which case more money could be earned without betting, given the archaic methods still practiced by almost all trainers. The advances made in training methods of human athletes over the past two decades have not percolated down to the equine athlete as yet.

The outcome of F1’s 10th race was therefore the realisation that between all the elements ostensibly engaged in the common enterprise of getting this equine athlete to perform at her best and hopefully to win, there was no essential harmony. Indeed, in the racing set-up in general there is little harmony; jockeys often demonstrate disregard for trainer or owner; owners often mistrust them both; between trainer and jockeys and stewards there is a decided we-against-them atmosphere and the latter are seen as ‘enemies’ to be either fooled, cajoled or humoured, if not feared. Indeed, the steward is not only god, he is, like the Semitic deity, a god whom all fear, though often his credentials do not qualify him for the job of either steward or ‘god’.

It does not require much depth of perception to realise that this condition is applicable to almost every aspect of life, every human endeavour. Harmony is not a feature of the human condition except in exceptional situations when it cannot be otherwise; not for harmony’s sake but for survival or other demands of self-interest. Our political systems throughout the world, democracies, for example, thrive on tension and confrontation, even within the parties themselves. The human condition seems to impose an atmosphere where the collectivity works at cross-purposes. Indeed, we shall explore the reasons for this condition in the subsequent pages.

In racing the element tainting everything is of course money. Not unlike politics throughout the world. Lust for more and more – and ‘the easy win’. What this implies is that often a horse of a particular calibre, say the highest Classes I and II, is consistently ‘pulled down’ to find itself in one of the lowest classes, VA or VB. This is done in a host of ways; by getting the horse in poor condition by restricting his diet, or arranging with the jockey to hold him back. Finally, when the desired lower class is reached, his condition is restored and he finds himself out-classing the other competitors. Bets are then placed and the ‘sure win’ in such conditions brings large dividends on the gambling front. None seem to care about the humiliation this signifies for the horse. Indeed, there are times when the animal displays far more sense and decency than humans and simply refuses to go along with the fraud, refuses to ‘cooperate’, turns off, closes up and is then labelled ‘sour’. This is more often than not the equine athlete’s only protective device when faced with insurmountable obstacles – i.e., everybody and everything against the fulfilment of its purpose: display of its maximum potential under optimum conditions in a healthy atmosphere of respect, dignity, understanding and passionate desire to excel. This spirit is found for the most part only in Classic and not handicap races, the category to which our filly was restricted because of her unknown pedigree. But in Classic races, while ‘pulling’ and the like is at a minimum, another problem is found, also connected to the Vital dimension of being. This is lust for power, a perverted desire to reach the top at all costs, by whatever means, not so much for the higher stakes involved, but for prestige.

All of this simply reflects the human condition as it truly is, with no masks. Thoroughbred racing seems to encapsulate it all and thus serves our purpose well as a nuclear field for the transformation.

Another perversion which has to be mentioned is the nasty habit of doping the animals, or else filling them with substances which ‘enhance’ their performance, similar of course to human athletes. Thus if one does not agree to the practice, rarely is one’s animal competing with horses on the basis of their true potential. This sort of violence is done to the animal almost as a regular practice and our fillies have had to face the additional ‘handicap’ of performing on their own merits and not on the basis of artificial substances. Veterinary science has come a long way in this regard. More and more sophisticated techniques have been devised to administer drugs which cannot be detected given the present means of scrutiny available to the race course. Owners and trainers can be assured of the ‘collaboration’ of the vet to fulfil illegitimate and perverse ambitions, often to the physical detriment of the horse, especially stallions and mares.

Be all this as it may and to return to our case under analysis, the 10th race brought home the fact that we found ourselves decidedly at odds with our environment – both filly and owner. The sort of ‘team spirit’ one had dreamt of was absent. Everyone seemed to be working at cross-purposes and even the honest had no courage and stamina to endure the hardships and difficulties which would perforce accompany any attempt to ‘break the system’.

 

Cancer and the mechanical response

 

The filly’s 11th race, this time with a good and reliable jockey, brought to the fore a certain aspect of this section of the Gnostic Circle – i.e., passage over the first Cardinal Point, Cancer, serves to reinforce mechanical responses. It is in this section that ruts are carved out and one thereafter slips into these grooves in the effort to secure a ‘safe niche’.

The fourth sign Cancer, traditional astrology will affirm, is the sign most expressive of a sense of insecurity. The animal symbol, the Crab is notorious for its instant recoil within its shell at the very first signs of real or imaginary approaching danger. Animals in their instinctive state will of course always react to danger by either flight or attack out of panic, but the Crab is a select symbol in that it carries on its back, as part of its very structure, that item which offers it a secure refuge: its shell. Another point to note is its devious movement in an oblique fashion, to further confound its aggressor.

But all this is simply to emphasise the fact that at this point in the passage one must come to terms with these insecurities and the consequent carving out of what appear to be secure ruts. In a word, the ego is greatly enhanced in this segment insofar as it is the human being’s device or inbuilt mechanism to protect oneself by isolation. The shell of the Crab indicates this self-containment, the element which cuts us off from our surroundings and the experience of oneness and unity with the rest of creation. A binary creature, structured around the ego-axis, cannot experience this oneness and unity with the all, – unless the individual comes upon a method to dislocate him or herself, to detach from creation and the universal manifestation by techniques available in yogas of various sorts. In creation, as an integrated part of the cosmic process and the evolution of the species, it is only a unitary creation, poised around a true centre that can live in this state of oneness.

There are any number of justifications the human being can offer to support the notion that secure ruts, buffers or shields, are the only means to survive in the hostility that surrounds us. In the case of our filly the justification came by way of her previous race in the hands of the suspended jockey, his shameless holding her back and forcing her to trail the field. Needless to say, this confirmed her distrust and fortified her hardening self-centredness.

It is this that needs to be highlighted and was clearly demonstrated in the subsequent behaviour of our filly. Up to that point, that passage over the first Cardinal Point, Cancer, there was still a certain openness which was revealed in her attitude to the jockey during her 9th race. She cooperated to some degree and was seen to enjoy the effort, though this signified an output of only a fraction of her true potential. Nonetheless it was a positive sign and seemed to be the promise of an even better performance in her next race, in spite of the heavy handicap she was obliged to carry. With relative ease she not only kept pace with the other competitors but managed to hold her own in spite of carrying many more kilos than they.

All the psychological gains of not only that race but the efforts of the new woman trainer to diminish if not eliminate entirely the filly’s former sourness were laid waste by the suspended jockey’s outright efforts to hold the filly back. The effects of this pathetic set-back were that in her next race, the 11th and her approach to the Cancer segment in the Gnostic Circle, it was clear that she was beginning to forge a protective mechanism around herself. Barriers were being erected in her consciousness to this end. She was closing herself up within her ‘shell’, constructing the edifice that would permit her to behave in a way that would thereinafter be her hallmark. She was withdrawing into her shell. Not sour. Indeed, she seemed totally at ease and appreciative of the loving care the new trainer was lavishing on her, pampering her status of ‘pet’ rather than racing machine. Her sister (F2) had returned from the farm-source with her; and this companionship also contributed to her sense of well-being and contentment. It seems as if she was able to distinguish between things and people in a highly accurate manner. On the one hand there was the trainer, syce and owner – all to her liking. On the other there was the jockey, her arch enemy. Her ire and distrust were saved for the latter. And thus the pattern began to take shape, so true to passage through the Cancer segment of the Circle, which allowed her to enjoy her environment but turn off any form of cooperation in the race.

The clear signs of this were noted in her 11th race. The newspapers favoured her. They were sure that the able jockey who had agreed to ride her would ‘succeed in raising a gallop’. For by then it was evident to all that any positive performance so far was accomplished virtually at a canter. She was again favoured in the betting arena. But at the 400 mark when the jockey began to ask for a kick off in the final stretch, she closed up and refused. The result was fourth place – on the board but not in any way ‘in the race’. This became thereafter her pattern, her rut, carved out over the Cancer point in order to provide the protection she felt she needed from the onslaught of the jockeys.

Another interesting feature of this development was that from that time onward no one cared to penetrate into the psychological recesses of the filly and discover why and what she was doing. The jockey’s comment after the race was the she ‘blew out’ due to the handicap she was carrying (56 kgs). In his opinion she should be given an allowance rider to counteract the problem. Everyone seemed to forget that just a month earlier she had breezed into second place with 58 kilos on her back, well ahead of her fellow competitors with far less.

The subsequent races proved true to the indications of the Gnostic Circle. She was in a fixed rut and there seemed to be no way to draw her out. Moreover, she was so happy with her situation that one hesitated to disturb her! Time, however, was slipping by and it was clear by her 15th race that she could go on and on in this same pattern, this same rut. Something else was needed which her environment could not provide. To explain the nature of the ‘jolt’ administered to shake her out of her rut, we must move back in time and discuss parallel developments intended to overcome the impasse brought about by unreliable jockeys, inadequate training, monitoring, controlling and the like. But first a word must be said about the difference between a binary creation, the actual human species, and a unitary creation.

 

Women and the Power

 

The Gnostic Circle indicates the method to attain a poise of unity; or how to forge that central axis and so ‘to become the Sun’, as the ancient Veda exhorts. It documents the movement of consciousness in transition to the new state of being, unknown on this planet as a collective experience. In other words, a new species destined to replace the old in the highest echelon of the animal-human kingdom. A being with a unitary axis is ever central to the unfolding of time from the innermost compressed seed lodged in the sacred precincts of the soul. In contrast, a binary creature has no central axis and therefore cannot aspire to that centremost position and the unfolding of destiny from this innermost position. He or she can only aspire to a peripheral location and consequent poise. That is, as a binary subject the only position attainable is akin to a moon of a planet. Direct circumvention of the central Sun is impossible, much less ‘to become the Sun’. There has to be an intermediary agent – in other words, a planet.

Our binary human race is, in effect, nothing more than a satellite in orbit of a planet, which in turn orbits the Sun. This is meant to indicate the poise of the species. There are numerous factors which conspire to impose this condition, not least of which is the actual physical structure of the human being. Our bodies offer just so much leeway in the question of placement within the System. To attain a different poise and position, it is clear that our vahana or carrier – that is, our physical embodiment – must undergo some form of transformation if physically we are indeed intended to accomplish this great crossing.

The role of women in this passage is crucial. Indeed, we are given the indication of this pre-eminent contribution by the status of women in different traditions. The Semitic, for example.

In the Semitic paradigm of creation based on the Old Testament, the genesis of woman demonstrates the fact that in the binary creation which Genesis describes, she is but a rib of the male. She has no individual, intrinsic truth of being. It is Adam who was fashioned first by Yahweh in his image; thereafter, when Adam lamented his solitary condition, God acceded and created the woman by taking a rib from Adam’s side.

Eve thus comes into being, ‘bone of his bones, flesh of his flesh’, – Adams’s, that is – in this once-removed fashion. In essence it means that she has no intrinsic or direct divine likeness but is merely an appendage of Adam who in turn is created in God’s image. The evolution of religions and cultures having Genesis as their foundation have simply materialised in human civilisation throughout the Age of Pisces, when they came into being, this dependent status of the female of the species.

And yet the order described in Genesis – first male, then female out of that male – is contradicted by biological studies. For in terms of the physical components which make up the human being, it is the female who takes shape first. The male evolves at a later stage in the development when a certain chromosome becomes activated to convert the foetus into a male. Without that activation, all creatures born on Earth would be female. Science therefore puts into question the Scriptural belief that Eve, first woman on Earth, was a rib or appendage of Adam.

However, this paradigm has indeed coloured our attitude toward women throughout the past Age of Pisces. An awakening is only beginning now, but just a beginning and nothing more as yet. The notion of appendage status was imported into India through Islamic and later Christian invaders and rulers during that Age and has come to colour heavily even the Indian perception of womanhood. Yet culturally India responds to a completely different perception. This is demonstrated in the Ardhanarisvar image of Shiva/Shakti. That is, the idol consisting of half Shiva, half Parvati, his consort. In other words, a total equality of being. Indeed, though Semitic religions and cultures have obfuscated this perception to a large extent, we are forced to recognise that India is virtually the only country in the world to preserve Goddess worship from antiquity in an unbroken line, and that the Feminine Principle should continue to hold a pre-eminent position in philosophies and yogic systems which inhabit its cultural and spiritual firmament. The attacks on idol worship which Hinduism has had to endure throughout the Age of Pisces were simply attacks on the predominance of the Feminine in the culture, for it is Woman that is connected to form and multiplicity, the essential meaning and purpose of the exuberant proliferation of idols in Vedic tradition.

What, it is legitimate to ask, does this have to do with the Horse, and moreover with Thoroughbred racing in this 20th Century opening up to the 21st?

The Shakti is the Divine Energy, consort in equal status of being with the male Godhead. It is she who engenders movement (of energy) and it is movement that binds forms. Speed is a crucial factor in the process of creation of form. Hence in the Rigveda we find innumerable hymns praising speed as a direct attribute and contribution of the Horse to the creative process. I have quoted some verses in the closing portion of Part 1 of this series, those praising Dadhikravan, the Vedic Horse.

 

…Dadhikravan who is the truth in his running,

 – yea, he gallops and he flies, – brings into being

the impulsion, and the abundant force, the heavenly light.

When he runs, when he speeds in his passage,

as the wing of the Bird is a wind that blows about him

in his greed of the gallop; as the wing that beats about

the breast of the rushing Eagle, so about the breast of

Dadhikravan when he with the Force carries us beyond…

 

As I mentioned in the introduction, horse racing, where of course speed is everything, is the only major sport where men and women compete equally as jockeys, on equal terms with no concession granted to the female participant. In all other major sports the ‘weaker’ condition of the female is taken into consideration and she is made to compete only with and among other women. Even in tennis, the highly individualised, highly popular, highly lucrative major sport, though attempts have been made to range men against women or otherwise equalise the sport, they have only proven that the present female of the species cannot be pitted against the level of strength and stamina of male competitors.

This is not the case in horse racing. And yet anyone who has ridden a Thoroughbred racehorse realises instantly the tremendous strength required of the jockey to control the animal, as well as to encourage the horse in the last stretch to excel and pass the winning post first. Pushing, as it is sometimes called, in the last stretch requires very great physical exertion as well as stamina. Normally one would expect the female jockey to perform inferior to her male counterpart. But this has not been the case. Indeed, there is an interesting aspect to this dimension of racing: the male generally relies on his physical strength to check the animal’s speed, to control it, as well as to push when required. But the female rider operates differently. She can, if she so desires (and this is an option even for the male jockey), enter into a greater inner communion with the horse and control by virtue of centering. It is only because most, if not all, female jockeys unconsciously operate in this way that they find themselves competing equally in races with males as in no other major sport, – and successfully at that.

In this context, the Mother’s statement that her Force ‘works best through women’ is better understood. She did not elaborate but it is clear that she was referring to a particular inner mechanism or structure which was in a better position to receive the Power without disruption to the instrument and consequent deformation of the force or power of inspiration. Above all, this instrumental capacity is what softens the female’s response to certain situations. Violence, for example. The violent response usually associated with the male of the species (not the animal species) is simply reflective of a breakdown under the impact of vital energies unleashed in given situations. Women respond differently because their natural poise is closer to the centering we are describing in this series. I shall elaborate this point in the course of this analysis.

 

The question of Control and the illusion of Freedom

 

There is a misconception regarding a term used frequently when discussing the function of the Gnostic Circle. It concerns the control which is evidenced in operations monitored in the Circle. There is a need to clarify because control is most often confused with the power to determine the course of one’s life and the power to alter one’s destiny. Those on a path of yoga are especially prone to this sort of interpretation. Their understanding is that yoga confers a capacity of control which really means the power to alter what may be for the ordinary mortal a fixed pattern.

In the New Way this is not what the seeker must aspire for. I hope to demonstrate this by the example from racing I am providing. For there was never a question of altering the course of events or even of predicting what would transpire. The exercise was from the outset intended to offer the possibility of attaining a poise of consciousness which facilitates the establishment of a new principle of Gnosis as the governing power on Earth.

Control in this context means a centre that holds. And this too requires some elaboration. The famous line from W. B. Yeats’ poem, The Second Coming, ‘…Things fall apart, the centre cannot hold…’, has been quoted innumerable times, especially in moments of unknowing and global crisis. Things then do appear to be ‘falling apart’, to quote the poet. In my view Yeats was touching upon a visionary capacity in these lines akin to the ability of the ancient Vedic Rishis, inasmuch as not only was he foreseeing future conditions, he was also describing the realisation required to reverse the process.

A centre is indeed crucial in the situation he described in his apocalyptic vision. The lack of one which could provide holding power was the cause of things falling apart. In a word, what Yeats foresaw was a state of chaos in its entirely cosmic sense. What the New Way introduces by way of a ‘centre that holds’ is cosmos.

The essential factor is a knowledge whereby a cosmos comes into being. For that the centre must indeed ‘hold’. When this occurs the control is simply the harmony of all the parts. It is everything that comes within the boundary of a particular cosmos working in unison, in harmony for the fulfilment of the purpose contained in that special ‘centre’ which in turn is a compressed seed of time and hence destiny.

Thus there is no question of struggling with one’s destiny, with forestalling events, changing the apparently inevitable. There is only the attainment of a correct poise vis-à-vis the inner Divine, the centremost ‘point’ of our beings. Once this link is forged there is harmony of consciousness-being. And that is the purpose of life on Earth: an expression of the Supreme’s harmony – and freedom.

It is the latter that draws our attention in the context of this analysis. In the worldly or even yogic sense, to be ‘free’ means to be in a position both to choose, and on the basis of that ‘free choice’, to determine one’s destiny. Predetermination in the conventional perception is non-existent. In particular with the advent of quantum physics, nothing is pre-set but rather the course our lives take is entirely the outcome of that freedom to choose and hence to determine what we believe is one selection among a number of possibilities which constitute our ‘future’.

In such a scenario the human being is all-powerful by virtue of this ‘choice’. He or she determines what will be. That is, the entire process is self-contained and self-determined. In a word, it is the human will which is central to the operation.

The new cosmology and the supramental yoga it describes prove that this ‘freedom’ is an illusion. Everything is not only predetermined but a key feature of the situation is precisely the illusion of auto-determination. Our ability to choose is contained within the larger framework of predetermined destiny. But this is still a superficial or partial view. For finally what is required, or what comes into being with the practice of that yoga is a complete reversal: the problem ceases to exist. Or rather, the concept of freedom as formulated by the human mind undergoes a radical alteration. We are no longer concerned with this question of freedom and the human will because we realise that the only ‘freedom’ available to the human creation is the free choice which one confronts of service to a higher cause, or a lesser. That is, we can choose to serve the Divine or the human. Nothing more.

But this ‘choice’ already indicates a highly evolved individual. For a key feature in this matter is precisely conscious awareness. That is, what contributes to the rise in the echelon is the realisation of the limitations physical embodiment and birth impose; and that to cling to the lower poise represents a choice in favour of the illusion of freedom. On the other hand, the conscious choice produces that condition of centering where the binding mortar of being is laid within and around that Pivot and the individual’s life unfolds like a flower from a seed. The description of that seed is the Divine Will in creation, or Agni of the ancient Vedic tradition. Because of this he is rightfully perceived as the navel of the world, the axis mundi; or in the more accurate terminology of the Veda: SKAMBHA, support of the worlds. In the Vedic perception an essential feature of the operation is explained, for Skambha as support immediately implies a firm base and hence the opposite of emptiness.

The illusion of freedom which sustains the human creation is an outcome of the Cosmic Ignorance which is, in turn, the outcome of the perception of the Void. The Void can persist in our perception and fashion the outlook of an entire species simply because the human being indeed orbits a void. And this is possible only because he or she has not unveiled that Divine Son, the One – or the centremost point of being. In other words, the Void is the ‘centre’ of the binary creation.

Illusion is the prerogative of a consciousness orbiting the Void. Thus, the spiritual attainments of the old yogas which proclaimed creation to be an ‘illusion’ and divorced Maya from her divine essence, compelling her to mother the binary creation of Eve, were simply attempts to overcome the apparently inexorable fate of a creature born into this irredeemable world of chaos. Insofar as the yogis who have dealt with the problem over the past 2000 years in India were not stupid and they realised that fate and a fixed destiny are the unavoidable attendants of human birth, methods were devised to escape the iron clasp of time and destiny. Within the totality of circumstances which constitute the world we live in, the way they discovered to handle the problem was to view that circumscribing space as an illusion at whose heart stands Nothingness. In other words, they did not deal with the problem of fate, free will and/or predetermination at all. They simply dismissed the entire question as unworthy of attention, as ‘beneath’ the true spiritual attainment. They dismissed the entire field within which these strictures operate by labelling it all illusion or maya and hence intrinsically unreal. To do so required a positioning of the consciousness through yogic techniques on the extreme periphery of being, and even beyond by virtue of dissolution. They shot out like rockets into space and beyond the solar system, finally disintegrating in the farthest reaches of outer space, in the most rarefied atmosphere of what appeared to be non-Being.

Thus, all the old yogas were accommodations based on an intrinsically wrong perception. Or we can look at it this way: the perception of Illusion was unalterable given the binary alignment based on a central void.

The revolutionary significance of the new age of the Supermind is that we can now begin to ask the right questions because we are poised properly to do so. We are a centred species, unitary and no longer binary. Therefore an entirely new range of answers are available simply because the right questions are now being asked. We are now in a position to do so, as never before.

Likewise, given the fact that the Yoga of the Chamber has brought into being on a collective scale the Centre – and a key element in that process was precisely the Horse – we are witness to what were believed hitherto to be impossible attainments on the world stage. Knots in international relations are coming undone apparently on their own, or with little or no effort. Or else, the little effort employed today is contrasted with the tremendous efforts of the recent past which seemed to produce no results at all. We seem to have been thrust into an entirely new dimension of collective experience given the collapse of the polarised world of super powers.

Indeed, this is exactly true of the human individual. So willing, he or she can discover that the former boundaries of consciousness to which every human creature was subjected are being superseded, extended. Into this expanded field completely new possibilities have entered the range of our perception. But let us return to the Thoroughbred racing experience under analysis for a very accurate description of the mechanism governing the operation.

In the binary condition one is always a victim of circumstances. This can best be explained by the condition of F1. At the same time, the buffer or shell she had erected around herself made it appear as if she were ‘calling the shots’, as it were. Yet what was truly transpiring was that she had by then constructed around herself a boundary wall which cut her off or closed out elements which could allow her access to that innermost Source which could put her in touch with the ‘centre that holds’. Failing to do so left her in an entirely unfree condition. That is, the energy release, if at all it was released during the second passage over the 4.5 Orbit, went not to thrust her as a booster rocket into those innermost recesses, into that inner universe. Rather, it turned back on itself and was utilised for this fortification, this crust. Thus, the Mother in 1971 lamented that adults were ‘crusted over’ and that only children, some children, were free of those hard crusts. This is another description of the Crab’s shell. A refuge from a hostile world. In this case too the Crab does not find solace and solution in its innermost centre of being. Rather it relies on a hardened outer crust for protection, and not assimilation and oneness.

In The Magical Carousel this reliance on unsound ‘foundations’ is described precisely in the Cancer chapter. It is the area in the zodiacal passage where the ego comes to the rescue, as it were. One believes it to be ‘as solid as a rock’, only to find that, like the ground struck by an unexpected Uranian earthquake, it can crumble beneath us without the least warning. And so, the children in The Magical Carousel odyssey are carried by the Gemini bird in their descent into Cancerland over the surface of water until finally their carrier places them on…

 

‘…what appears to be a rock slightly protruding above the top of the water. He then takes flight once more and is quickly lost in the ink black above.

‘Only the silvery water and the shiny rock where the children are standing can be seen. Tired now after the long journey and in spite of their fear, they curl up close to each other and fall into a deep sleep, in part brought on by the blackness enveloping them. For a long while they remain like this – who knows how long really – until they are awakened from their slumber by a soft rocking motion, ever so soft.

‘”What?” cries Val, “the rock is moving! We’re moving, Pom-pom. Wake up!”

‘They shake the sleep out of their frail bodies and in no time are wide awake, with eyes enormous and shiny in the pitch darkness, trying to see where they are being taken. After a seemingly endless ride the water becomes less and less deep, more shallow until very soon the rock cautiously emerges from the water and to the amazement, horror, fright and wonder of Val and Pom-pom, they see it is a huge crab they have been sleeping on, an enormous coral-coloured Crab!’ (Aeon Books, 1979, pages 32-33.)

 

We must contrast this situation with Cancer’s opposite sign, Capricorn, where the same children are thrust into the innermost recesses of the Mountain and there they witness, in the figure of the Time-Spirit, the birth that fills the void and the solidity this engenders.

F1, by her ‘determination’ not to cooperate and her uncanny ability to know when to turn on and off, was simply a victim of circumstance. She was entirely poised on the periphery due to the energies of her being which had gone into the fabrication of that ‘crust’ and hence a reliance on her own determination to withhold cooperation, which in her case meant the non-fulfilment of her inner truth or dharma, – the law of her being.

This is the central point: the purpose of the Horse, and reflected especially well in Thoroughbred breeding and racing, is the attainment of speed, excelling, and the exceeding of limits. Being stuck in the rut carved out by the former negative imprinting, F1 could not express that inner truth or purpose. She could not reach the depths of her being because ‘circumstances’ had pinned her to the periphery or the outer shell she had constructed with energies which should have gone elsewhere. She was locked in that orbit and could not escape, a condition apparently willed. And yet from this analysis we realise that a ‘will’ thus forged is simply a prisoner of circumstance. She had no choice given the hostile conditions of her environment. Thus the terms used to describe her such as ‘strong-willed’, ‘head-strong’, ‘obstinate’, and so forth, were entirely off the mark. What we witness in such cases are attitudes of compromise and accommodation which reflect the inherent weakness of a creation orbiting a void, and thus a victim of the play of circumstances of the periphery. In such a condition there is no possibility at all of self-determination and ‘freedom’. There is an unassailable imprisonment in the rigid orbits we have driven ourselves into by virtue of our inability to hold and thus to draw to ourselves the conditions or elements by which we can be truly free. To understand this we must introduce the second participant in this equine saga, F2, and contrast her racing experience with F1’s. At the same time, we will analyse the means employed to provide F1 with ‘salvation’, an element external to her environment which could be used to ‘carry her beyond’ these constricting limitations.

 

A race in need of a Saviour

 

While the Gnostic Circle provides guidelines for the establishment of a gnostic creation on the planet, at the same time it reveals the shortcomings of the present human species. The Circle discloses the flaws which do not permit the human being to effect the crossing which the Aryan warrior of the Rigveda is encouraged to do by the aid of certain cosmic powers. Central to the issue, however, is the quantum of energy available, released at certain specific points in the passage. When that release has occurred and is at the disposal of the traveller through gnostic time, then certain controls must be exerted to regulate that increase so that it is utilised for the crossing and does not fall back, collapse or go to the construction of self-enclosing barriers as F1 had done.

This is usually finalised in the course of the first and second passage through the enneads. F1 failed to experience the release in optimum conditions which would have placed that energy at the service of ‘a higher cause’. Instead, her first passage over the 4.5 Orbit (her 4th and 5th races) when the release can take place, witnessed a suppression of the force and hence a turning back upon itself. She had turned ‘sour’ as a result. The second passage went to fortifying buffers or devices to cut her off from her environment. She became a self-enclosed system; not a cosmos which in a sense is self-contained. It is self-contained but ordered, with energies rightly allocated in the service of a central purpose. That purpose is the fulfilment of one’s inner truth, whatever that may be for the individual.

In the case of the racehorse it is the extraction of maximum potential and the utilisation of the force for achievement of the highest goals open to that inherent potential. This is cosmos for the racehorse. F1’s self-centredness was a reaction to an environment she found hostile to that purpose. Therefore a closing up was necessary almost as an attempt to protect that fragile inner space and a tenuous balance on this unsound foundation.

The human being invariably experiences life in this condition. There may be exceptions to the rule but even such cases do not enjoy an integral development and hence a harmony of all parts of the being, including the physical. For in the final analysis, though the higher dimensions may experience a certain harmony, the physical will ultimately impede the exceeding of limits which our Earthly vahanas demand. In the waking consciousness we cannot attain certain higher supramental states and sustain the special play of energy proper to those planes with the present structure. Realignment is required to do so. And this is the objective of the Gnostic Circle.

The critical passage is when one steps into the higher hemisphere. This would be passage above the horizon, so to speak. It takes place between Virgo and Libra in the 12-part division, and at the 4.5 Orbit in the 9-part division of the Gnostic Circle. Diagram A below indicates this special area.

 

 

 

 

  

 

F1 had experienced her 15th race, at which point it was clear that she would progress no further. Each race in that condition served to fortify the grooves into which she was trapped. Her ‘cosmos’, such as it was, consisted of a limited expanse. It would be equivalent to our solar system with its former measure of 6 planets in orbit of the Sun, rather than the full 9. In other words, this was her ‘measure’ in terms of energy release. A full one-third of the wheel, which indicates the range of energy available to the species, was closed up in her inner recesses.

When one reaches the 6 point, (detailed insert, Diagram B), it is time for a combustion which serves as fuel for the rise. This means extension of one’s boundaries of consciousness-being so that the increase can be accommodated. Insofar as this expansion does not occur in the human being, passage through Scorpio to reach the 6 point and the planet Saturn results in physical death. That increase does not encounter an adequate vessel to contain it. Therefore the species ‘opts’ for death rather than transformation; and continuity is maintained through death and rebirth, or in the fruition of one’s seed, as the Bible indicates. In terms of the spiritual experience, at this point the attitude of otherworldliness triumphs and the accommodation occurs by way of trance or samadhi; be it in death or in trance, one loses touch with the physical plane and this increase and its impact is not felt by a body which is inadequate to sustain the release.

Thus, the important feature of the 6 point is the first stirrings of a cosmic manifestation. Saturn with its notorious reputation in traditional astrology for holding back, limiting, obstructing, stands at the 6th orbit as a regulator of energy. He may be seen as in the Greek myth to ‘eat his children’ – Uranus, for one and the next in the solar system; or in more appropriate terms, to devour those energies which cannot be accommodated within the existent system or physical structure. One may give birth to such energies, but if the process is not integral, they are thrust into the cosmic waste bin and serve no purpose for the individual’s evolution of consciousness and being.

The impulsion indicated at this point in the Gnostic Circle is proper to Sagittarius, the sign following Scorpio. The speed indicated by Sagittarius is meant to carry one within, into the depths of one’s inner universe. It is the first step in the forging of a centre. The turning inward means a reliance on the inner Divine in the supramental experience. The 6 point is allocated to the Cosmic Divine in the Gnostic Circle’s Sacred Triangle. Hence it is from this point onward that a cosmos or a solar system comes into being, where orbits are defined, arranged around a central Sun. A species that has not attained this condition cannot truly live in the light of that inner Sun. It must seek help and salvation outside itself. This may also take shape as in the Vedantic schools of yoga by a stress on otherworldliness. Or else in religions it is anticipation of a saviour, someone, something from beyond, outside of oneself who comes to save the day, as it were.

In the case of F1 this ‘saviour’ appeared in the shape of a jockey (and trainer) outsider her ‘system’ – that is, the turf club of home base. After her first passage when the results of the 7th race made clear that the 6th race left no positive impact, ‘salvation’ was presented in the form of a return to the farm-source, – indeed, beyond her racing base. But this second passage saw the filly once again removed from her base and ‘sent beyond’ for help. In other words, failing to utilise a release of energy for that reversal which brings about the formation of a magnetic centre such as in the core of a sun, there was no such centre in charge of her racing destiny. That meant that she had no power to draw to herself, into her own system, what she required to ‘complete the crossing’. Successful encounter with the 6 point implies that a certain harmony comes into being and cosmos or order is the result.

The 6 point of the Gnostic Circle – the Cosmic Divine – is the great divide whereby the choice appears of opting to be a satellite in orbit of a planet, a planet itself, or else, ‘to become the Sun’. This is the beginning of the order represented by the imposing presence of Saturn at the portals of Sagittarius.

In The Magical Carousel this ‘choice’ is described in the tale by the option offered to attend the Foundation for Higher Knowledge of Heropidus Heronimus. The naughty Centaur, always running off into strange lands in pursuit of adventure, stimulus, excitement, is the classic example of a self-indulgent race, a self-centred humanity whose sole concern is self-gratification.

By an unanticipated turn of events, this Centaur is forced to attend HH’s foundation and so to learn how to make ‘the heart and mind work together’. We shall soon observe how this took shape in the careers of our racing fillies. But as a demonstration of the Gnostic Circle’s capacity to indicate the shape the transformation takes, suffice to say that the act of choosing implicit in Sagittarius brings about a special ordering of energy at one’s command. This is the first step to ‘become the Sun’. That act sets one in orbit. That is, either as a satellite such as the Moon, or a planet such as the Earth; or else the supramental realisation of becoming the Sun, the perfect centre.

F1 could not ‘become the Sun’ given the fact that the energy was used to harden the crusts rather than to propel her inward and to bring about the alignment required to unveil the centre that holds. In the latter we are not dealing with orbits. In the case of the creation of a sun, or a perfect centre, it is a question of cosmic directions: a proper balance between contraction and expansion in such a manner as to bring into being a centre. Then the poise is inner, centred. Whereas for the Moon or a planet, it is a question of orbits being arranged and one’s ‘choice’ thrusts one into that position. The magnetic centre either exists or it does not. In this realm there is no pretence possible. These are in a sense entirely mechanical operations. Regarding our fillies and analysis of their racing experiences in the Gnostic Circle, this mechanism will be more than clear – indeed, ruthlessly clear.

A satellite or a planet requires thus a ‘saviour’, a magnetic centre outside itself to hold it within the system. All organised religions have come into being on this basis; and most even await the return of that Saviour to carry followers through turbulent waters across to the other shore. Or else, there is the Guru in yogic tradition – once again an outer source. The difference between the Guru and the Saviour of religions is that the former is intended to unveil the inner Light in the disciple and cause him or her to realise the Divine according to the chosen path. Religions demand faith and point to a heaven beyond which the Saviour can ensure. The Guru demands a realisation which is itself the salvation, even if that is meant, similar to religions, to carry the disciple to a form of a better Beyond. In both cases nothing is done to transform conditions here; or better said, to place before the human being another possibility. Within the confines of the old creation one can be either a planet or a satellite, but never the Sun. This was not the case in the Vedic Age, if the Rigveda is to be believed. And the fact that its verses are incomprehensible to us today is an indication of how far we have descended from that Vedic pinnacle. The proverbial ‘fall of man’ is a definite fact of the evolution of the species; though it may mean something quite different than the upholders of the Faith believe.

The Fall and the story of Adam and Eve is the truth of the binary creation, a fact of evolution, and as such we may indeed call it divine revelation. But is that the intended or predetermined finality of the race, its highest attainment? Certainly this is the case for the binary creation but not the unitary, born from the soil of the former. For the present species the Gnostic Circle indicates an extension of boundaries from 6 to 9, the final passage through the newly-opened triad of planets encompassing the supramental planes: the human creation thus gives way to the gnostic.

 

Defining the character of the Old Creation

 

Eve is the name of the female of the species and she is certainly an appendage of her mate, Adam. Inasmuch as the Mother considered that her force could work best through women, it is not surprising that the jockey-saviour for F1 should indeed have been a woman. Certainly this was an unusual turn of events in the racing scene in India, a country which in its long history of racing has had only one or two female jockeys in contrast to America, for example, with over four hundred.

It happened that after F1’s first passage over the 4.5 Orbit, that is in February of 1992, when I realised the critical role the jockey plays in the equine athlete’s performance, it was clear even at that early and relatively inexperienced stage that success would never come our way given the lack of a trusted and talented jockey. This was difficult enough to secure with the first trainer, but it was even more difficult with the second. Being a young woman trainer with limited means, few horses and none of any great potential, she had even greater difficulty in securing the services of the better jockeys. The affluent and successful trainers retain jockeys who work exclusively for their stables; or else owners with a string of expensive horses may also retain a jockey or two. In such cases the results are invariably better than for the trainer and owner who must search high and low for a jockey at the last moment, never being entirely sure if the right jockey will be free or willing to ride.

The woman trainer had an especially hard time with this problem, often having to wait till right before the deadline to know who would be racing her horse. And the owner was left in this state of suspension, not knowing what to expect of the race. The horse would rarely find himself carrying the same jockey who had been exercising him in the morning workouts. The entire experience was coloured by this uncertainty and the results were predictable: the filly failed to produce a win.

By that time I had begun working on the problem with a very talented and impeccably honest woman rider, unusually in tune with horses and familiar enough with the nature of the transformation being attempted to serve as a proper instrument both as a conventional jockey in a conventional race, as also a jockey ‘with a higher purpose’.

The introduction of a female participant was not without its difficulties. What we were attempting would have been problematic enough with a male jockey; a woman complicated the matter even more. Indeed, the first attempt to secure her a place in the home base of the filly failed. But already at that time it was becoming clear that this new addition to the ‘cosmos’ in formation was bringing an increase in ‘knots’ to be worked out, and that these concerned the status of women – that is, woman for and within herself, as well as in society. The attempt to introduce a woman in a domain reserved until that time for the male of the species, and indeed where women compete on equal terms with their male counterparts, extended the field or laboratory of our experience in a marked way from the very outset. Moreover, this particular participant was evidently handpicked; she brought her own ‘baggage’ into the alchemy and numerous ‘knots’, all of which were representative of her genus.

The intention was to form an alliance between jockey and owner, and hopefully trainer, once resistances were broken down and the female participant was accepted. On this basis, with total trust in the jockey who in the bargain was far more able, even with the little actual racing experience she had, than many male jockeys, we were assured of a more conscious unfolding of the experience. However, as mentioned, the would-be jockey had her own ‘knots’ and these prevented her from responding directly to the force which was guiding the operation. That is, she could not enter the process directly in orbit of the central Sun. She could only do so by linking into the orbit of a male trainer in another racing establishment beyond the confines of our nuclear experiment.

The main feature in that first attempt to overcome the impasse the lack of a trusted and talented jockey produced was the realisation that direct action might not be possible. Moreover, gnostic time was ticking on and hurdles had to be surpassed to keep in tune with the rhythm, on time, as it were. We were not only attempting to introduce a female into a male domain, we had to do so in record time.

The attempt floundered initially. This was during F1’s sojourn on the farm. During that period work was done to prepare the would-be jockey for her profession. Destiny indeed set her on her way to jockeyhood, but this was in orbit of another trainer and not the woman trainer at the centre where our experience was taking place. It was clear that we were in the presence of a certain pattern which may be considered a blessing of nature or a bane. It is the actual condition of women and their mechanical response to a force which seeks to help them transcend the shackles they have constructed around themselves throughout the ages.

The same shackles were constructed around F1 by herself, as a response to a hostile environment. These are security devices and also our means of imprisonment. But the point to note is that a choice exists for the female of the species as well: she can choose to remain in the orbit of another, a satellite and nothing more, receiving a reflected light of the Sun but never becoming the Sun. Or she can choose to ‘become the Sun’ in equal measure as her male counterpart. She can be Eve or Shakti, Adam’s ‘rib’, or Shiva’s other half. Needless to say, the ‘choice’ is invariably for the status quo, largely because women are not aware of the nature of the choice offered. They cannot see their true condition except in the shallow levels of social or psychological subjugation. They cannot dig into the innards of the problem and discover the cosmic knot which lies at the basis of their incomplete status.

Juxtaposing Eve and Shakti in this analysis is not insignificant; nor is it simply ‘symbolic’. In the difference between the two lies the key to the true new world order. This cannot come to pass unless the condition of women in this entirely cosmological/evolutionary sense is transformed. Equality in the deepest sense is conveyed in the Ardhnariswar idol of the Vedic iconography. The lack of such a balance of energies within one figure or being was evident in our woman jockey who revealed herself to be symbolic of the general condition of all women, unable to stand as a body directly in orbit of the central Sun but rather in need of a planet to orbit, in this case the male trainer, a transmitter of the force rather than its direct recipient. In the circumstance, it may be appropriate to refer to her as jockey Eve; not exactly in the sense that ‘eve’ is used in sports reporting in Asia to indicate a woman’s team or female athlete, but more aptly in this wider sense of symbol of the old creation. To further eliminate confusion, we shall call the trainer she partnered, Adam.

Furthermore, it ought to be evident by now that in this nuclear experience with the Horse the equine participants have been and continue to be female. We may consider this an accident of birth on the farm-source which was furnishing the protagonists in the saga. But the truth of the matter is that these fillies are indeed proving true the Mother’s statement that her force works best through women. In racing it is known that fillies are ‘difficult’, ‘unpredictable’, ‘moody’, and generally far more high strung than the male of the species. In my view, it is what allowed them to be the subject of this transformational, representative experience of the Gnostic Circle. They were highly sensitive to the power of the Supramental Shakti which was seen to operate through them in an extremely pure form, with no distortions. And above all, without sentimentality or any recoiling such as the human being experiences when faced with this awesome impact of force. They were and remain impeccable instruments of the Divine Shakti, never failing to carry forward the process of which they were so centrally significant. To the extent that, as if in homage to the Mother, our filly scored a breakthrough in a way that would pay direct homage to the Mother whose force she was embodying so well. But let us proceed step by step.

 

Beyond or Within: the Act of Choosing

 

Even in the Rigveda the segment of the Gnostic Circle from Libra to Capricorn is known as critical (see Diagram B, above). It is the passage where the Aryan warrior must face the inertia of death and the antagonism of the hostile powers known as the ‘hoarders’ (of energy). In other words, energy becomes entrapped; but to reach the summit of Being a way must be found to secure its release from the ‘cave of the hoarders’. That one-third until now untapped energy must be released in the human consciousness-being.

This cave is Scorpio. Thus, passage over the 6 point as the diagram indicates, must find the subject with that released energy. Moreover, it must be ordered – that is, brought to serve the traveller for the rise to the summit. A cosmos must thus come into being; and Sagittarius of the 6 point provides the ‘education’ for the purpose. But in the old creation this attainment is not possible given the inadequacies of the species. The human instrument either breaks down under the impact, or the energy is placed on the periphery of consciousness where it serves to fortify isolating barriers, as in F1’s case. In such a situation salvation comes, if at all, from beyond the inner boundaries of the subject. In the case of F1, she had to be sent to another turf club where jockey Eve and trainer Adam were in a better position to understand and cope with her needs, mainly because they believed in her capacity and in their ability to solve the problem. Fundamental to its solution was this positive atmosphere, entirely lacking in her home base. We shall see later on in F2’s case how this same 6 point and Sagittarius presented the other side of the coin, as it were: a thrust within rather than beyond.

In the words of The Magical Carousel, our ‘mythic’ guide to the process, after ‘education’ the Centaur becomes the Saviour of the children, Val and Pom-pom, and carries the tiny travellers on the path of gnostic time to this innermost point:

 

‘They gallop off at great speed, crossing the violet and fuchsia coloured land, for the Centaur makes every effort to fulfil his mission properly and to bring the children to their destination on time. He travels so swiftly they seem to go even faster than sound and light, and at a certain moment the very space around them disappears, they are almost unaware of moving at all and seem to have entered a point right within themselves.’ (Aeon Books, page 102)

 

These are the two options facing the subject in the ‘choice’ provided at the 6 point and Sagittarius: beyond or within.

If the latter is the ‘choice’, then a magnetic centre becomes operative which draws to the subject the elements needed in the subsequent unfolding for the fulfilment of the inner and divine Purpose, without any need for extension beyond the boundaries of the field. Salvation in such cases is auto-engendered by a particular release and proper utilisation of energy on the basis of centering of cosmic directions. The key to the establishment of a gnostic species on Earth lies in this attainment.

F1 found herself for her 16th race (again at the 7 point of the Circle) in congenial circumstances. She was one of the best horses in trainer Adam’s yard and she was treated accordingly. But it may be remembered that at her first passage over this point and her 7th race, she was returned to the farm-source as a display of the 7 point’s meaning: contact with the Source and the truth of one’s being. This time a similar circumstance presented itself because of the presence of would-be jockey Eve who had linked up with the young and idealistic trainer as partner and who had known and ridden the filly many times precisely at the farm-source. Indeed, it was this familiarity and personal involvement and consequent appreciation of the filly’s talents, together with this indirect connection with the farm-source via the jockey that provided the correct chemistry for healing. Indeed, she had been sent ‘beyond’ precisely as therapy.

Trainer Adam scheduled two races for her, of his own selection. The first, or her 16th, was to transpire on 12.2.1993, and the second 9 days later. I observed that unwittingly the day he selected was one of 9 number-power, and the second as well. Therefore, I was curious to see what the outcome might be. In my heart I considered that this was F1’s last chance. If this new strategy did not succeed, she would have to be retired to the farm for good, without ever having fulfilled that ‘purpose’; and this non-performance would adversely affect her breeding career – not to speak of the portents for the process monitored in the Gnostic Circle of this failure. If she could not be made to overcome the obstacles brought about by the play of circumstances in a hostile atmosphere, then there seemed little likelihood that the human being subject to similar hostile conditions, as every human being is, could effect a breakthrough. The nuclear experience was directly connected to the larger process. Like F1 each individual is a ‘victim of circumstance’. This is the hallmark of our species and for which reason it is known as mortal and founded on the laws imposed by the Cosmic Ignorance. A binary creation is always a victim of circumstance because it is peripherally and not centrally poised. At the same time, we have to accomplish the crossing to a higher status in these very conditions which Earth evolution provides, if we are to be faithful to the planet’s own purpose in the cosmic harmony which is precisely to house this very process, to provide a field for the transition, and establishment of a gnostic species.

Thus, the fate of F1’s experience was pertinent to the larger development in no uncertain terms in that a means had to be provided for her to overcome the obstacles. She might not be able to draw to herself the elements for the victory because of her failure within the Gnostic Circle’s timing to forge a magnetic centre; but she still had to fulfil her own purpose in the experiment. And this was to open the pathway for others to follow, to work out certain initial ‘knots’. She had to assemble conditions in the periphery in such a way as to drain it of power to halt the operation before it had matured. Therefore, the second passage over this 7 point was crucial. Would it fail or would it succeed?

When I reached the venue for the filly’s 16th race and visited her in the stables the day before, I realised immediately that exercise in the hands of would-be jockey Eve, known to her from the farm and with whom she had a very special relationship, had produced results. The filly was eager, keen, happy and emanated a sense of power and fulfilment. The young trainer had done his job well in collaboration with the would-be jockey. There remained to be seen whether this enhanced state would help her to forget that jockey Eve would not be the one to take her in the race since she still had no licence to ride other than exercise track work. As it turned out, this presented no obstacle.

The allowance rider who raced her on that 12th of February of 9 number-power, was not capable of getting her out of the gate quickly. By consequence, she was trailing the field by about six lengths. However, this seemed to make no difference to her, and I could not help recalling her very first race as I watched her perform. The jockey carried her on the outside, she collaborated and moved up and up and up, passing with the utmost ease horse after horse of the 20 horses in the field. She was keen, she was determined to reach the post first. But unfortunately, by the time the jockey had settled her into the race after the poor jump out of the gate and the ground lost there, the distance was too short. The race was only 1000 metres, the shortest possible, and there was simply not enough time. She finished 4th but was clearly headed for first if she had had even 50 metres more of track, as the jockey declared at the end of the race.

I was elated, relieved, heartened at future prospects. I returned to the home base track for her sister’s second race the next day, the 13th of February, and announced, ‘She is cured, there is no stopping her now.’

In racing it is the win or nothing. No one considers anything less as a ‘sign’, much less for this filly who had already had 16 races, and in most of them she had also finished on the board. But I knew she was cured. The proof came in her 17th race at that same neighbouring venue.

The field this time consisted of only 8 horses; she was to carry a crippling 60 kilos handicap, and still in Class VA, second to the lowest. In the 9 days from her last race she had been well tuned by the trainer and would-be jockey Eve in the morning exercises. After a last minute change of jockey, she was handed over to the same allowance rider of her 16th race, and thus carried 2 ½ kilos less than the prescribed 60. The distance was the same 1000 metres.

This time he brought her out of the gate more confidently. She immediately moved into first place and held this position throughout in a start-to-finish race revealing for the first time something of her true potential. She moved confidently and triumphantly passed the winning post, well in advance of the other competitors carrying much less weight. She had out-classed them all. And this had transpired on the 21st of February, also a 9-power day, but more significantly, the Mother’s birthday. In this way, by this spontaneous scheduling ‘right on time’, the Mother seemed to be giving the filly and all concerned her blessings and seal and sanction for the victory of Gnostic Time.

The filly then returned to her home base having been promoted to Class IV, to experience her 18th race and the start of a new ennead. This time, true to the ‘residue-karma’ that had been worked out, she was carrying the lowest weight on promotion. The handicap and new classification reflected the new times. But unfortunately the woman trainer could not provide the same conditions for success as in the neighbouring track and she performed accordingly in the hands of a mediocre jockey, with a perverse liking for the whip. Thus, she finished 4th. However, in her 19th she found herself in the hands of the same competent and reliable jockey of her 11th race. The result was 2nd place in an exciting photo finish: she lost by a mere half a nostril.

In the meantime, F2 had begun her career proper on January 20, 1993, when she made her debut.

 

Release and Reversal

 

From the beginning it was clear that F2’s racing career would be different from her sister’s. Perhaps it was that we were now familiar with the process and the Gnostic Circle relevance and therefore everything was clearer since we knew what to look for. Or else it was the fact that F1 had done some spade work. She had opened the path and prepared the field. This seemed to be the case because certain ‘knots’ appeared loosened in F2’s early races. This pertained mainly to jockeys. While F1 had to contend with mediocre or inexperienced or downright perverse riders, F2’s first and second races brought her the good fortune of two competent and reliable foreign jockeys of considerable repute abroad. She found herself immediately in the hands of able and talented riders and she responded accordingly.

Her woman trainer was known to be slow in preparing youngsters, as the 2- and 3-year olds are called. Thus, when F2 entered her first race she was not ready or tuned for the win. Moreover, being her first she was given an easy ride and the jockey was instructed to let her run without demanding more than she felt she could give. If she went on to win, fine; but if she showed any hesitancy, then he was to respect that and not use the whip to urge her on. Thus she finished 5th in a field of 8, but showed signs of great promise, given the proper preparation. The foreign jockey was all praises for her after the race and commented that she could do anything one asked of her because she had speed and willingness. She cooperated well and in fact moved through a small gap at one point, which many youngsters are unwilling to do, to take the lead for a short time.

Unlike her sister, F2 was not racing as an Unknown Pedigree. Her birth having been duly registered, she could be entered in all races, even what are known as Classics, and not simply handicap races. She could move along with her age group in ‘terms’ of races, unlike F1 whose birth on 1st October saddled her with an immediate handicap for being months younger than any of her fellow competitors. In a word, F2 faced none of the initial problems of her sister.

To the more perceptive eye something deeper was involved than a mere accident of birth. The pathway had been opened in the dimensions of gnostic time. F2 was poised differently. She seemed to have the ability to draw to herself the conditions and elements for the fulfilment of  her destiny, rather than any reaching out, stepping out of the boundaries of her chosen field. Thus, even though she was not prepared for these early races, this ability was demonstrated in the jockeys she spontaneously drew to herself of a superior calibre than what her sister had known early on. In the beginning it could be termed coincidence, the jockeys ‘happened’ to be there and available. But as the experience grew it was evident that there was something more than just coincidence at work. This was also reflected in her stabling arrangement. The woman trainer was known for her excellent stable management and the superior condition of her yard. Entering the premises felt like entering an oasis in the middle of a desert. There were plants everywhere and a canopy of creepers covering the entire area, providing protection from dust and heat. And while the woman trainer might be faulted for her slow approach, at the same time this inspired confidence that the fillies would not experience any break down due to excessive haste and demands on the horse, common to many trainers. Thus, from the beginning F2 seemed more favoured by the Gods.

F2’s second race brought her an even more renowned and talented foreign jockey, and with the experience of her first race, she finished in 2nd place, 1¾ lengths behind the winner, but an easy 3 lengths in front of the horse behind her. With this performance she was beginning to be talked of as one of the better fillies among the youngsters. The trainer had arranged for her to be entered in a number of classic and sweepstake races which would be held in the course of that racing year, 1993. One such race was scheduled for March 20th. I was very keen to have her compete, but I was also aware that she was not being prepared properly for the distance (1600 metres) and the stiff competition.

By her third race the foreign jockeys had left and we were faced with the same problem of old. The choice the trainer made for this important trial before the big race was unfortunate. Indeed, it was probably that jockey’s most miserable display. On the basis of that race it was not possible for me to instruct the trainer to withdraw her from the sweepstakes race on the basis of her poor performance because it simply reflected the jockey’s mediocrity and not the filly’s.

Thus, on 20th March, F2 entered the first important race of her career, but with another uninspiring jockey which the trainer had arranged, though she had the opportunity to use a top jockey. In this there was something of self-defeatism beginning to surface which was to be proven true later on. The result was 4th place in a field of only 6 horses. On the board but in no way demonstrating the potential which she revealed in her first two races. She was clearly slipping backward rather than moving forward in her training. And we were once again bogged down in the same mire having to accept lesser jockeys to handle a filly that clearly required more competent skills.

By the March Equinox, Eve had become a full-fledged jockey in the neighbouring track and was beginning to prove herself a talented rider. Racing for F1 and F2 ended on the 20th with the close of the winter season at their home base. I had to decide whether they would pass the next two hottest months there, waiting for the new season to start in mid May, and with hardly any training taking place for at least the next few weeks; or else bring them home to the farm to relieve them of the heat. But with the entry on the scene of jockey Eve, another possibility presented itself. My decision therefore to send them to the summer venue of Eve’s turf club where races were soon to begin in the cool of the mountains of South India, was for the fact that this competent jockey would be riding there, and also they would have no interruption in training. I was especially concerned that F2’s training should not be interrupted since she had just begun and her future schedule at the home base was very demanding. A break at this point would make it difficult to retrieve lost ground. Of special concern was the fact that she had not yet vindicated the high expectations everyone had of her capacity to win.

On a deeper level and with the knowledge of F1’s negative imprinting precisely over the first 4.5 passage, where F2 now stood, I understood that she had a far clearer course mapped out and that it was possible, given the timing of things and the conspiracy of circumstances, to kill a number of birds with one stone as it were, by sending both fillies to Adam and Eve. There they would have a cold climate, similar to the farm where they were bred; they would thus escape the heat of the plains and at a time when no racing was being held there; they would not have their training interrupted, as F1 had had hers with a three-month sojourn on the farm; and they might even produce wins in the bargain, as F1 had already done in the hands of the same trainer. But foremost was the fact that F2 demanded a positive imprinting at that first 4.5 passage. I also realised that she had to release energy if at all she was to forge a magnetic centre which F1 lacked.

All of these objectives were accomplished.

The fillies, because of their 15-day break after the winter season and with virtually no exercise, were not in the best shape when they reached the mountain venue by mid April. F1, being older and with more training and racing experience, picked up relatively quickly and was entered in a race for May 1st. She was being exercised by jockey Eve and relished every minute of it. Meanwhile, F2 was being handled slowly and with care. I was more interested in the positive imprinting I knew the jockey would provide, given their past involvement on the farm, than any race, as such.

Jockey Eve had had many rides and even some wins when the time came for her to mount F1 in the paddock for the 20th race of the filly’s career on May 1st. Her surprise when she realised it was actually Eve who had mounted and not the usual male jockey was clearly displayed for any discerning eye to appreciate. And she performed accordingly, almost as if to show her appreciation and approval. It was another start-to-finish race, though she did not exert herself excessively. She did not need to, clearly out-classing all the other horses. She passed the winning post 3½ lengths ahead of the rest in excellent timing, and both filly and rider won accolades from all. Punters who had bet on the filly, not because of her record but rather her looks, were happy since the odds were good; the trainer was pleased with the performance of both filly and jockey; and the owner was more delighted than all to see that the filly had proven her capacity to win in this higher class, and jockey Eve had demonstrated that in able hands this could be done. The race had been a successful challenge for both.

The fillies would soon have to return to their home base to start the new season there on 15th May. There was therefore barely fifteen days to accomplish whatever more could be done in that cool and beneficent atmosphere – positive in more ways than one. F1 was scheduled therefore for her 21st race on 9 May, while F2 had been entered for the 5th race of her career on May 8th. The jockey would of course be Eve.

On 8 May F2 displayed something of her true potential, even though she was, in the opinion of both jockey and trainer, only 60% fit. Not only did she win in a field of 15 three-year olds, some of more expensive breeding, she did so easily and confidently, and above all, giving that much desired kick off just when the jockey demanded it after moving through a small gap. Again the public and the newspapers were all praises for both filly and rider.

From a deeper level of observation that 5th race revealed (especially the timely kick off) that the desired release of energy had occurred, so important for passage over the 4.5 Orbit, or between her 4th and 5th races. The question now was, how to channel that energy for the rise once she was back in her home base and in different, less favourable conditions?

Moreover, there were certain signals being given by the fillies that all was not exactly as it should be. F2 had, in fact, thrown the jockey in the gate just before start of the race. A dangerous accident was only barely avoided and the jockey remounted to go on and win the race. But the next day the harmony between Jockey Eve and F1 was not as it was for their first ride (and win) together on May 1st. This time the distance was longer by 200 metres and therefore the jockey calculated that F1 should be kept behind somewhat to save her for the last stretch. The filly’s preference had always been to position herself up front. Failing to attain this position, the tone set was not to her liking. Moreover, she was boxed in at the rails (in the video replay it looks  deliberate) and could not be pulled outside to overtake. She even stumbled badly, having to check her pace so as not to clip the horse in front. Finally, as she passed the post in the middle of the group, she reacted angrily by deliberately throwing the rider off! Though the jockey was again saved from a potentially dreadful accident, the result of the slight injury sustained was that she could not take F1 into her 22nd race three days later, on May 12th.

Oblivious to the fact, F1 again rode her start-to-finish race in the hands of the allowance rider of her first win, and easily led the field by several lengths past the winning post. She was then returned with her sister to the home base, having been promoted to Class III. None of the other horses from their home base who had been sent to compete had performed as well as the fillies. Almost all had in fact failed to win, though they were reputed to be superior. Indeed, it was only the fillies who held the banner of the Club high in this neighbouring centre. And yet F1 and F2 gained the reputation by their superior performances of being able to win only outside the home base, that they could not compete with the superior horses of their own centre and that in order to win they had to be sent where, supposedly, competition was less stiff. Their impressive timings and the fact that the other horses from the same centre had failed to win, could not erase this general impression. And the subsequent circumstances did not help.

The fact that F1 had had an extra unplanned race brought her tally to 22. Interestingly, this time passage over that 4 Point (22) brought the much desired release of energy which is demanded at the 4.5 Orbit in ideal conditions, unlike in her previous two passages, her 4th and 13th races. While for F2 the release took place in her 5th race. Thus both wins of the fillies cupped the 4.5 Orbit, the 4 Point win of F1, and the 5 Point win of F2. The significance of this passage is both release and dismantling, usually of an unexpected nature, similar to the shattered particles in the Asteroid Belt which is located at this point in the Gnostic Circle. Indeed, we were soon to experience such happenings. A completely new set of circumstances awaited us all at the home turf.

From a deeper perspective, the fact that jockey Eve had experienced two falls, and both from these fillies, seemed to signal that at some deeper level all was not right, in harmony, in place. Indeed, F2 was the catalyst to ‘put each thing in its rightful place’. This delicate operation began immediately on return to the home centre. It carries us into the most awesome portion of this analysis.

 

Defining a Centre that holds

 

The first problem to be met was the search for a new trainer. The woman trainer finally found the pressures and stresses of her profession too difficult to cope with. She decided to discontinue training. In a way this was a relief because something of a negative cloud seemed to hang over the experience which is engendered by a failure to take a major decision in life. Release, and relief, is usually felt as soon as a firm decision puts an end to months of uncertainty.

I was primarily concerned for the well-being of the fillies because I knew they would have difficulty finding an equally good stable management and the loving care of the woman trainer, though their training might be improved elsewhere. There was also the question of the lovely stables which would have to be vacated with her departure. But as it turned out, they stayed where they were. The new trainer was nearby and when he took over their training he left them in these same quarters.

I found the timing of these events noteworthy, especially in connection with F2’s more fluid passage through gnostic time. It seemed that her first passage over the 4.5 Orbit with its successful release of energy demanded a different field insofar as the former conditions seemed inadequate for further development and hence utilisation of that release. It was becoming clear that unlike her sister, F2 was able to draw to herself the conditions she required for the expansion which was to come, based on her inherent potential. Indeed, as a symbol of sorts of this nascent ability there was the fact that a very major shift had taken place in her career and yet she and her sister remained in the woman trainer’s superior stables, as if at the centre of a periphery which was being shaken up – true to the 4.5 Orbit – while leaving them untouched, unmoved, untroubled. The inherent potential of F2 clearly demanded different conditions in that periphery or field for its proper expression. It seemed evident that her win at the 5 Point of Jupiter and the enormous store of energy at her disposal required different conditions. The woman trainer thus seemed to have withdrawn ‘right on time’.

But there was an uneasiness prevailing and this caused a certain fatigue which was destined to increase with the unfolding of events; there was more energy at our disposal than we seemed in a position to utilise efficiently and effectively. The less elusive indication that such was the case was the fact that though the fillies had just come down from a high altitude and should have been raced immediately to benefit by this advantage in fitness and keenness, the new trainer did not oblige for various reasons of his own. It was clear that we had wasted that energy to a certain extent and a good opportunity for the fillies to score wins was missed.

In the meantime, jockey Eve had obtained a licence to ride also in the fillies’ turf club. But this fact produced a certain disturbance in the atmosphere, not just because she was the first woman to race there, but also because the season was still in progress in trainer Adam’s centre. Thus, while the problem of jockey had been solved by Eve’s entry, to ride the fillies she had to disengage herself from her commitments in Adam’s centre; this was done, but it took a certain toll.

On 6 June and her 23rd race, F1 introduced her favourite jockey to her home base audience. It was an historic ride, the first for a woman jockey at that centre: F1 was proving true to her path-opening destiny. The race was impeccable and impressive for both filly and jockey. F1 placed 2nd to a 3-year old filly who had not lost any of her previous races and was considered one of the best of the season. While she won by 2 lengths, F1 left the rest of the field behind her by 5½ lengths. This was her first race in Class III after promotion and the competition was tougher than what she had ever known.

A performance such as F1 gave should have silenced her critics who had all along claimed she was ‘no good’. These included foremost the jockeys whose egos she took special delight in demolishing by not cooperating when they had finally wanted her to win. But for some reason F1 always seemed to stir up controversy and intense likes and dislikes.

Her 24th race was again with jockey Eve. This time the field was larger; 11 horses. She placed 3rd. But the importance of this race resided in its implications for the Gnostic Circle operation. Sagittarius and the 6 Point require a harmony between rider and horse. This is explained in The Magical Carousel when the Centaur must attend the Foundation for Higher Knowledge so that ‘the mind and heart must learn to work together’. In a race at the 6 Point, the energy released over the preceding 4.5 passage has to witness this favourable coming together or harmonising, if it is to be utilised properly.

Regarding F1 her problem was precisely the fact that she refused any such collaboration. Formerly, before the advent of jockey Eve, she was seen to close herself off not only from the jockey but even the other equine competitors. There was no question of the mind (jockey) and heart (horse and the vital) working in tandem. But with Eve it was different, and in this 6 Point race we were given the proof.

As the horses were powerfully approaching the winning post and competing to pass first, all more or less in a bunch, I saw F1 respond to the jockey’s prompting by a decisive leap forward that served to put her in 3rd place, just a head in front of the horse beside her. Given her ‘problem’ and given the fact that the 6 Point requires this collaboration and response to a higher centre as it were, the filly’s jump forward at the behest of the jockey, almost imperceptible to anyone who was not looking for such a sign, was far more important than a win. It was a further indication that the therapy had worked and that the harmony of gnostic time was still prevailing.

Differences were beginning to surface with the new trainer. Foremost was the fact that he had an almost instinctive distrust of female jockeys. He seemed to be hand-picked, of the mould that considers two women equal to one man. Try as we might, he was never able to overcome this handicap no matter how well jockey Eve performed; the problem became a troublesome factor soon after, with F2’s first race at the home base. It was clear with that race that F2 was setting the tone of the entire Gnostic Circle experience. She was the instrument, the channel at the centre of the transformational process. The clarity with which this was demonstrated was both awe-inspiring and disturbing. There was a ruthlessness to her actions which was the quality of a true ‘warrior’.

 

Defining Chaos: energy without an axis

 

The matter-of-fact manner in which this analysis is being carried out may cause the reader to believe that a similar analysis can be done regarding any racing experience. This may not be the case. Nonetheless, exclusive or not, it must be noted that the elements of each race which allowed it to be located within gnostic time as we are doing, are assessed by hindsight to a large extent. At no time was it possible to interfere in the process or to arrange these elements so as to accommodate the Gnostic Circle’s specific demands. An example to prove this point is F2’s 6th race. It may be said that the only intervention permitted in such a process is exclusively one of axial alignment.

Favourable imprinting had taken place for F2 exactly when required: passage over the 4.5 Orbit. Release of energy had also occurred in her 5th race and the orbit of Jupiter, the planet known to be a supreme source of energy, hence its connection in traditional astrology with the Horse and the sign Sagittarius which it rules. The demands of the 6th race and passage through Sagittarius (see Diagram B), were of a very special order in her case, having experienced these positive developments. But difficulties had surfaced during the last two races of F1 in the hands of the new trainer. His mistrust of and refusal to accept a woman jockey were more than clear. Moreover, jockey Eve herself was having difficulty participating in the experience on the terms set out by the experience itself. Above all, her alignment in keeping with the structure of the binary creation, introduced serious disturbances in the formation of the new cosmos. And this involved very deep levels of being where no pretence exists. One is either aligned in harmony with the new, or one is not; regardless of one’s mental determination and heartfelt sentiment. The Divine is not sentimental and the creation of a cosmos is not a mental operation. It is a state of being dependent on the yoga that can introduce such deep-rooted shifts which touch one’s innermost essence.

The Horse was seen to be a favoured instrument in questions of Being. The reason is that in this third level of the Supramental Descent the symbol is the thing symbolised. And the Horse is the supreme symbol of the movement of gnostic time precisely to effect the crossing to higher states of Being. An enigmatic experience of the Mother in her early yoga and practice of occultism confirms the relevance of the Horse for both the Gnostic Circle symbolism as well as the reason for the prominence it was given in the Vedic Age.

The Mother had come out of her body and passed through numerous planes until she reached the Borderline which humans could not cross. There she met ‘the principle of human form’, to quote her own words. But strangely enough it was a horse… ‘right on the frontier between the world of form and the Formless, and it was like a stallion.’

As if this description in itself were not sufficient confirmation of the importance of the Horse as symbol, the Mother continues to say that years later when she met Sri Aurobindo, she spoke to him about ‘the secret’ she had discovered and which no one seemed to know. To which he replied. ‘It is certainly the prototype of the supramental form’.  (See: The Magical Carousel  ‘Commentaries’, Aeon Books, 1979, page 141)

We are interested in demonstrating in this series the precise manner in which the Horse is the ‘prototype of the supramental form’, mainly because there are peculiar ideas about the nature of the transformation, all of which have very little to do with the real experience. Clearly this does not mean that human beings crossing the ‘borderline’ are going to assume the form of a horse when supramentalised. Then what is the deeper significance?

The answer lies in the PROCESS described in these pages involving the Gnostic Circle; and when the work evolves to the point where ‘the symbol is the thing symbolised’, as it has at present, then the Horse can be directly involved in the transformation and itself ‘carry us across’ that Borderline to ‘realms beyond’. This refers to the quarter of the Circle beyond Sagittarius and the 6 Point. The borderline is the last Cardinal Point, Capricorn. It is reached in life and not through death, by speed of consciousness REDIRECTED. To achieve this ‘mind and heart must work together’. Centres of energy must collaborate, must be harmonised.

This imperative was displayed with exceptional clarity by F2 in her 6th race with jockey Eve taking her in her first Classic for fillies. Similar to F1’s 24th (6 Point) race, a harmony between mount and rider was called for, but in this case it failed to materialise as the description of the race will reveal. At the same time, the true ‘mind’ in the operation, the trainer, fell woefully below expectations. Though certainly qualified to prepare a horse for a classic, in this instance F2 was a disturbance. He had two fillies as the focus of all his attention in his stables, both of whom he was  preparing from the beginning of their training with very special dedication for this very race and other classics to come. Insisting that the newcomer, F2, be prepared for the same race provoked a situation between owner and trainer which was anything but harmonious. In addition, there was Eve to contend with. He ‘agreed’ to let F2 run, but he failed to provide the proper training. Moreover, his instructions in the race, coupled with his disregard for the jockey’s protestations that if she carried out those instructions it might prove disastrous, proved to be the proverbial last straw and decided the ultimate close of the relationship. Not too long after this race the fillies were removed from his care.

F2’s 6th race provides us with all the elements of verification of the Gnostic Circle as a guide to the transformation, to the crossing of the borderline into the supramental world. The jockey was instructed to bring the filly quickly out of the gate and position her in front. Having drawn gate 10, it was clear that this might prove problematic. Both trainer and jockey knew that the keenness of the filly was such that she would do her utmost to reach the front. And so she did.

The jockey managed to keep her in a straight course until she had passed almost all the other horses, but nearing the front the filly pulled into the rails brusquely – a habit of hers which the jockey (and owner) pointed out to the trainer, but which he refused to hear. This habit which other jockeys before Eve had noted, caused the filly to crash into the horse beside her, which happened to be our trainer’s favourite. While Eve warned the rider that her filly was ‘moving in’ and he braced himself, the bump caused the jockey to check his mount somewhat, which in turn, in the tightly packed field, caused the horse behind to be check abruptly, with the result that its jockey fell off in the middle of thundering galloping hoofs at full speed. Miraculously the jockey received no injury.

But this left his mount riderless and leading the pack throughout the entire race. Our filly predictably ‘blew out’ due to the uncontrolled pace she was keeping, but not before jockey Eve had to contend with the riderless horse who was moving from side to side, blocking F2’s smooth and straight course, as well as the other competitors. At one point, the interference of the riderless horse was so bad that the jockey who finally went on to win was seen whipping the weaving filly to get her out of the way. She then positioned herself farther in front and led the entire race – riderless as she was.

Jockey Eve realised that she had been used by the trainer to set the pace for the horses, to blow out given the high speed which no horse could sustain over that distance, 1600 metres; and thereby, in the trainer’s strategy, to tire all the other horses except his own fillies, one of whom he felt certain would win. But she did not. She placed 3rd while F2, ridden badly, not held in check behind and allowed to quicken only in the final stretch, trailed the field.

This Classic was televised throughout Asia and much was made of the fact that for the first time a woman jockey was participating. Witnessing the race or seeing the video confirmed the inner impression of utter chaos. And it set the tone for chaos in the remainder of the season and well beyond. Jockey Eve was suspended for four racing days for ‘dangerous riding’; she was forbidden to ride in Classics; she was restricted to a field of only ten horses. Needless to say, apart from the suspension the other penalties were entirely arbitrary. The trainer insisted on this punishment, holding Eve responsible for his filly losing the race, but they did not conform to the usual procedure. They were ‘exceptions’, tailored for this specific case. It was also suspected that such measures might not have been imposed had the rider been a male. The trainer was convinced, and possibly convinced others, that the fault lay in Eve’s inability ‘to control’ a horse. There was certainly much truth in this, but of a different order than he could grasp. And finally, it was unfortunate that given his patently wrong instructions for ulterior motives, the trainer received no censures.

From the Gnostic Circle’s perspective, all was as it should be, given the prevailing conditions, – namely, the poise of the jockey and the demands of the 6 Point which could not be met due to those prevailing conditions. The filly had done her part by release of energy at the 4.5 Orbit. The problem was that none of it was utilised according to the demands of the 6 Point. That is, the beginning of ‘putting order’ for the forging of a magnetic centre where that energy must propel one inward, which means centering. On this basis, by this compression through ordering, the centre is forged and can thereafter hold. To achieve this ‘mind and heart’ had to be in harmony, poised around ONE AXIS, as it were – the symbol of the Sagittarian Centaur. Something of this was achieved but with considerable toll for both filly and jockey. The latter saw her professional progress greatly impeded, and the filly experienced a physical breakdown.

At the 6 Point if conditions are not met to contain the increase and channel it properly, the result is an unsustainable impact on the instrument (this is the point of death in traditional astrology). F2 suffered such an mpact because of her early training which did not provide the needed cardiovascular development to permit her to compete according to her inner potential. Sentimental concerns have no place in the training of an athlete. If one considers that it is unreasonable to race horses at a young age, then it is better to withdraw from the profession of trainer, as F2’s first trainer did. For to send them into a race having ‘spared’ them from the work demanded in order to permit them to sustain the rigours of a race, is to cause harm to the animal which one professes to love. The horse is constantly ‘surprised’, asked to do what it has not been prepared for. Breakdown is inevitably the result.

The 6 Point forces the issue. It may be recalled that over this passage F1 suffered a physical problem. She spent three months recuperating. F2 would also require the same period to regain condition. The superficial assessment would be that she was competing with horses far superior and could not withstand the strain. Time would be required to ascertain which assessment was correct, and indeed if any rectification would be possible.

As for Eve, the poise of women in the old creation was displayed in F2’s 6th race and in all the races to follow until her participation was brought dramatically to a halt. It was evident that she relied on the axis trainer Adam provided and could not sustain any pressure independent of that axis-support, or outside its orbit. Indeed, the first two races she rode in the fillies’ home base were for jockey Eve still within Adam’s orbit, insofar as she was racing his horses, in his centre in the mountains, and was sent down to the plains only to ride F1 and F2 when their races were scheduled. She was, as such, on borrowed time. That is, she was simply extended into this other field, like an asteroid intruding into the orbits of other planets, while never being fully a part of those orbits. Indeed, the result of this situation was a constant sense of uncertainty and unpredictability, similar in fact to the impression of chaos the Asteroid Belt presents (the 4.5 Orbit of the Gnostic Circle).

Indeed. F2’s classic race on 13th June transpired the day after trainer Adam’s season ended. Jockey Eve was then on her own, orbitless, as it were. Representing women of the old creation, she could not maintain her poise in such a situation and the chaos of that race was akin to a satellite spinning out of orbit, crashing into this object, throwing that other off course, herself swerving here and there due to the filly’s habit and the presence of the riderless horse.

Indeed, the riderless horse provided the key to the deepest significance of this particular 6 Point experience. This was precisely when rider and horse had to fuse, as it were, to harmonise, work together, blend into one as the figure of the Centaur suggests. F2 had no such possibility. She was indeed as riderless as the filly leading the field whose jockey she had contributed to dislodging. And thereafter the public, both present and watching the television transmission, were subjected to the display of this chaotic performance led by a horse with no rider, setting the pace, as it were, totally uncontrolled by any ‘higher centre’.

On her part F1 took due revenge. Her 25th race consisted of 15 horses, therefore jockey Eve could not ride her. This was to the liking of the then trainer; in fact, the jockey who did agree to ride was precisely the one he considered would have won the previous two races on the filly, rather than Eve. F1 was favoured and the jockey was confident. But she soon demolished his ego, as only she can do. At the 400 mark, coming into the last stretch, she simply refused to oblige when the jockey tried to open her up. His frustration was such that F1 succeeded in adding another jockey to her list of ‘enemies’. The trainer on his part promptly lost interest in the filly. She was too unpredictable. This race was at the 7 Point with its intense pressure for truth.

 

The fillies continued their career under another trainer. Interestingly, still in their beautiful stables, still drawing to themselves what was required without budging. They seemed to be firmly rooted in an immobile centre at the heart of it all.

Within a few weeks F2 revealed her physical ailment and was rested for a time and then slowly brought back into condition. In the meantime, racing at their turf club came to an end and the club’s next season began in mid August in a neighbouring city. For the entire period the experience was coloured by a state of uncertainty which had extremely negative effects on the fillies, especially F1 who had a specific problem with jockeys. Thus, the fact that we were never certain how many horses were to race on any given day, we could never plan ahead, confident that jockey Eve would be able to ride. The restriction to a field of ten horses proved a terrible set-back; but at the same time it was a faithful symbol of the jockey’s own state. She was never centred and hence this uncertainty was symptomatic of an inner condition.

Trainer Adam had sent four of his horses to this same venue where F1 and F2 were racing, though under another trainer’s care for the several races they were scheduled to run. He was therefore present each time that jockey Eve rode his horses, scheduled to coincide with the fillies’ races. Eve was thus still in orbit of his operation and while he was involved some form of ‘stability’ prevailed amid the uncertainty the prevailing restrictions created. But it was clear that with F2’s 6 Point race a form of ‘choosing’ had been offered: this orbit or that. The ‘choice’ decided the issue and left the system wobbling thereafter. However, F2 was to ‘put each thing in its place’ in the 7th race. This transpired on the September Equinox. But to appreciate in full the remarkable implications of what transpired then, a certain background must be provided. In addition, we must consider the nature of the world in which we live in greater depth. That is, this perplexing question of predetermination as well as control. The experience I shall relate, exactly as it transpired, will force a review of our firm convictions and ‘scientific’ deductions regarding the nature of reality.

 

Truth, or each thing in its place: The Anatomy of ‘Accidents’

 

Something of a preface is required to help the student understand the nature of the 7 point in the Gnostic Circle and its vital importance. It is in this segment that an axis comes into being or becomes established. Thereafter, everything in orbit of this central axis is ‘put in place’. This means that orbital adjustment is determined; as well, there is an action of repelling and attracting the elements which find themselves within the periphery of this particular system. F2’s 7th race makes the latter quite clear.

This is what is meant by the process – the action whereby cosmos is established and the method to achieve this harmonious condition of being. The reason why it is essential to carry out such a process consciously is for the fact that to graduate to a higher level on the ladder of evolution, conscious awareness is precisely the factor that distinguishes the new level from the old. As a result of this increased capacity of perception attained when frontiers are exceeded and new boundaries come into being (Sagittarius and the 6 point), we are able to understand aspects of the old creation which have eluded us while we have been a part of that system. We have not been able to understand key features of the reality we are a part of because our boundaries of consciousness have not permitted a wider vision. Particularly difficult, given our limited range of perception, is the question of determinism in contrast to freedom or random choice, as it were. It is almost impossible for the human being to comprehend these elusive aspects of life. And yet, if we are to move up the ladder of evolution, and the process demands conscious participation, we have to come to terms with these questions. Failing which we experience recoil at crucial moments when precisely the process demands immobility.

This is the principle upon which the world is founded: the Immobile amidst the Mobile. These words are used in the Rigveda to describe Agni, first of the Vedic Gods and foremost figure of almost all the hymns. The reason is that Agni, as the Son, the One, is the manifestation of that principle. He is the perfect centre, hence he is known as the navel of the world. One of his most renowned forms is the Horse. Let us explore the reasons why. At the same time, deeper levels of reality and life in a physical embodiment will be made somewhat clearer. All these dimensions of the question are captured in F2’s 7th race.

Skambha (‘pillar’, ‘support’) of the Veda is clearly the Supreme Principle of creation. Yet very little is understood of Skambha. Moreover, it seems no one since the Vedic Age has actually realised Skambha, though its eminence stands beyond doubt. Today we consider the Brahman as the principle of Unity and therefore the Supreme Principle, or the umbrella covering everything else. The goal of all Indian spirituality is to attain that Brahman consciousness; or to dissolve one’s small ‘self’ in that larger Self whose essence is Brahman which transcends the lesser.

Yet Skambha haunts us. The sublime verses of the Atharvaveda (see TVN 7/1, April 1992) leave little doubt that the composer of the hymn had realised Skambha intimately and confirmed it to be the foundation of creation – the ‘fulcrum’, as one researcher has called it.

The new cosmology of the supramental yoga clarifies the matter. Brahman is THAT in its transcendent form (9); Skambha is THIS in its immanent form (0-1). In between stand two powers/principles, 6 and 3. They represent the process whereby THAT becomes THIS.

In ancient times it was known, realised. But at a certain point, when the realisation had become commonplace, shall we say, transformation of THAT into THIS was superseded. The realiser leapt from unity to unity, as it were. As a result, the intermediate passage fell into obscurity and was soon considered irrelevant. The Brahman was known to permeate everything, but how had It become the all was a mystery. The Multiple therefore lost its direct and immediate touch with that Unity and the cleavage between THAT and THIS was complete.

We pick up the threads of this development today, some two thousand years later, and must reconstruct that very process, that very passage if at all we are to understand anything of reality in its true nature and divested of the falsifications brought about by the limitations of our perceptive capacity which suffers from seepage of the energy required to carry out the process. The immediate problem the human being faces in attaining that increased capacity is precisely one of concentration, accumulation of energy to serve as fuel. The transformation of the human species to a higher echelon requires knowledge of the process whereby THAT becomes THIS. Failing which essential features of the experience are not CONSCIOUS; hence no concentration and immobility accompany the action.

The common perception in spirituality today is that it is all ‘one’, all a ‘unity’. But there are different aspects to that ‘one’, that ‘unity’, which we ignore and our ignorance is therefore stamped on everything we do, everything we create, on the whole of our civilisation. A simple means to illustrate, though the connection might appear far-fetched, is cheese. We know the underlying essence of cheese is milk. This is its substance, its foundational base, its unity principle,. But milk (unity) is not cheese. Something else intervenes to alter that essential unity while ever retaining the original substance. That ‘something else’ is the process whereby milk becomes cheese.

Likewise, THAT, the Absolute or Brahman, is the overall Unity. While retaining that essentiality, something occurs to embed that principle, that essence, in creation, for which reason alone the yogi can proclaim that ‘all is one’. Yes, it is one, but THIS is different from THAT. The process is the Becoming. Hence Sri Aurobindo can rightfully state that to become is the highest truth of our existence. We are the process. Material creation is Brahman becoming Skambha, the ‘point’ of Itself. The process is the movement of THAT to transmute it to THIS. Hence the Horse and its speed is the great symbol of this act of Becoming. The Horse is indeed Agni and the first point of space, the coming into being of which requires two cosmic powers: contraction and expansion. And these are in turn the 6 of the new cosmology, who compresses That into a point, or who creates conditions for the compression; while the 3 gives it birth, or creates the bridge from plane to plane for the manifestation of That. The 6 is rightfully speaking the Mother, the Cosmic Womb. She is the great Placenta which feeds the process, whence all energies are drawn. The 3 draws from that Womb and carries out the labour, as it were. In our material creation, in this particular 9th Manifestation, it is therefore the harmony of 9 that sets the tone, similar to a human gestation.

What had been missed throughout the thousands of years of the Age of Pisces are the details of that operation, that passage. Thus in the final stage of the Supramental Descent it is necessary to live and to explain the process of this Becoming. The Third thus defines and adds precision to the process. She ‘puts each thing in its place’.

F2, at the 7th stage of the process, did just that – with a ruthlessness characteristic of the Divine Warrior. There was no sentimentality. No recoil. No hesitation. There was, however, an extraordinary control. When the process is integral – that is, covering all the stages and crossing all the planes in a conscious unbroken line, – then this control is evident.

 

Seeing only the permissible

 

Some background must be given to appreciate the control of each detail of the experience. At the same time, what I will relate draws into greater focus the question of determinism and certain perplexing aspects of prevision, in particular through dreams, or what are commonly considered to be dreams.

But first, mention must be made of the way in which the experience was rendered conscious, or at least more conscious. This happened on 17th September, five days before F2’s seventh race. By a certain yogic methodology, I delved deeply into the essence of the 7th stage and in particular its significance in this racing experience in the light of what had transpired so far, one thing stood out prominently in this probing. I ‘saw’ that the 7th would produce what I called a ‘crisis of adjustment’. That is, from the experience of the 6th it was evident that a great store of energy or elements to be integrated populated this nascent ‘cosmos’, but that indeed we had nothing but chaos. The 7 Point was to bring order into that chaos, to define – or better, to put each thing in place. Given the fact that there was a disharmony and some elements were not engaged or aligned properly for the experience, it seemed clear that the adjustment would not be without its toll. This meant that a selective action of attraction and repelling was demanded in order to form this cosmos. In other words, the 7th stage introduces an axis, the first prerequisite of a cosmic manifestation.

This ought to have begun at the 6 Point and Saturn, but we saw that the axial alignment required, symbolised in the Centaur in whose single body two ‘hemispheres’ are harmonised, did not take place. Arriving at the 7th stage beyond the ‘borderline’ in such a condition made it evident that a ‘crisis of adjustment’ might take place. The central figure was F2 with her capacity ‘to hold’, to remain ‘immobile’, both features of which are part of the creative, transformative process.

Two days after this ‘seeing’, there was another revelation regarding the 7th race/stage but which I did not understand at the time for reasons that became clear later on. On 19 September, in the early hours of the morning just before leaving for the racing venue where the filly’s 7th was to be held on the 22nd, I had the following dream:

 

I was with a man and a young woman. We went into a stationary car, a convertible. The top was down. The three of us sat in the back seat, – myself, the gentleman, and the young woman, in this order. I do not know who the driver was to be, he was not present; nor do I recall who these two people were. These details may have been known, but they seem to have been blotted out by the dramatic scene to follow.

When we were seated and ready to set off, a white horse (technically known as a grey) came cantering up to the car from my side, the left. He quickly reached us and instead of stopping, he leapt up into the air above the open-top car, turned on his side and came down on the three of us. I ‘felt’ the impact lightly by his head and shoulders, the portion which came down on me, while the gentleman beside me received the middle portion. But the impact was entirely muted, if I may use the word. It was as if a cloud had come down and not a 600-kilo horse. However, I said to the gentleman seated beside me when we got out of the car that surely the young woman was ‘finished’ since she had received all the impact of the largest portion, the quarters. But in the commotion that ensued, I was told that nothing had happened to her.

                              

Needless to say, such a dream just before leaving for a race seemed ominous. At the same time, I analysed the dream and since I could not recognise any of the participants, above all the horse which was a grey, I concluded that it was ‘symbolic’ and not previsionary. The salient points seemed to be the vulnerability indicated by the open-top car, and no control by any of us; the car was to be driven by a driver though he was not present. But this surely had no bearing on the forthcoming race.

There was a third element injected into the affair. The day before leaving I received a letter from abroad. It informed me that Julie Krone, America’s top female jockey, had had an accident (30 August). Her ankle was smashed. She would be out of racing for a year. My interest in this very fine jockey was stimulated by an article sent to me a month earlier when she won the Belmont Stakes. Hence friends who knew sent me her news. They related only that her ankle was smashed, nothing more.

On 22nd September, I reached the racing venue just as the race was to begin. I met the trainer and jockey Eve, attired in my racing colours, orange and gold, in the paddock as the horses were being paraded, F2 among them. The trainer gave the jockey instructions in my presence, after which I left the paddock while the jockey was still talking to the trainer. But as I stepped out of the paddock, something made me turn around and walk back in. I went up to the jockey, still with the trainer, and said, ‘I want to see you mount’.

The other jockeys were beginning to mount for the race. Jockey Eve went up to the filly and was given a leg-up. Then the drama began right before me, the stewards and the other officials, and before the public. F2 reared slightly when Eve sat in the saddle. This was not unusual and Eve paid no attention. But the syce became nervous and yanked down on the lead he was holding. As Eve was in the saddle and starting to put her feet in the stirrups, his action caused the filly to rear once more. He yanked again, and again, and again. And with each pull downward the filly reared higher and higher, never touching the ground. But still he did not understand his mistake. The final yank caused the filly to lose balance and keel over, falling on her back. Eve was still on her, crushed beneath.

There was a moment of suspension, it seemed. No one moved, not even the filly who had her four legs in the air and the rider under her! She was clearly trying to figure out how she was going to get up without having to step on the jockey (horses will do their utmost to avoid trampling a person). No one could approach. No one could help. All was in the hands – or rather, hoofs – of F2. And divine Providence.

In such a case, in the excitement of the paddock before a large gathering and the nervous atmosphere that precedes a race, the filly herself ought to have panicked, in which case she would be seen flaying her legs about and thereby keeping all at bay and any help that might be possible. But for some reason she did not panic. She wriggled somewhat and made her move. She threw her legs to one side, Eve underneath her 600 kilos all the time, and pushed herself up. One hoof was planted right on Eve’s chest, right over her heart. The crowd gasped. Everyone thought she was finished.

At that moment I remembered my dream. I said to the trainer, ‘she’ll be all right’. It was clear: the man in my dream was the trainer, the girl was jockey Eve. The stationary car meant an accident before the race.

As soon as the filly was up, officials, doctors, trainers rushed to the jockey, all convinced her vital organs were smashed. It had to be. The filly came down on her chest. How could her ribs withstand the impact?

But no, Eve pulled herself up somewhat and pointed to her ankle. The problem was there, just like Julie Krone.

After ridding herself of Eve in this dramatic fashion, F2 was resaddled; another jockey took over and she placed 4th. This was her first run after a gap of three months and was meant to be easy to make sure her physical could withstand the rigours of a race.

As for Eve, before long it was known that her injury was minor. It was not her ankle as such that had been fractured. It was only the fibula, sometimes called the useless bone because it bears no weight. Apart from this, there was also a tiny chip on the tibia, so small that not even a screw could be inserted to secure it in place. Nothing more. Even the spot where the hoof had come down bore only the slightest trace of a bruise, almost as if to confirm that indeed a 600kg horse had pulled herself up from the ground with one hoof planted right there; because as far as Eve was concerned, she had not even lost her breath, so light was the pressure. F2 is skittish, similar to many youngsters of her breeding, very finely tuned and somewhat high strung like most Thoroughbreds. Therefore, her sudden composure left us amazed. The injury was not actually caused by the weight falling on Eve, but somehow her leg got twisted when falling, though her feet were not in the stirrups. The ankle was missed by a mere centimetre or two. Otherwise, according to the doctor, her fate would have been similar to Krone’s: many months laid up, perhaps even a year.

But nothing of this transpired. There was, I repeat, a palpable control over every detail of this ‘accident’. The impression it left was as if a very great power of harmony permeated everything. It was more like a dance than an accident. True, my dream had forewarned me that nothing serious would happen, but the problem with accidents and what causes real damage is precisely the panic pervading the atmosphere. This space does not permit a lengthy discussion of the nature of accidents. Suffice to say that if a centre holds the process together, as it were, even a potentially fatal accident such as Eve’s can be ‘harmonised’. While witnessing the scene I realised why I was driven back into the paddock to be close at hand for the event. A conscious poise of immobility is the mechanism which permits the Power of Harmony to operate, to put each thing in its place, but with only minimal damage, if at all it can be called that. Indeed, this is the point we must stress. A centre that ‘holds’ does not produce accidents – a word which is the antithesis of control. Accidents come to pass in a lesser world, within the parameters of the old creation. They do not occur in the new creation.

The difference is between cosmos and chaos. When energies are not centrally held in orbit of an axis, then in that uncontrolled play in the periphery anything is possible at any given moment. But this too has to be clarified. Anything can happen has a specific meaning: any ‘asteroid’ can enter the system and create havoc, – and then exit once more. The point I wish to make is precisely the question of forces operating outside the boundary of that particular destiny and which can find access into the destiny-system (of an individual or a collectivity) because of gaps in the structure due to a lack of integrality or sphericality.

Thus, forces operate from outside, press into, find an opening, and then do their deeds, whatever these may be, positive or negative; in any case, it is all ‘relative’. Whatever the action, it is relative and not absolute, thus even negative or positive in such a world is meaningless. Nothing is in its place because nothing holds the energy to itself. At the centre lies a void, devoid of that crucial axis which permits a centrally-based action. Unlike an asteroid (force) entering the systems of the old creation from beyond, so to speak, and creating havoc in a field characterised by chaos, in the new creation all action is centrally impelled. Thus, if an ‘asteroid’ does gain access, and in the early stages of this transitional period the world is experiencing this is still possible, that force encounters the Power of Harmony attracting and repelling; by which mechanism such forces are ‘put in place’ along with all the rest. Or else rejected, expelled from the System. Whatever the case, the most important aspect to bear in mind is that negative or positive, all serve the purposes of the One, centre of the cosmos, axis mundi in the deepest sense of the term.

To be even more specific, let us juxtapose Eve’s ‘accident’ and Julie Krone’s. But to make the comparison even more convincing, I must mention that shortly after returning to the farm-source when the details of Eve’s convalescence had been worked out, the mail awaiting me contained an article from The New York Times of 21 September, on Julie Krone’s accident. I quote the relevant portion:

 

Julie Krone can talk about it now, now that the danger has passed from a 1,200-pound horse hitting her directly above the heart, now that she has survived a cardiac contusion through the help of a 2-pound vest.

         ‘It was a breath-taking force,’ she recalled. ‘But at the time, I could feel the vest protecting me.’

            The tough little jockey met the press yesterday for the first time since Aug. 30 when she tumbled off her horse at Saratoga. Dr Frank Ariosta…who put her right ankle together in two complicated operations, has assured her she will ride again…And the two of them agreed that the accident could have been worse, much worse…’

 

The similarity between the experiences was total. Any qualification such as ‘coincidence’ is futile and simply serves as a distraction. Both were female jockeys; both suffered accidents, and within 22 days of each other; both had right-ankle injuries; both had a horse step on their chests, right over their hearts. The difference lies in the consequences, along with the mechanisms obtaining for each jockey. The anatomy of the two explains in full why Krone is laid up for six months and more, and Eve is right now, after only six weeks, riding again and preparing to return to the track. Krone’s accident was a veritable, authentic accident; while Eve’s was an ‘accident’. That is, it formed a part of a supramental process and as such it was entirely controlled, harmonised, utilised for the purposes of the One.

Even the dream sequence prior to the race was ‘controlled’. None of the figures were recognisable. For had I been able to do so I certainly would have concentrated on the race and taken some decisions according to its portents. But recognition was purposely withheld. This brings to the fore another aspect of destiny: we cannot interfere, rightly speaking, with destiny by way of prevision unless that prevision is a part of the unfolding of that destiny. In other words, I could not have known who the characters in the dream were precisely because had I known I would have interfered. Yet, prevision of the outcome was ‘willed’ and served me well in that crucial moment in the paddock. It helped to ‘hold together’, to create the right atmosphere for the power of harmony to operate. Immobility was essential. No panic. Perfect equanimity. This condition was made possible in large part by the dream.

There is another aspect we must note. Krone’s accident was also ‘held together’, as it were. It also formed a part of a system. But this was individual, limited, contained within the boundaries of her personal destiny disconnected in its essentiality from everything else. If she was saved and did not suffer fatal injuries, the more religious might view the matter as the grace of God: God saved Julie Krone. But to be precise, God did not save Krone. She saved herself. Whereas ‘god’ did indeed ‘save’ Eve.

Within the boundaries of the old creation, with the limited perspective its horizons permit, this may appear blasphemous. We may consider that where chaos is found only the divine Grace can ‘save’. Actually this is a fallacy. Yet religions throughout the Age of Pisces have thrived because of this assumption. We are victims of fate, therefore we must implore the help of God and his intermediaries (the priests) in order to mitigate the blows an unpredictable fate (chaos) must surely offer. However, in such a condition of misalignment there is no possibility of ‘grace’ saving the day, in the sense that we understand the term. The divine Power is limited, entirely constrained by the off-centre alignment of the human instrument. Whatever the case, the individual is crucial. The instrument is the key feature of material creation, or the field wherein the Supreme Principle materialises itself. Everything converges there, on the individual. The Supramental Shakti operates within creation according to laws inherent in the creative process which she herself set in motion and supports in its eternal manifestation. To render these obsolete would mean that there is no sense to a material manifestation, no purpose. Hence, the Mother was emphatic on this point: If there were no determinism in every detail, there would be no ‘sense’ to creation. On 31 January 1970, she discussed the matter with a disciple, having reached this conclusion after years of yoga, realisation, ‘seeing’:

 

‘You know, my child, more and more and in an absolute way, I see – I see – yes, I see, I feel: everything has been decided.

‘And everything has its reason for existence, which eludes us because our vision is not wide enough.

‘And you understand, life, existence, indeed the world itself would have no sense if it were otherwise.

‘It is a kind of absolute conviction. And I see it. Yes, it is a thing I see.’

 

The disciple then asks if that Consciousness one can understand might govern the vast and the eternal, ‘but does it govern all in all the small details?’ To this the Mother replies, ‘In the microscopic.’ She continues,

 

‘…the individual consciousness, even when it is very wide, is not able to realise, that is to say, understand concretely, that it is possible to become conscious of all at the same time. For it is not of that kind. It has just the difficulty of understanding that the Consciousness is conscious of all at the same time, all together, in its totality and in the smallest detail…’ (The Mother’s Agenda, Volume 11, 1970)

 

In this analysis I wish to clarify the implications of the Mother’s rather startling disclosures, since they appear to contradict the objectives of yoga which are to make one ‘free’, ‘master of one’s fate’, rid of ‘karma’, and so forth. According to the Mother’s experience, the deeper one penetrates the clearer it is that ‘everything has been decided’, even the ‘microscopic details’. We seem to be faced here with another ‘paradox’.

Yet, as explained above, the human creature cannot expect ‘God’ to help. One can only help oneself. Thus, we have stated that the only true and real freedom lies in the freedom to choose to move up the ladder to the new, wider, and conscious condition of being, and thus to allow the Divine to use that instrument for the manifestation of cosmos. Or, we can remain in our present misaligned structure which limits the Power insofar as the instrument cannot withstand the impact, lacking as it does a centred axial structure.

It is only the centred operation that permits the Divine to control, to harmonise, to put each thing in place, to utilise the individual for the expression of the Supreme’s Freedom and Harmony and Truth. Not our own ‘truth’. The Supreme’s, the Absolute’s.

What ‘saved’ Krone were the boundaries of her own destiny and nothing more. Within that there was a ‘weak’ force operating, to borrow the term from physics, which could mitigate only within that limited boundary. There is no contradiction since within that boundary ‘everything is known, determined’ – even in the smallest detail. But only within the periphery of her destiny. Thus, knowing that parameter we could ‘predict’ Krone’s salvation. But with the wider vision we could also declare that nothing was permitted to enter that system, enclosed within itself, centreless, since there was no area of access.

Our universe is a cosmos because the First Cause was a centre, a perfect alignment. The new cosmology seeks to describe the mechanism or process both to bring a centre into being as well as to discover the method whereby each human being can ‘become the Sun’, to borrow the Vedic injunction. Indeed, in the Vedic Age this realisation, mechanism, process, anatomy of creation was known. It was also known that praying to a God outside to act as saviour was an illusion, if at all such a situation was even contemplated (some of our readers may recall that the Toltec master, don Juan, made similar declarations to his pupil, Carlos Castaneda, when he ridiculed the latter’s sentimental attachment to ‘God’, whom don Juan called simply the mould of man). For the Vedic Seer everything was founded on the realisation of Skambha. The journey was undertaken to carry the seeker into those innermost universes where Agni could be established as the purohit, or the priest officiating over the sacrifice. This Purohit was an inner reality. Each one had to become that power, realise or unveil its function; and from this centremost Point move through the corridors of creation in conquest of the Summit, victorious over each and every pani, or hostile force, met along the way.

This same ‘journey’ is now, today, being undertaken not merely by an individual or even a group of individuals. It is the Earth herself who is engaged. Thus it is that we say, a new world is being born, the Earth is giving birth, as in the Puranic myth, to the 4th, or Mars, or Agni.

 

Blessed are the Lesser, for they can BE

 

In this particular experiment animals, particularly the Horse, are used. This is because being creatures of the lower hemisphere, shall we say, they are not disturbed in their instrumentation by the proclivities of a mentally-poised species such as the human. Problems arise when we move up the ladder somewhat, when we begin to experience something of that divine light, but not the fullest Light. Then concepts such as freedom, free will and the like suffer from the limitations such a partial vision imposes. It is only when the time arrives for a progress such as the Earth is experiencing today, in this 9th Manifestation that we can begin to understand our limitations and shed the baggage accumulated over the ages of wrong perceptions based on this instrumental inadequacy.

The animal is not hampered in this way. His only limitation is due to the position he occupies on the scale of creation which places him under the human. But this describes a linear assessment and not spherical. In the latter there is no question of higher and lower. There is a total equality based on equal participation; or rather, equal instrumentation: everything is the Divine, a channel for the Divine Play in creation. Indeed, the animal is more fortunate. He does not have to grapple with Mind at all. This does not mean he is not ‘intelligent’ – for this notion, in particular regarding the horse, is meaningless. What it means is that the Power works directly through the vital and physical centres without the interference of Mind. Hence the action is as pure as we are describing in these pages regarding F2’s participation and her ‘ruthlessness’. She cast Eve off her back simply because Eve was not properly aligned to serve the purposes of that One which F2 can serve faithfully and inconspicuously, with the least damage and interference.

When it was clear that Eve could not handle the energy release, F2 would not allow her to take her in even one more race. Whereas, she peacefully, obediently allowed the second rider to mount and behaved admirably thereafter, once she had put ‘each thing in its place’. For the fact is that the second rider was not involved in the process like Eve and hence he would not interfere. He was ‘centred’ in his own human way, or like every other human being – that is, there and rooted in the action of the moment. The reason may be banal, mundane – ambition, for example – but he was there. Whereas Eve was elsewhere. She belonged to another ‘system’ and when the linchpin of that system was removed, she was thrown after it! She did not race again at that centre once Adam had stepped out. F2 saw to it that Eve would follow. Such are the actions of the Impeccable Warrior.

The final outcome of this Biblical foray, or the female/male adventure within the contours of the old creation, was loss, waste, – or at least so it would seem in terms of the racing experience. Eve is nursing her wounds, while the fillies, F1 and F2, had to suffer the humiliation of demotion: F1 back to Class IV, and F2 to Class VA. At the same time, both were saddled with top weights in the handicaps of the lower classes in which they found themselves, and the saga goes on. F2 completed the first ennead with a heavy handicap/karma; she would have to work this off somehow during the next round. We would have to make up the lost ground, and for this she would have to draw to herself those elements which might help her to recuperate and to redeem herself. Physically she was nearing a peak. The new trainer was bringing her on slowly and carefully. The results were positive. But there was more to do. A new chapter was opening just as the new ennead had also begun. The fillies were still in their pleasant stables, still rooted in the process and central to it all.

 

Survival and affirmation in a hostile world

 

Determinism in every detail was obvious in Eve’s fall and salvation. Without the presence of a centre in the paddock, the centimetre miss which ‘saved’ her ankle, the light pressure of the filly’s hoof which left her heart intact could not have taken place. It would have been a question of ‘destiny’, – i.e., chaos. Julie Krone relied totally on human aids – for example, the jockey’s vest she wore which in her opinion saved her. Entirely true. But even this is significant in terms of our analysis. We do, as humans relying on our own mental devices, require aids for protection. Without that Julie Krone would probably have died. But Eve demonstrated a new power at work.

The Mother spoke of this power toward the end of her life. She was occupied with the problem of protection for the new creation. She knew there would have to be a method to secure its survival while in infancy insofar as there is only one field in which to plant the seed, and that is the soil of the Earth. But this soil is already polluted; or shall we say, the field is occupied and there is no other, no other ‘space’ for the new to arise. Thus, it is obliged to take shape here in the midst of a hostile world, similar to the terrain the Aryan warrior of old had to cross en route to the Mountaintop. Therefore the Mother knew that concurrent with planting that Seed, a ‘power’ would have to manifest to accompany its growth and assure its protection. She located the operation in the vital, truly the energy base of the Warrior, that it was a power manifesting from or in that plane – and she connected it to the Power of Love.

In these pages I have provided details of just how that Power the Mother anticipated operates. I have centred the discussion on the Horse, supreme symbol of the Vital, of the Hero, of Agni, in a further demonstration of the symbol is the thing symbolised.

The key to a supramental creation is freedom, for which reason the present human species in transition to a higher status is so obsessed with the concept and its establishment in society. It is one’s ‘unalienable right’. But I have demonstrated in this analysis that such freedom, any freedom, is an illusion. There is only one true freedom: the Supreme’s.

The significance of the Supreme’s freedom concerns the laws by virtue of which the Divine Shakti can or cannot manifest through the material instrument, or even the vital and the mental in the other intermediate planes of existence. In the human mental creation, as I have explained earlier, there is virtually no freedom for the Consciousness to operate. And this has a specific definition. To be bound by laws means a curtailment in the expression of the Supreme’s spontaneity. The next legitimate question is, What is spontaneity?

We have the two accidents under discussion for elucidation. The order in which they occurred is one important clue. The first, Julie Krone’s, set the broad lines for the second. Krone’s conformed to the laws of the human creation, – i.e., totally bound, unfree. The ‘power’ at work to save or not save was entirely determined by the parameters of Krone’s individual destiny. Hence, a necessary reliance on human aids such as the jockey’s vest. Those aids, the prowess of the other jockeys to avoid the dislodged rider, the horses’ natural instinct to avoid trampling a person, and so forth, are all indications of the episode following the normal laws of the species, without any higher intervention. Knowing those boundaries and that there can be nothing higher introduced makes it possible to predict the outcome of such a happening, provided one has access to certain facts. In many cases the horoscope can provide this information. But only partially. There could be no ‘intervention’ to complicate a reading of that nature because, as I have explained, there was no area of access and the field was too limited. That is, there was no possibility of spontaneity.

Nonetheless, this accident set the lines for the second, 22/23 days later. It also permits us to gauge the greater conscious participation in the second. There were certain key features which would have to be respected – or rather, repeated. These were mainly the right-ankle injury and the hoof on the heart, apart from the fact that both involved female jockeys, in itself an unusual circumstance to duplicate, especially in Asia. To make this nuclear experience valid there had to be the possibility of comparison, as it were. And for this, similarities between the two had to preclude the escape route of ‘coincidence’.

Thus, Krone’s which could not accommodate spontaneity, set the tone for the second from the outset. With these givens the Supramental Shakti had to ‘organise her manifestation’, in Sri Aurobindo’s words. That is, with the existence of a centre in the field of manifestation, the Shakti could have access to the procedure in that no ‘catastrophe’ would result. This merits some clarification before we proceed further.

If the centre does not exist at the heart of the endeavour, then the Divine Consciousness can of course ‘intervene’ – but the problem is that chaos prevails due to the lack of a holding axis. Thus, intervention in such a field would simply agitate those energies even more. More chaos, in other words. Hence clash, conflict, catastrophe. To use the great Puranic myth imagery, it would be as if the churning of the primordial ocean had taken place without Mt Meru as the central axis or ‘churning stick’, around which the churning took place as order, cosmos. If Mt Meru were eliminated, then we would have chaos leading to catastrophe and destruction.

For this reason the Supramental Shakti does not intervene directly in the lower levels of creation where Mind operates as regent or highest principle. To do so would create tremendous disorder. Consequently, the evolution under such conditions is slow and laborious and at times appears to grind to a halt. This is because there are pockets of energy knotted up along the way; and sometimes those ‘knots’ cannot be undone but must be cut out of the system. We witness then great upheavals in the life of society or the individual.

On the other hand, the moment the centre and axis come into being, time is accelerated. This means that what took eight Manifestations of 6480 years each to evolve, can now bear fruit in a matter of decades, unbelievable as it may seem. Time is never superseded, blotted out, eliminated, as many spiritualists and yogis would have us aspire for. It is simply accelerated, which is what the Churning of the Ocean myth foretells. A year becomes a day in the sense that the terrain covered is condensed, the pace is speeded up, as it were.

Thus, we cannot expect interventions before that centre and axis come into being for the sake of the survival of the species. The human consciousness prefers to view this as a divine compassion; but this is simply the human interpretation. There is no question of ‘compassion’ in the sense we mortals understand the term. It is rather self-preservation – but not of the human, rather the Divine. The Supreme Consciousness preserves her creative activity by regulating the Power according to the limits or boundaries of the field of operation. At the most, what can be done is to forge a certain protective shield to keep out interfering forces which may make ‘preservation’ more complex. But to alter the destiny in any substantial way is impossible. Hence the legendary ‘resignation’ of the Hindu. It is a civilisation which has seen and hence cannot act when it knows that action is an illusion. It is a nation nurtured by the words of Sri Krishna to the warrior Arjun, ‘Slay, because your opponents are already slain!’

Science as we know it today is entirely a product of the mental human species; that much is clear. It is bound by the same laws, limited in its perceptions by the same constraints of the instrument. In that arena to declare that the universe is merely a machine and that everything in this universe, including human evolution, is mechanically impelled and hence determined, and that therein ‘consciousness’ plays no part, is entirely true. But it is a ‘relative’ truth – hence Einstein easily revolutionised the world of science with his relativity theories. But that was a world seen through the eyes of the unfree scientist. Science of tomorrow is something else.

In the Rigveda we have an example of a civilisation which made a choice: it could follow the mechanical human path with its resultant ‘progress’, or the path of the Sun, to become the Sun. Clearly the ancient Seers had access to a source of knowledge which could have produced the technological and scientific marvels of our 20th Century thousands of years ago. But the hymns they left us reveal that the Seers understood the complexities of the problem just as we are analysing them here, and the futility of imprisoning oneself in the lesser, limited range which could never describe the true workings of the Divine Consciousness and hence the correct understanding of the creation, preservation and destruction of the world. To change anything one had to ‘become the Sun’ – ergo, forge a centre/axis. Nothing more.

Achieving that through alignment of the consciousness, the Supramental Shakti was then ‘free’ to use that embodiment as her direct instrument, with no intermediaries from the intervening planes such as the vital and the mental. Rather, that centre/axis would then hold those forces of the intermediate planes to itself in an orderly fashion, similar to a cosmos. And thus the Seer ‘became the Sun’. He was a light unto himself just like the Sun, a self-replenishing source with a generative capacity similar to the operations in the core of a sun.

With this centre/axis established in our nuclear equine experience, there was a channel for the Shakti to ‘organise her manifestation’ on Earth, as Sri Aurobindo had prophesied, and in each ‘microscopic detail’, to quote the Mother. As a further clarification, this equine experience has served to elucidate exactly what Sri Aurobindo meant when he communicated to the Mother after his passing that he would ‘return in a supramental body prepared in a supramental way’.

Since 1950, this statement has engendered unending speculation among disciples. The pathetic part is that none know what to look for, hence the prevalence of spiritually immature speculation and expectations. Indeed, as the equine experience reveals, there were perhaps 1000 witnesses to Eve’s fall on that momentous September Equinox of 1993. Yet none saw. At best some understood that they had witnessed a ‘miraculous escape’. But none knew, none saw the Divine in their midst.

The Supramental Shakti does not perform miracles. She does not need to. The miracle is the manifestation of the Supreme’s freedom and spontaneity. To have direct access to such a happening is the greatest blessing for the human creature today. The very fact that we are able to describe the operation in these analytical, clinical terms, with the precision of the new science, is indication that the work is done. The new world is born.

The field where Eve’s fall took place bore a centre and an axis. Hence the Supramental Shakti could operate through that channel without breaking laws which she herself gave rise to and continues to support. That field then provided a nuclear arena where the Supreme could express spontaneity amid freedom. We witnessed this in the organisation of the episode to fit it into Krone’s accident pattern. It is not that Krone’s determined the other, or that Krone’s was determined by this one. It was simply a spontaneous play of the Supramental Shakti to demonstrate the ‘organisation in every detail’ amid the ‘control’ for which she is renown; but at the same time, to supersede the mechanical character of the former. For this reason one of the principal objectives of the Yoga is plasticity of the being. Where there is rigidity we have a field ideal for the play of Purush and Prakriti and their mechanical displays; but not the Shiva/Shakti Ardhanarisvar which requires freedom and spontaneity.

With this background it becomes clearer why prediction is impossible in the new dispensation. For who could have predicted the delightful exploits of the Shakti on that Equinox day in South India? The human being cannot aspire to know such details. He or she can only align the individual consciousness-being in such a way as to be an instrument through which the Supramental Shakti manifests her Freedom and Spontaneity. F1 could not serve in this way once ‘crusts’ had formed and self-centredness set in, the bane of all humans. F2 was the perfect channel, the impeccable divine Warrior. And we were witness to it all.

We will leave the analysis here for the time being, while our saga of Horse, Woman and Man on the road to Supermanhood continues, ever faithful to Sri Aurobindo’s dictum, ‘All life is yoga’.

 

 

 

                                                                                                                           PN-B

 

 

Aeon Centre of Cosmology at Skambha

Deepavali, November of 1993

           

 

 

                         

 

Culture and Cosmos – 3, Part 3.2

One of the most important aspects of the new creation seeking to take shape in the world is something I have stressed time and again in my writings, in particular in this study, using the shadow-temple in Auroville as a symbol-example. It is growth, evolution, development from within in contrast to the titanic, exclusively rajasic formula of external impositions and development always fed by the periphery, by the play of circumstances, so to speak. The poise of growth from within Sri Aurobindo equates with the spiritual poise. The other is the materialistic. The following passage from his Letters on Yoga makes this clear:

 

‘…The churning of matter by the attempt of human intellect to conquer material Nature and use it for its purpose may break something of the passivity and inertia, but it is done for material ends, in a rajasic spirit, with a denial of spirituality as its mental basis. Such an attempt may end, seems indeed to be ending, in chaos and disintegration, while the new attempts at creation and reintegration seem to combine the obscure rigidity of material Nature with a resurgence of the barbaric brutality and violence of a half-animal vital Nature. How are the spiritual forces to deal with all that or make use of such a churning of the energies of the material universe? (CE, Volume …., page 5)

 

Sri Aurobindo seems to have been inspired in this letter by the same Churning of the Milky Ocean myth which has inspired our present discussion regarding the correct poise for the pursuit and the establishment of the more refined creation. In this letter his reference to the ‘barbaric brutality and violence of the half-animal vital Nature’, refers to the spread across Europe at the time of writing of fascistic forces, in particular the rise of Hitler in Germany and his brand of barbarism. He continues,

 

‘…The way of the Spirit is the way of peace and light and harmony; if it has to battle, it is precisely because of the presence of such forces which seek either to extinguish or to prevent the spiritual light. In the spiritual change inertia has to be replaced by the divine peace and calm, the rajasic troubled energy by a tranquil and potent, pure and liberated dynamis, while the mind must be kept plastic for the workings of a higher Light of knowledge. How will the activity of Materialism lend itself to that change?

‘Materialism can hardly be spiritual in its basis, because its basic method is just the opposite of the spiritual way of doing things. The spiritual works from within outward, the way of materialism is to work from out inwards. It makes the inner a result of the outer, fundamentally a phenomenon of Matter and it works upon that view of things…’ (Ibid, pages 5-6.)

 

I have discussed extensively the question of the predominance of the rajas guna in the Titanic Superman and the western poise of consciousness in the last issue of -. Indeed, similar to the model I used of the Churning Myth, that Sri Aurobindo should have employed the same symbol to describe the first stirrings in the world which the descent of a higher light was producing, should not surprise us since it is precisely a question of ‘churning’ those material energies which make up our world. The point is that a new creation cannot be a return to the past, as he himself made clear in the portion from The Human Cycle which I reproduced in the last TVN, 8/3. That is, we cannot return to the same poise enjoyed by the Rishis of old with perhaps an exclusive emphasis on the spiritual and a disregard for all things material; though we know that there was a more integrated, unified principle illuminating their consciousness than what the Earth has seen for the past 2000 and more years. In this letter to a disciple, and elsewhere in his writings, Sri Aurobindo discusses the cycles of human evolution and the descent and ascent of the Divine Consciousness through the various layers of universal existence, from the most subtle to the most dense and material. In his Letters on Yoga (page 4) he states that ‘…it is only by the divine use of the pressure of contraries and an intervention from above that there will be the spiritual outcome.’ By the latter Sri Aurobindo means the divinisation of Earth life which is now solely under the rule of the ‘unspiritual’ elements in society, and the re-conquering of the material dimension by this higher Light.

In this portion of the study we shall discover what Sri Aurobindo means by a ‘divine use of contraries’, as well as ‘an intervention from above’, for both are pertinent in the context of today’s great churning.

Indeed, the balance we seek and which will make of our world truly a divine habitation is a new light and power which produces a pressure in a particular area that has become the exclusive preserve of the so-called materialist. This has come to pass not solely by a conquest of the rajasic temperament of this domain but rather by a tamasic recoil or abandonment by the spiritualist. Thus, the realm where that ‘pressure of contraries’ is experienced is the area of the Becoming – or, to put it in other terms, the play of the periphery. The problem the Earth faces, which we may call a crisis of evolution, is the dichotomy wherein a severance between the Being and this Becoming exists. That is, the bridge has not fully manifested which closes the gap between the two. When this bridge is fully operational then Sri Aurobindo’s prophesied emergence of ‘Supermind’s organisation for Earth use’ will become clear. Then the contraries are harmonised and the Being and the Becoming are no longer antagonists but complementary poises. The Being is as it were the centre of the circle, while the periphery is the Becoming. In the latter Supermind is the principle which draws all the elements of that circle/periphery into the cosmos of which the Being is the central, luminous Sun of Truth-Consciousness.

 

The role of Gnostic Time as Integrator

 

In the opening lines of the final chapter of his The Synthesis of Yoga, entitled ‘Towards the Supramental Time Vision’, Sri Aurobindo has emphasised the difference between a mental knowing and knowledge by identity and oneness which is the characteristic of the Supermind. At the same time, he has highlighted the capacity of the Supermind to heal the divisions and provide us with a harmonised time-vision wherein the timeless and time are not divided and mutually antagonistic. Rather, it is a simultaneous vision, akin to what I have called simultaneous time.

 

‘All being, consciousness, knowledge moves, secretly for our present surface awareness, openly when we rise beyond it to the spiritual and supramental ranges, between two states and powers of existence, that of the timeless Infinite and that of the Infinite deploying in itself and organising all things in time. These two states are opposed to and incompatible with each other only for our mental logic with its constant embarrassed stumbling around a false conception of contradictions and a confronting of eternal opposites. In reality, as we find when we see things with a knowledge founded on the supramental identity and vision and think with the great, profound and flexible logic proper to that knowledge, the two are only coexistent and concurrent status and movement of the same truth of the Infinite. (CE, Volume 20, page 853.)

 

The evolution depends for its unfolding on time. Therefore in order to graduate to another higher state of being as a species, it is important to grasp the implications of what Sri Aurobindo has written in this regard, and in particular its relevance for the Earth. It will then become clear why, from time immemorial, sages and seers have laboured to attain a wider and more illumined time-vision, what has been called in the ancient tradition in India, trikāladrishti, or the vision of the three times, similar to simultaneous time. It is singularly relevant to the Earth because it is here that this process can be carried out with the allegiance of Time itself, – Time as an ally, as creator and not merely destroyer, a consumer of energy which organic evolution feeds to it through the play of the gunas and the creation, preservation and destruction of the worlds.

Indeed, this evolutionary process is restricted to the Earth in our solar system, given its position in the third orbit from the Sun. It is thus the specific purpose of the planet within the system. The Earth itself is therefore that bridge, similar to the Third Power of the Solar Line who is entrusted with the task of constructing that bridge or drawing the Truth-Consciousness down and into the soil of this Earth-plane and rooting it here. This means that Supermind is able then to organise its own manifestation here, making use of the diversified elements of our universal existence. The Bridge constructed means that the Descent – from above, so to speak, – and the ascent from below have joined and the proverbial marriage of Heaven and Earth, prophesied by St John in his Revelation, the last book of the New Testament, along with other prophets of ancient and modern times, has occurred.

It is in this context that the disclosure of the Capricorn symbol superimposed on the actual landmass of the Indian subcontinent assumes tremendous importance. For if the manifestation of the Supermind is a fact of evolution, as Sri Aurobindo has explained time and again throughout his writings, then we cannot remain satisfied with simply an individual breakthrough. In some way the entire species, as well as the full comity of nations, must join in the endeavour or somehow be touched by the new light of the truth-conscious Sun. Therefore, when the symbol-sign Capricorn ‘descends’ and is seen to be a specific segment of the planet’s body, it is evident that the higher knowledge captured in the 12 zodiacal symbols from time immemorial, the tenth of which tradition holds to be the ‘ruler’ of India, itself is undergoing a transformation. Something of its deepest truth is beginning to emerge from behind the veils of the ages. A new face of itself is revealed.

Practically this means that the symbol Capricorn,for the first time in our period of recorded history at least, is measured on the surface of the planet and its unveiling is an indication that the gateway to the Vedic swar, which it has always represented, is to be found on Earth and not in a dimension somehow removed from this material manifestation.

The importance in this revelation is perhaps not easily appreciated by those who have not acquired a deep understanding of Sri Aurobindo’s work and its revolutionary significance for the evolving consciousness of the human species and its societies and civilisations. Sri Aurobindo continuously emphasised the fact that this manifestation had to impact the entire evolutionary process, though in the beginning ‘…it is ourselves that we have to transform and change the earth-consciousness by bringing the supramental principle into the evolution there’. But, he continues, ‘…Once there it will necessarily have a powerful influence on the whole of earth-life’… (Letters on Yoga, page 15) In another letter to a disciple he states,

 

‘…It would not be possible to change all that in a moment – we have always said that the whole of humanity will not change the moment there is the Descent. But what can be done is to establish the higher principle in the earth-consciousness in such a way that it will remain and go on strengthening and spreading itself in the earth-life. That is how a new principle in the evolution must necessarily work.’ (Ibid, page 14, emphasis mine.)

 

Sri Aurobindo wrote these letters in the late 1920s and throughout the 1930s. Therefore he was continuously referring to a future happening; and though he understood through the ‘profound…logic proper to that knowledge’, through the realisation he had of the Truth-Consciousness the manner in which this ‘new principle’ had to work, he was quite adamant that it was not possible for him to predict exactly the way in which this power would operate:

 

What the supramental will do the mind cannot foresee or lay down. The mind is ignorance seeking for Truth, the supramental by its very definition is the Truth-Consciousness, Truth in possession of itself and fulfilling itself by its own powers… But what, how, by what degrees it will do it, is a thing that ought not to be said now – when the Light is there, the Light itself will do its work – when the supramental Will stands on earth, that Will will decide.’ (Ibid, page 13, emphasis mine.)

 

Interestingly, these two elements he mentions – the Light and the Will – as carrying the Supramental Descent into its operational stage in the Earth evolution, are precisely the key elements by virtue of whose appearance in the Work we are allowed to appreciate the lines the Manifestation would take but which in Sri Aurobindo’s time were not yet in evidence. Inasmuch as the Powers had to become rooted in the soil of the evolution by Time’s alliance through the birth process, and that this would be completed only by and through his own passing whereby that ‘incarnate Will’, or the 4th Principle of the solar Line, would return to Earth transmuting the Transcendent (9) into the Immanent (0/1), it is evident that in the 1930s half of the work remained an unknown quantity.

Nonetheless, the broad lines, or the logic proper to the knowledge, allowed Sri Aurobindo to know with great precision in what way his work was not a repetition of past or present spiritual achievements, and the specific characteristics of that newness and its impact on the evolution of consciousness.

 

‘Evolution takes place on the earth and therefore the earth is the proper field for progression. The beings of the other worlds do not progress from one world to another. They remain fixed in their own type.

‘The purely monistic Vedantist says, all is Brahman, life is a dream, an unreality, only Brahman exists. One has Nirvana or Mukti, then one lives only till the body falls – after that there is no such thing as life.

‘They do not believe in transformation, because mind, life and body are an ignorance, an illusion – the only reality is the featureless relationless Self or Brahman. Life is a thing of relations; in the pure Self, all life and relations disappear. What would be the use or the possibility of transforming an illusion that can never be anything else (however transformed) than an illusion? There is no such thing for them as a “Nirvanic life”…

‘What has to be overcome is the opposition of the Ignorance that does not want the transformation of the nature. If that can be overcome, then the old spiritual ideas will not form an obstacle.

‘It is not intended to supramentalise humanity at large, but to establish the principle of the supramental consciousness in the earth-evolution. If that is done, all that is needed will be evolved by the supramental Power itself. It is not therefore important that the mission should be widespread. What is important is that the thing should be done at all in however small a number; that is the only difficulty.’ (Ibid, page 11.)

 

In addition to the above, Sri Aurobindo often wrote of a nucleus, a centre where this principle would establish itself. Once thus established, its influence would necessarily spread precisely because it had, through this nuclear activity, become rooted in a critical point which might then affect the larger body. But this action is not a chance occurrence. Sri Aurobindo was aware that there would be certain laws, a certain organisation of the Supermind whereby its influence might be able to spread from the nucleus to the periphery. In fact, from the earliest days of his Yoga he had revealed that the Sun was the ‘symbol of the Supermind’, echoing the call of the ancient Rishis of the Vedic Age ‘to become the Sun’. Indeed, the language of symbols helps us to understand as well as to be able to implement Sri Aurobindo’s call for these laws and this ‘organisation’ to manifest whereby from the centre the influence of the new Principle would spread to the larger boundary of the circle. Thus, from time immemorial astrology, and later astronomy, adopted a symbol for the Sun which in itself explains the process accurately:

We note that at the centre stands the Point. Or the 0/1, and circumscribing it is the periphery which is drawn into the cosmos of this central Principle by virtue of the powers, 9, 6, and 3. The latter in turn are geometrically symbolised by the Triangle, the first ‘form’ to arise out of the circle.

In this simple manner, by this simple equation – 9/6/3-0/1 – the periphery where the ‘pressure of contraries’ is felt is organised, or transformed by the new principle operating in the Earth evolution, from chaos to cosmos, or disorder into Harmony. A blending of the Unity and the Multiplicity by powers inherent in the Being and the Becoming.

Rest and motion are key words of the new manifestation of the Supermind. Stasis has been the preferred poise of consciousness for the old spirituality after the Vedic Age. Consequently, Sri Aurobindo has always stressed the dynamic quality of the Truth-Consciousness and that in this area its revolutionary character is perceived. And when we emphasise dynamics or motion per force Time enters the scheme of things. Thus, the above equation provides the key by which we can monitor the action of the new principle in the evolution via the yardstick universally employed today to measure the flow of time on Earth, the calendar. I have provided sufficient proof of the operation in the birth data of the members of the Solar and Lunar Lines, and from there in countless other happenings. There can be no doubt but that the equation 9/6/3-0/1 is the great key to the ‘organisation of Supermind for Earth use’, which Sri Aurobindo informed us would be a most important attainment in his work.

But when we speak of dynamics the gunas also become prominent in the discussion. Hence the importance of the Capricorn revelation, a symbol which depicts the harmonious interaction of the gunas and roots this dynamic principle in the very soil of the Earth, in the Indian subcontinental landmass.

 

Bengal in Capricorn: transformation of Tamas

 

As an appendix to this study I have reproduced a letter in its almost complete form which Sri Aurobindo wrote to his brother, Barin, in April of 1920. Its contents are valuable for students of the New Way in that Sri Aurobindo has traced the broad lines his work would take, the difference between his yoga and all the rest, and the role and condition of Bengal in the scheme of things. In this regard, he states that Bengal is the centre of his work. Given the course his work took, it would appear that this emphatic statement, made from Pondicherry where Sri Aurobindo had by then already established the seat of his work, was not correct. But in fact, as we are in a position to prove by the aid of the new cosmology, Bengal, in the deepest and most significant occult sense, was and indeed remained the ‘centre’ of his work throughout his lifetime until the time of his rebirth. It is precisely the latter that provides the conclusive proof of the truth of this statement. Equally, we have the Capricorn symbol-map wherein the three gunas are integrated in the body of Mother India for further proof.

The portion that draws our attention now, in relation to Sri Aurobindo’s apparently erroneous statement, is the tamas segment, precisely the area of the symbol-map covering all of Bengal. Further, it can be appreciated that this is the portion of the hieroglyph where a shift occurs, a turning back and upon itself of the movement of this energy. However we wish to interpret this symbol, be it as the conventional ‘tail of the Goat-Fish’, or whatever, one thing is more than clear: In the movement of the gunas from rajas in the northwestern section of India, or sattwa in the middle portion, and then tamas in the east, there is a reversal of sorts in the east where Bengal is located. The movement which was proceeding eastward in a clearly defined sequence, turns back and in terms of energy it is a thrust into the system once again from where it had emerged. In other words, this denotes a self-contained system such as a solar system or a galaxy. Or else, the self-contained private cosmos of the individual incarnation. In indicates, in a word, a centre.

The question of self-containment does not conflict with the premise of an eternally renewing source and the flow of the gunas in a constant process of mutation of energy. For it is only the Capricorn hieroglyph of the twelve that indicates this containment and a turn back upon itself after the three gunas have had their play. This is because the glyph indicates a centre, more precisely the centre of the Earth; to be more precise, its incarnate soul. And this, on the map, is India. It is only in the true centre that this self-containment, which does not mean a collapse of energy in and upon itself, can manifest. And this is possible because of skambha, the Point that ‘fills the void’, thus precluding any collapse of energy.

At the same time, the Capricorn hieroglyph refers to the Third Power and the Individual Divine in the higher harmony of life. By consequence, it indicates the individual status in the cosmic harmony. That is, each individual possessed of a soul is equally a centre with the potential for becoming a self-contained, ever-replenishing cosmos. The possibility of replenishment is the prerogative only of a perfect centre. It is the right of any human being who has realigned his or her consciousness so that centering occurs by virtue of which contact is made through the Point, innermost centre of the Centre, with Swar, or the location of that limitless Energy. This, in brief, describes the state of Immortality, apex of the Rigvedic quest and the goal of Sri Aurobindo’s supramental yoga.

The crucial element in the process concerns the transmutation of energy indicated by the hieroglyph in the tamas section. This, in turn, involves Bengal inasmuch as this guna corresponds to that area of the map. Consequently, it is apparent that Sri Aurobindo’s statement was deeply prophetic, especially when we realise that he was the incarnate Transcendent or the 9 in the cosmic scale, and thus the incarnate Time-Spirit par excellence. In terms of the cosmic Godheads, he was the incarnate Shiva in his full manifestation. That is, this Power may have had partial incarnations over the ages, but it is only in this 9th Manifestation of the full Round of 77,760 years that Shiva’s true form can incarnate – precisely because a full manifestation is demanded in order to complete a work proper to Shiva alone within the triad. This is the transformation of tamas, last of the gunas, even as Shiva is the last of the trinity along with Brahma and Vishnu. They form the creative triad of Creation, Preservation and Destruction – or Dissolution; or else, in another form of the same process, rajas, sattwa, tamas.

In the Puranas these Godheads sometimes appear competitive, especially the last two, Vishnu and Shiva, with their devotees often engaging in long exchanges seeking to establish who is the mightier, the greatest, the most important, the most auspicious, the Godhead at the root of all creative manifestation in the universe. At the same time, Vishnu is known to be the deity of whom the Ten Avatars of Hindu tradition are said to be emanations. In this sense, he too is the Time-Spirit. Or else, in the present instance, we have Sri Aurobindo, himself the 9th Avatar, clearly incarnating the power of Shiva in his full form. And yet, this 9th Avatar, is also Vishnu, by virtue of all the Avatars being his ‘emanations’.

This might appear a confusing state of affairs. But if we penetrate the true meaning of these designations and shifts from one to the other, or intermingling of one and the other – as Hari-Hara, the combination of both Vishnu and Shiva – the reason is clear. It is, once again, the cosmos which provides the answer. Especially the zodiacal sense captured in the 12 divisions of the ecliptic. Thus, the period when these Avatars incarnate on Earth is always Vishnu’s period in the zodiacal wheel of the passage of the 12 astrological ages. And these are precisely the four signs of Preservation, for indeed he is known as the God of Preservation or Sattwa. These signs/ages are Scorpio, Leo, Taurus and Aquarius. The latter being our actual Age and the time of Sri Aurobindo’s appearance as Shiva in terms of the role he must play and the work to be done, but still an ‘emanation’ of Vishnu in that it is during Vishnu’s periods that the Avatars appear. These four fixed signs also find mention prominently in an early Christian text, before astrology was deemed evil and blasphemous by the Roman Catholic Clergy. In St John’s Revelation, or Apocalypse, the four signs appear in their proper sequence as the Bull, the Lion, the Eagle (Scorpio’s higher form), and the Man. They are also seen as composite parts in certain renditions of sphinxes in different cultures, thus establishing the fact of a very ancient appreciation of the role of these particular four signs of the twelve. They are also mentioned specifically in the Rigveda, in hymns precisely to Vishnu.

Peace is the keyword of the transformation involving tamas. It indicates either death, – that is, a stillness in which movement ‘goes nowhere’, a stasis which by virtue of a severe contraction of consciousness, like a cosmic black hole, collapses upon itself and cannot renew itself. Or else, by a reverse mode, it expands uncontrollably until the nexus of consciousness is dissolved in a nirvanic extinguishing. In both cases we are dealing with a certain perversion of the cosmic process – or rather, incompletion. Indeed, this is the crux of the matter for which reason the revelation of the Capricorn symbol-map is so important: Swar, or ‘heaven’, is drawn down to Earth. What this means is simply that, as I have often explained in these pages, the quarter of the celestial/zodiacal wheel beginning with Capricorn has become swallowed up (in terms of the energy it represents or contains) by this perversion and black-hole collapse. Its energy was not accessible to the Earth for the attainment here of that ever-replenished condition of Immortality.

The important work of the 9th Avatar is therefore the opening up of that Source; or rather, making that Energy available to an evolving humanity on Earth. Clearly this is a complex work for it involves, above all else, the fashioning, or better, re-fashioning of the instrument which acts as a vessel to contain this Energy. When I write as I have in Volume 3 and in VISHAAL of a binary creation as the description of the actual human species, and the progression we are experiencing to a unitary condition, it is this critical shift that is meant, whereby the vessel is transformed to be able to receive and contain that increase.

All the signs of the last quarter of the zodiacal wheel describe the pure play of energy. Similarly, in The Magical Carousel I have described the transmutation in terms of energy. In the Aquarius chapter, our present astrological age, there is a sequence of veritable ‘shock treatments’ as it were, where the two main protagonists of the story undergo a special vibratory impact which alters their very cells, thus permitting their bodies to be the containers of this newly-released power, and to ‘return to Earth’ in this heightened fashion with the message of ‘oneness, of love’. Indeed, the very same message Savitri is commanded to bring ‘back to Earth’ after she has retrieved the soul of Satyavan from Death, according to Sri Aurobindo’s epic.

We have Sri Aurobindo’s own description of his mission, though this has escaped the scrutiny of scholars and disciples over the years. Most biographers when dealing with Sri Aurobindo’s early years are confronted with the difficulty of a blank, a void in terms of genuinely-accepted ‘spiritual’ experiences. Naturally these researchers would like to come upon some indication that from childhood Sri Aurobindo was marked for this great destiny and demonstrated this by certain ‘experiences’ right from his youth. But this is not entirely the case, or at least in a manner which would satisfy the conventional approach to spirituality and avatarhood. In addition, we have Sri Aurobindo’s own words explicitly stating that he was entirely engulfed in a most total ‘tamas’ throughout his youth, thus pre-empting any ardent devotee from attributing to him experiences which he did not have in the effort to present a believable testimony to his avatarhood. And yet, it is precisely the fact of this ‘descent of tamas’ upon him and his description thereof which provides the conclusive proof we need of not only his avatarhood but also of the specific quality and mission of that manifestation. He described the experience thus,

 

I was lying down one day when I suddenly saw a great darkness rushing into me and enveloping me and the whole universe.

After that I had a great TAMAS, darkness, always hanging on to me all along my stay in England. I believe that darkness had something to do with the tamas that came upon me. It left me only when I was coming back to India.

If people were to know all the truth about my life they would never believe that such a man could come to anything.

 

In terms of the mission Sri Aurobindo had come to accomplish, this apparently NEGATIVE experience was indeed the most auspicious for the world. It was then that Sri Aurobindo took upon himself the universal ‘darkness’ of the untransformed tamas guna, an aspect of which may be described as a ‘negative peace’.

This experience of tamas in his childhood, and another of Nirvana in the very early stage of his yoga which we shall discuss further on, were the hallmarks of his mission for the world, for the evolving human consciousness on its way to supramentalisation.

But if this cosmic, yogic language is abstruse and difficult to comprehend, there has been a simple method devised to transmit the same message of a transformation of tamas to a new mode of dynamic Peace. This is accomplished in the Puranic tales involving Shiva. Indeed, so exact is the description in the Puranas that I have been obliged to refer to them as documents of prophetic history. And interestingly, this is the only ‘history’ which captured the imagination and spirit of the ancient and medieval Indian mind. Notwithstanding the fact that India has been in possession of all the elements to permit an accurate documentation of her long, uninterrupted history, the contemporary scholar has had to contend with the unexplained fact of a meagre historic documentation in the terms acceptable to the western researcher. Yet the Puranas are history, but of an order which is pertinent only to India as centre or soul of the Earth and repository of the noble and difficult task of housing the process of transformation I am describing in these pages. The fulfilment of India as a nation lies in this area and no other. That is, all social, economic and political concerns are secondary. They follow and find fulfilment only when the greater Purpose of centrality and immortality is completed.

To return to Bengal, the Puranas, and Sri Aurobindo’s mission, being the Godhead concerned with tamas, it is understandable that the 9th Avatar would take birth in that segment of the symbol-map where precisely the shift involving the tamas guna is indicated. In addition, the Bengali character just as Sri Aurobindo described it in the letter to his brother (see Appendix), is very much a manifestation of the untransformed tamas. Sri Aurobindo makes this clear when he states, ‘…we have ceased to worship Power…’ And this statement brings us to the portals of the Purana and the tales of Shiva, revealing, through the incarnation of Sri Aurobindo, their entirely prophetic content.

 

Shiva the Renouncer, Shiva the Enjoyer

 

The Puranas reveal that there are two principle attitudes or attributes of Shiva. One, perhaps the predominant aspect in the spiritual world, due to the realisations of the Shankaracharyas over the centuries, is the image of Shiva withdrawn from the world, self-absorbed, or better, dissolved in the Self. Accompanying this aspect is that of the hermit, the sannyasin, the renouncer of life and all worldly possession, even of all family ties. In this poise we see Shiva with his matted locks, dressed in a tiger skin, his body smeared with ash, seated in meditation with eyes lowered or closed. He is the realiser of the static Peace. There is nothing in this image which encourages an understanding of ‘reconciliation of contraries’ – that is, the Being harmonised and one with the Becoming.

And yet, true to its role of repository of the highest Truth, India also offers the seeker the other half, Shiva as the dynamic power, creator as well as destroyer of the world; and as Natraraj, the king of the dance, the cosmic Dance, that is, where dance is the supreme expression of movement, of the Becoming, and hence the controlled ordering of the material universe where chaos gives way to cosmos. Unlike any other culture, Hindu iconography stresses this fact of dynamism either by the many arms and heads of the deities, or in combination with the multiple limbs, there is the poise adopted – the Nataraj figure, for example, in the bronze sculptures found in South India which convey spectacular dynamism. This supreme bliss of motion does not disturb the self-contained state of consciousness of the Godhead, as depicted in these sculpted renditions of Nataraj. Thus this figure, more than any other, emphasises precisely the cosmic principle of dynamic peace or the tamas guna in its fullest majesty and formidable power. It is through this image that visually we can appreciate the depth of Sri Aurobindo’s statement regarding ‘the divine use of the pressure of contraries’. So many aspects of Indian culture are contained in this figure of Shiva – for example, the Sanskrit alphabet is considered to have emanated from the beats of the drum Shiva played in the ecstasy of the primordial cosmic Dance.

But philosophically, spiritually, how are we to reconcile these apparently opposite poises – status and dynamics, rest and motion? And from there the Being and Becoming, or the Unity and the Multiplicity? For every irreconcilable is contained in Shiva more than in any other Godhead of the Hindu pantheon. The answer lies in Shiva’s ‘better half’, the Divine Shakti. Indeed, another favourite image of this well-beloved Godhead is in the form of Ardhanartisvar, literally meaning half-god, half-goddess, Shiva and Shakti joined in one form.

This complex nature of the Godhead, the ‘deity of contrasts’, is expressed succinctly by Cornelia Dimmit and J.A.B. van Buitenen, in their book entitled, Classical Hindu Mythology (Rupa & Co.). In their introduction to Shiva, they write,

 

‘Siva is the deity of contrasts. The supreme divine yogin, self-controlled and celibate, he is at the same time the lover of his spouse who is often called his sakti, the divine energy without which the world would cease to move. By tradition, it is Siva who always effects the periodic destruction of the universe, with his frenzied dance, but like the rhythms of a throbbing drum, this dance is also a creative act: the whole world dances to its beat. It is likely that Siva, in the course of time, has gathered into his personality the often conflicting attributes of a variety of gods. His career, like that of Visnu, is a long one largely lost to Hindu memory. Consistent with his mature form, however, is a series of unified polarities within his nature, and it is this unifying feature that characterises the fearsome and auspicious Siva most distinctly.’

 

It is clear that the element essential to the release and renovation, renewal or replenishing of energy – the story of the gunas – is Shakti, the divine Feminine. It is the Mother who transforms the peace to dynamism. Notwithstanding this complementation, on the basis of just two powers there remains still an irreconcilable. The manifestation of energy in the cosmos for any solidification and the emergence of a material creation, as such, requires three powers. This is explained in the new cosmology by the trinity of 9, 6 and 3. This Sacred Triangle, as I have called it in the Gnostic Circle, is the formula to reconcile these reconcilables. Shiva is the 9, the father; the Mother is the 6 and the first of TWO feminine powers required for the transformation. The 3, in turn, harmonises; while the Fourth, or the 0/1, integrates it all. This formula is the great key by which Supermind is organised for Earth use through the allegiance of Time. It is, as well, the formula of creation, of the emergence of a material universe.

The Puranas describe the very same formula. Shiva has, in effect, two consorts. One, in his early life, is Sati. The other, said to be Sati reincarnated, is Parvati. They would be the 6 and 3, respectively, of the new cosmology. The first ‘incarnation’ is always connected to ‘heaven’, as the tale of Sati’s celestial marriage ceremony to Shiva displays, which ended so disastrously when Daksha ‘insulted’ the bridegroom. Finally, Sati immolates herself, leaving Shiva distraught. He consequently withdraws from the world.

The situation with Parvati is quite different. In the episodes involving this beloved Daughter of the Mountain King (‘Parvat’), everything takes on a more earthy quality. Indeed, the stories invariably describe the wiles and beguiles of the Goddess to entice Shiva (sometimes with the aid of Kamadev, the Hindu Eros), to draw him out of his trance, to notice her, to fall in love and marry her! This, prosaically put, is the gist of her exploits regarding Shiva.

But the essence of the Puranas is prophecy, cyclic episodes of the cosmic manifestation describing the incarnation on Earth of certain cosmic powers. These, in turn, appear in sequence as the Ten Avatars. The last two of whom are Shiva; that is, the 9th is Shiva as the Father (the Transcendent), and the 10th is Kalki (the Immanent) or the Son of that Father. In the tales he is extolled as ‘Shiva himself’ in the form of the divine son Kartikeya, or Skanda.

There are two phases in the operation to draw Shiva back into the world. The first is Parvati’s success in forcing Shiva out of his self-absorption; and finally to accept  her as his consort. This indicates the transformation of the Static Peace. Parvati brings to the manifestation of the 9th Avatar that dynamism without which the universe cannot evolve – nay, cannot BE. Sri Aurobindo was explicit on this point when he explained that had it not been for the Mother his work would not have become rooted in the Earth, it would have stayed static and transcendent. Up above, as it were. (It may be of interest to note that his brother, Barin, to whom the letter was addressed which I have included as an Appendix in this issue, failed to appreciate this necessity. When Sri Aurobindo formally declared that the Mother was his co-worker and placed her in charge of the Ashram in 1926, Barin could not accept this fact and left. It is clear that his impression of the ‘body as a corpse’, to quote his letter, was too powerful a feature of his temperament and the dynamism brought by the Shakti to Sri Aurobindo’s mission found this obstacle insurmountable.)

The next phase in the process as described so prophetically accurate in the Puranas, is the birth of the saviour Son who is ‘Shiva himself’. For, once drawn out of his self-absorption Shiva was content to enjoy Parvati without producing any offspring. Yet the Gods knew that to save the Earth which was overrun by the powers of Darkness, led by the infamous asura, Tarak, a son would have to be born of Shiva who alone was empowered by Brahma to conquer that evil. The desperation of the Gods knew no end when Shiva failed to produce this son. Thus, a plot was devised whereby the Divine Sport between the two was timely interrupted and the precious seed of Shiva was stolen by the Gods, transported by Agni in the form of a white dove to the river Ganga who finally cast the then gestated child onto the banks of the sacred river. Thus was Kartikeya born in the month of Kartik.

In The New Way, Volume 2, Chapter 9, and in The Hidden Manna, Chapter 12, I have given the details of this ‘materialisation’ of the Puranic prophecy in full. The story is repeated here for the purpose of an in-depth analysis of the imperative necessity of transforming the tamas guna.

In its untransformed condition tamas is known as inertia. This is the unspiritual aspect of the guna; when spiritualised, it is the realisation of Static Peace. But that is Shiva self-absorbed. In a word, self-enclosed and hence useless to the world, to the evolution of consciousness on Earth. To attain that state the practitioner must follow paths such as the Advaitan, the path laid down by the Shankaracharyas and the great Vedantins. All of whom stress status in contrast to dynamism. All of whom disregard this material manifestation which they consider an ‘illusion’, a dream and nothing more. Shakara represented the apex of this quest, that glorification of the Escape. In the evolution of Hinduism Shankara made the experience of Nirvana respectable and acceptable. Indeed, so powerful has been his contribution that today the stage of Indian spirituality is occupied almost exclusively by exponents of this school. Vedanta, as it is known in its broadest sense, is taken as the repository of all that is of any worth in Hinduism. Whereas, Vedanta is simply a resting place along the way to the full expression of the Divine on Earth. The mission of the 10th Avatar is precisely to arouse the movement and set it on its way to the full experience well beyond the limits of the Self and the Nirvanic mode of Static Peace.

This is the work of the Supramental Avatars. The entire process is described faithfully in the Puranas through Shiva, Sati, Parvati and Skanda; or, in the language of the new cosmology, the 9, the 6, the 3, and the 0/1. The feminine Powers render the peace Shiva brings to the process dynamic. That is, the inertia is transformed until it reaches its pinnacle in the experience of Agni, the One, or ‘the Immobile amidst the Mobile’. For this FOUR POWERS are needed. Shiva and Sati are of the ‘old creation’ – which means they are still above, not yet fully rooted in the Earth, still transcendent, cosmic and ‘celestial’, still ‘up there’. The Third constructs the bridge, Shiva is drawn out of his heavenly realm by Parvati and the outcome is the birth of the One who is ‘Shiva himself’; or Agni the Son, the One, the product of that dynamic Peace.

 

Bengal of Today

 

In his letter to Barin, Sri Aurobindo discusses something of the genius of Bengal, but at the same time its failings. Of particular interest is the stress on an emotional excitement, and then the dissipation of the energy it engenders. This is clearly demonstrated in the resurgence of the Bhakti movement precisely in Bengal and centred on the figure of Chaitanya. But where the contemporary historian and political analyst seek to interpret this, and other expressions such as Sufism, as the key to India’s secular and eclectic and synthesising character, in view of what appears to be a nascent fascism and religious bigotry and dogmatism overtaking the country, Sri Aurobindo is clear in his assessment that this ‘emotional excitement’ is the downfall of Bengal. Knowledge, he asserts, must be the first foundation. Failing which the intense emotion of love dissipates.

Indeed, Bengal today images for us this process, this dissipation. During the freedom struggle Sri Aurobindo poured his energy into that portion of Mother India which, it is universally accepted, was the inspiration behind the independence movement. We see in Bengal of the time also an intense artistic and literary life, in a far greater degree than elsewhere in India. But with the attainment of independence, and indeed with Sri Aurobindo’s withdrawal, Bengal began to recede. The creative energy once felt to emanate from that area so powerfully is no longer in evidence. But there is more to this obvious degeneration, and it concerns the transformation of tamas, or its unredeemed state.

The gunas are connected to time, it is clear. We have in this triadic movement, past, present and future – tamas, sattwa, rajas, in this reverse order. Bengal of today, following as it does under the rule of tamas, embodies the past in terms of this energy expression. That is, the movement ends with Tamas, as does the flow of time. But the past can be a black hole, a deadening residue, or it can be a cauldron wherefrom, on the basis of a special process, the energy in this cauldron is transmuted and released, or cast back into the vessel as a replenishing source.

In its present condition, depleted of energy due to the existence of a pocket called Bangladesh, which deprives the area of its full quota we may say, Bengal cannot serve the nation as it should. It is an area where energy is trapped, self-absorbed but cut off from the larger body, as if it were in a time warp. Shiva in such a case, embodiment of tamas, is the Destroyer. Indeed, nowhere on the Indian subcontinent do we encounter the forces of Nature in such regular displays of this power of destruction.

Partition lies at the root of the deletion. But unlike the rajas section where Partition cut into the expression of dynamism, proper to rajas, and since then has resulted in numerous and constant aggressive attacks by Pakistan, in the northeast Partition operates to weaken the nation by undermining, which is a degeneration of self-absorption. There is not out-and-out aggression as in the northwest of the rajas guna. Infiltration, subversive undermining through massive ‘immigration’ is the means to drain the area and secure a steady siphoning off of the energy.

As an example of the manifest effects of an insufficient and depleted energy base, we may note that Bengal, one of the few remaining pockets of communism in the world, has been insulated from the force at work to bring down communism elsewhere, as Sri Aurobindo had aspired for. Bengal, as a tomb of energies of the past, as it were, cannot call up from within its folds the thrust required to break through this encrustation of energy. It is closed in a bubble, insulated in a time warp. Its liberation awaits the coming of the One.

 

 

 

August of 1993

Aeon Centre of Cosmology

at Skambha

 

 

Vedic Mathematics

Some time in the late 1960s, I came upon a quaint-looking book. Perhaps it was during a visit to New York from Rome where I was then residing, while browsing through a so-called ‘esoteric bookstore’ which specialised in books on Eastern philosophy, occultism, astrology, yoga, and so forth. Or else it may have been given to me by a friend in view of my interest in the unusual. The book, I repeat, was quaint-looking and immediately recognisable as coming from India. In those days publishing in India was not characterised by fancy layouts, designs or anything that would make it comparable to western publications. But it must also be noted that the cost of books from India then was a fraction of what they now cost. Today, given the improvement in design, quality of paper and printing, books are out of the range of the common man and can be purchased only by the well-to-do. Until the mid 1970s this was not the case. Advanced technology has proved a bane to the book-lover of the medium and lower income brackets in India.

The book is still in my possession. It travelled with me across the globe when I came to India, bringing ‘coals to Newcastle’, we might say. However, shortly after my arrival, when the subject of this publication came up in the Sri Aurobindo Ashram, I realised that this remarkable volume, entitled Vedic Mathematics, was almost entirely unknown in India. The author was the Shankaracharya of Govardhana Math in Puri, with the formidable name, Jagadguru Swami Sri Bharati Krishna Tirthaji Maharaja. The copy I possess is from the first edition, printed in 1965 at the Benaras Hindu University Press. Its subtitle is ‘Sixteen simple mathematical formulae from the Vedas (For one line answers to All Mathematical Problems)’.

I am not a mathematician, but how could one fail to be captured by the pronouncement that a mere 16 verses or aphorisms from the ancient Vedas would provide one line answers to ALL mathematical problems! In addition, there was a captivating photograph of the author in a yogic pose to enhance the appeal of the book. Seated on a tiger skin in the traditional fashion, his face nonetheless did not especially reflect an emphasis on the otherworldly. Bespectacled, firmly rooted on this Earth, scholarly and practical.

In the 1960s the number of publications on such subjects – termed indiscriminately ‘esoteric’ – was still small in spite of the fact that interest was growing due to India’s spiritual invasion of the West. Indeed, the selection was small but the quality was good, unlike today when we find a vast increase in this line of publication, hardly any of which are of serious worth.

The moment I glanced through the Swami-ji’s (if I may be permitted to abbreviate) book I instinctively knew I had come upon something of great value and uniqueness. Since then the book has gone into other editions, no longer as quaint-looking as the first. In the 1960s, apart from an opening to all things eastern and particularly Indian in terms of philosophy, music, cuisine, dress, and so forth, the world was witnessing another invasion: electronics. Computers were starting to invade the market and they too were becoming increasingly more sophisticated with each passing year. My quick perusal of Vedic Mathematics informed me, however, that this system was in a sense unveiling a certain computer capacity in the human brain. But apart from this obvious characteristic, the system Swami-ji presented clearly reflected an entirely different consciousness. Its basis was different from all other forms of computation. To me it seemed as if something sacred and awesome lay at the basis of the formulation. This feeling was well-founded because the Swami had apparently followed a certain discipline for the discovery which has its roots in the ancient Vedic system of yoga. It was, in a sense, revelation.

Though I have carried the book with me throughout my travels, I have rarely opened it since then. But today in India this subject has taken an interesting turn; hence my desire to relate certain experiences I had in the early 1970s with this particular text.

In 197l, after a special ‘initiation’ (see The Tenth Day of Victory), I found myself in the Sri Aurobindo Ashram in Pondicherry at the Mother’s feet, she who had guided my yoga in Rome overtly from the early part of that year. Though I brought very few possessions with me to the Ashram, I did bring Vedic Mathematics. In fact, I was convinced that this system was the basis for mathematical instruction in the Ashram International Centre of Education. My young son who travelled with me was enrolled in this school which I felt would be superior to other educational institutions, in particular in what concerned these ‘esoteric matters’.

I was soon to be woken from these illusions when I realised that the Centre of Education was as conventional as any other school in India or in the West. Indeed, in many respects it was more conventional and unimaginative.

When I learned that Vedic Mathematics was not even known in the school, much less did it form a part of the curriculum, I wrote to the Mother on the subject and sent her the book along with my letter. I pointed out some of its features and how surprised I was that in Sri Aurobindo’s ashram this system was unknown and did not form the basis of maths instruction. The Mother in turn sent my letter and the book to the school’s registrar, Shri Kireet Joshi, for his assessment. Kireet Joshi, on his part, circulated the book through the math department for the teachers’ opinion and the feasibility of incorporating this unique system in the school’s curriculum.

When sufficient time had passed for a verdict, I went to the registrar to learn the outcome. His reply was predictable: In the opinion of the teachers modern calculators made Vedic Mathematics redundant.

But the registrar himself had an interesting story to tell. On his part he was delighted with the rediscovery of Vedic Mathematics. He related that when he was nine years old, the author of the book came to his village, in Gujarat, I believe, and gave a talk to the people on his system. The young Kireet Joshi never forgot the experience; but he lost touch with the Swami and heard nothing more of Vedic Mathematics until my copy of the Swami’s book reached him via the Mother. It was certainly a curious turn of events that this uniquely Indian and ancient Vedic system should have come to him from distant places and from ‘foreigner’s hands’; that is, the Mother and myself. Equally curious was the fact that apart from his enthusiasm, the math teachers demonstrated no particular interest and seemed unable to appreciate the special qualities of consciousness which the system had the capacity to foster in the student – namely a consciousness of unity, for lack of a better description.

The book was returned to me and the matter ended there – or so it seemed at the time. I realised that in the Ashram I was unlikely to find a congenial atmosphere for ‘new’ discoveries. In spite of the Mother’s presence and constant encouragement to blaze new trails, the school did not offer anything special to the student except the fact that tests were unknown and there was no system of grading as such. This was a mixed blessing, however, in that it tended to foster a laxity which the ordinary school discourages by way of competition and regular examination. This was especially evident in physical education. Sports activities can rarely thrive when competition is lacking to urge the achiever on to record-breaking frontiers. But coming from the competitive West, it was a relief to experience a more relaxed atmosphere. However, this same laxity and disregard for the ancient roots of the culture surfaced in an especially important sphere of the Mother’s equally Vedic temple creation. And in this too Kireet Joshi played a vital part.

The registrar left the Ashram several years later and returned to his former life, that of a bureaucrat. Indira Gandhi was the prime minister of India then and having had a close contact with the Mother, she was keen to introduce a new educational policy perhaps influenced by Sri Aurobindo’s thought and the Mother’s insights. Thus, Kireet Joshi was given the position of a special advisor in the Department of Education; and it seems that one of his pet projects thereafter was the promulgation of Vedic Mathematics. Seminars were organised to discuss the subject. Their success was aided by the fact that the West was becoming increasingly interested in the system. Thus the former Ashram School registrar played a significant role in fostering the spread of Vedic Mathematics and encouraging investigation into its unique features.

In 1991 and the electoral breakthrough of the Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP) in four important states in the north of India, Vedic Mathematics was forthwith incorporated into the curriculum at lower levels of education. Text books were modified for this purpose and Vedic Mathematics was to be officially presented as an alternative system, though not displacing the contemporary methods. There was, as well, a brief history of its origins and the capacity of the ancient sages to discover such a unique system in what has come to be a domain solely of the modern scientist, while the sage is relegated to the world of the Spirit exclusively. The fact that the student was finally being introduced to the wide-ranging capacity of the ancients, where formerly they were being taught differently, was a formidable breakthrough in a country which for some peculiar reason has come to look upon the work of the Seers as nothing more than superstitious ‘religion’. By the introduction of this history and brief acquaintance with Vedic Mathematics, a certain respect was fostered in the students for India’s ancient culture which left a heritage of such a unique quality and far-reaching significance.

Interestingly, as soon as the BJP governments in those four states were dismissed by the Central Government after the Ayodhya denouement, one of the first objectives of the Government was the deletion of Vedic Mathematics from the curriculum. For some intriguing reason it would seem as if these maths, having their roots in the ancient Veda, might somehow disturb the secular fabric of the Indian post-Independence republic.

Having a special stake in this affair, I have been watching the developments carefully since 197l, when I first sent my copy of Vedic Mathematics to the Mother. The attitude of the Ashram’s math department was as bizarre as that of the present-day government. But the repulsion the system causes in most quarters is understandable if we realise that it is impossible to accept this special system without accepting the entire foundation of the ancient culture prior to the impositions of conquering cultures over the past 1500 years. That is, Vedic Mathematics is just one aspect of a culture whose keyword is Unity. Added to this is Integrality. Thus, if Vedic Mathematics is accepted and fostered, a natural correlation is the acceptance of a consciousness of unity which was the special characteristic of the Rishis of old. Out of this consciousness evolved all the cultural expressions which are still found on the subcontinent. Those who combat the reestablishment of this consciousness as the guiding light of the nation, naturally feel threatened by the introduction of any of its products when they are expressly demonstrated to arise from the ancient source.

 

Let me discuss an aspect of this issue which draws the discussion pointedly to the Mother’s work. Though the Swami-ji states that the sixteen aphorisms he employs in his book for certain procedures are ‘from the Veda’, in fact they do not seem to appear in any of the ancient texts. They are ‘apocryphal’, it is considered. But actually the Swami is entirely justified in claiming that they are ‘Vedic’ and of the ancient variety because he has simply used the same method as of old in his discovery. The yogic method of discovery is the important factor. Then as now. A Seer today can make the same discoveries if he or she employs the same methods. The result may then be considered thoroughly ‘Vedic’.

Thus, the same consciousness of unity which gave to the world Vedic Mathematics through the yogic genius of Swami Tirhaji Maharaja worked through the Mother when she gave to the world a plan for a temple. Her method of discovery, or ‘seeing’, was Vedic of the ancient order. Thus, the product may be considered as Vedic as any other temple found in India today. However, the truth of the matter is that similar to the Swami’s discoveries, the world has great difficulty in seeing in the Mother’s creation anything truly Vedic. Kireet Joshi, it appears, suffered from this same limitation and the stamp of this ignorance was cemented in the building that has come up in Auroville as ‘the Mother’s creation’.

It is understandable that the human being of today, and in particular those who appear to guide the destiny of nations and peoples, should find this recognition an impossible feat. To recognise the same seed would mean that one had been touched by the same ‘light of the sun’ that had engendered the ancient and contemporary Rishi’s perception. For example, while the former registrar could appreciate the worth of the Swami’s Vedic Mathematics, he could not appreciate at all the Mother’s Vedic content in the plan she gave for her temple. Indeed, he is one of the individuals most responsible for the changes which have taken shape in the actual construction which caused the building to lose all of its Vedic content. This came to pass because the Ministry in which he is employed is in charge of Auroville, and he himself has throughout been  one of the most prominent members of the various committees which have guided the destiny of the enterprise after the Government of India was handed the operation on a platter in the mid 1970s.

Clearly Shri Kireet Joshi could not recognise the Vedic content in the Mother’s creation; or perhaps it was too much to expect that a ‘foreigner’ could really and truly be equal to the ancient Rishis in these matters. Indeed, to have surpassed their Seeing in fact. Much less that another ‘foreigner’ could explain this Vedic content in the Mother’s plan and insist that it should be respected precisely because it is an act of reestablishment, similar to the Swami’s Vedic Mathematics.

In the latter we have another example of the way the Dharma is reestablished. This is a RENEWAL. Or in the case of Vedic Mathematics, a rediscovery or an elaboration of new aphorisms. Swami-ji was correct in holding that his work is from the Veda because, like the Mother, his exposition has its roots in that same consciousness and experience. Consequently, the Hindu resurgence can never be fundamentalist, as is sought to be made out. It is never dogmatic, never an imposition of past formulae which are frozen in time and hence out of step with today’s world. The important factor is the basic realisation which fosters the same vision, which stems from a consciousness of unity. Or better, a blending, a perfect harmonisation of the Unity and the Multiplicity. If Kireet Joshi and the other wielders of power in Auroville had been touched by the same ‘rays of the sun’ which inspired the Rishis of old, not only would they see in Swami Tirthaji Maharaja’s Vedic Mathematics a core of truth but they would have recognised the same truth-essence in the Mother’s plan of her temple. Having been so centrally instrumental in the government take-over of Auroville, and then the total destruction of the Matrimandir’s Vedic content, it is clear that the erstwhile registrar may have faced the understandable stumbling-block most of humanity faces: the colour of one’s skin, even if this be the skin of one’s professed Guru! In my experience in India and with sages and yogis of true realisation, whatever the path, this limitation has not been in evidence. But the views of such souls have never been heeded with regard to the Auroville construction.

This story began in the late 1960s and with my discovery of the book Vedic Mathematics. It was followed by the rejection of the system by the Ashram math authorities in early 1972. The then registrar fostered the subject when he was in a position to do so, having left the Ashram for a post in the Education Ministry. Thereafter Vedic Mathematics received a certain impetus in India, but more especially abroad. This is made evident by a publication which has just come into my hands while browsing through a bookstore in Bangalore. It is entitled, Issues in Vedic Mathematics (Motilal Banarsidas Publisher). Its date of publication is 1988. The book consists of a collection of papers presented at a workshop on Vedic Mathematics organised in collaboration with the Ministry of Human Resource Development of which Kireet Joshi is Special Secretary in its Department of Education. (This is the Ministry under which the affairs of Auroville come.) Perusing this book I was astounded because of the Government’s present antagonism to the subject, notwithstanding the fact that scholars of repute have acknowledged the superior qualities per se of the system, as well as the enhancement of consciousness its study can foster in students.

The question is, logically, why? The answer is to be found in the same area I have been pursuing in the discussion of Vedic culture and the Mother’s temple. And it is clear that politicians and bureaucrats are unable to stand as arbitrators in such matters – for example, the implementation of the Mother’s original plan of the temple – because they base their assessments on what furthers personal ambition, to gain prominence in the management of Auroville after the Mother’s passing, to secure a foothold there not by virtue of the power of a yogic realisation but simply by manipulation, compromise and government fiats. The result is that the ‘light of the luminous Sun of Truth’ is forsaken in favour of the ego’s dark sun of its personal and limited ambitions. And it is the same dark sun that keeps Vedic Mathematics out of the school curriculum even as a secondary subject, an item of curiosity as an alternative method.

Clearly both these issues tread upon the toes of ‘secularists’ in a similar fashion. The maths of the ancients is perhaps too ‘religiously’ grounded. Likewise, the Mother’s original plan, Vedic in its content to the core, is deemed inferior to a western architect’s ‘secular’ version, untainted by any pretensions of a ‘higher light’. This is the world into which we have to bring our children. This is the consciousness to which we must entrust their development and well-being. And on this basis we expect a ‘new world order’ to emerge.

 

 

June of 1993

Aeon Centre of Cosmology

at Skambha

 

 

 

 

Culture and Cosmos – 3, Part 3.1

In the last issue I laid emphasis on the splendid myth, the Churning of the Milky Ocean, Samudra Manthan in Sanskrit. I connected the tale to the experience in India today via the temple construction in Auroville and the fact that both devas and asuras were gathered together for the strenuous labour of churning, or setting Time upon its accelerated march. The correlation is exact to an astounding degree which the present discussion will further clarify; for the actual construction in Auroville is the best proof of the truth of my statement, and in particular the allocation of the ‘head’ of the Serpent Vasuki to the titans.

This was indeed the case in Auroville and it is confirmed in the centre-most portion of the construction, the two primary ‘symbols’ which the Mother has called the Globe and Pedestal, but which in the Auroville rendition are termed ‘crystal and stand’.

The Core of the Mother’s original plan is indeed ‘the symbol of the future realisation’, as she described it. It is Vedic in its innermost essence for it indicates the correct harmony, balance, axial alignment and proportions to attain the state of Immortality, similar to the apex of the ancient Vedic quest. As I have pointed out earlier, essential to this symbolism is fulness. Without that the Core cannot bear any relation to the Vedic quest which we find confirmed in these magnificent Skambha verses from the Atharvaveda,

                   From fulness he pours forth the full;

            the full spreads, merging with the full.

            We eagerly would know from whence

            he thus replenishes himself?

                                    

Or else, from the Isha Upanishad,

      That is Fulness, this is Fulness,

from Fulness comes Fulness.

When Fulness is taken from Fulness,

Fulness remains…

 

This then is the first premise: FULNESS. And for a creation to bear any relation to the Veda of the ancient school which occupied the consciousness of Sri Aurobindo from the beginning of his Yoga and mission, it must be faithful to this supreme truth above all else: creation is the outcome of fulness and not emptiness. Equally important, it is a flowering from within, from the CENTRE outward, never the reverse.

This condition is superbly described by Sri Aurobindo in his The Human Cycle, Chapter VII, ‘The Ideal Law of Social Development’, where he dwells on the difference between the earlier stages of social development and the new subjective age, as he calls it, the period when precisely a reversal is experienced:

 

‘…As the free development of individuals from within is the best condition for the growth and perfection of the community, so the free development of the community or nation from within is the best condition for the growth and perfection of mankind.’ (Page 63.)

 

Contrasted with the above definition we have the Auroville rendition which conveys the opposite to fulness and this ‘growth from within’, so indispensable for the evolution of humanity to a higher stage. Any impartial observer even minimally conversant with the language of symbols must agree that what stands in the shadow-temple in Auroville today, purportedly ‘faithful to the Mother’s original plan’, conveys the message of intrinsic emptiness. In a word, the Auroville experiment has left for posterity a ‘message’ totally opposed to the truth Sri Aurobindo and the Mother laboured throughout this lifetime and in the past to root in the evolution of consciousness. The transparent ‘crystal’ is not only a defiance of the Mother’s specific command that the Globe must be translucent, not transparent (as in the Auroville rendering), but it also serves as an item upon which images from outside are projected upside-down, to complicate matters even more. Yet this is the perfect symbol to represent the present human species under the rule of the Cosmic Ignorance, aligned in such a manner as to be poised in the periphery of consciousness and subject to inevitable collapse. Such a focus of the community’s life can only influence the movement to a dependence on external stimuli, as well as a total dependence on solutions from outside in all areas of the collective life.

In addition to the above transgression, there is the equally significant symbolism of the stand, which I call the Pedestal, following the Mother’s nomenclature. The Auroville ‘stand’ is as empty as the crystal it supports. In defiance of the Mother’s command once again, the designers and builders chose to construct it in metal. That is, it is no longer a closed rectangle with Sri Aurobindo’s symbols carved in stone, as the Mother saw in her vision, but a wrought-iron crafted version of the symbols, fully open and exposing the inner space entirely. This metal version was then gold-plated, again contrary to the Mother’s instructions.

In the August 1992 issue of VISHAAL (TVN 7/3), I had pointed out that it is no wonder the stand was terribly flawed and countless tiny holes dotted the faces of the symbols. The jeweller in Bombay who was to gold-plate the ‘stand’ concluded that these holes would turn the metal black eventually. In the face of this possibility, it seems the builders once again wasted the public’s contributions and they opted for a new stand. But this time it was fabricated in Germany, India having demonstrated herself incapable of executing the work properly.

I have always sustained that the Matrimandir represents the accurate truth of what IS. Indeed India could never have contributed such a ‘stand’ to the shadow-temple which is being passed off to the public as ‘faithful to the Mother’s original plan’. It had to be done in Germany, similar to the ‘crystal’. Thus the heart and soul of what was meant to be the Mother’s creation had to be manufactured not in India but in Germany.

Why specifically Germany? For there is a method to the madness. Central to the problem is something much deeper than technology, though the western builders of the shadow-temple no doubt believe that in this development the supremacy of western technology is once again demonstrated. Rather, this most interesting development from the point of view of the new cosmology, reaches to the heart of Sri Aurobindo’s yoga and mission. And it concerns precisely the question of the contribution of the Titans and the Gods as described in the myth under discussion. The point at issue is the nature of the Superman. Is it to be Nietzsche’s titanic version or Sri Aurobindo’s Vedic, Gnostic creation?

The shadow-temple in Auroville appears to reveal that India has rejected Sri Aurobindo’s Vedic answer and has accepted Nietzsche’s titanic model. That both crystal and stand were finally manufactured in Germany is proof that this is the true position. For the Matrimandir symbolism cannot fail to reveal what IS.

This development is fascinating from an objective standpoint and an analysis of the interconnection of things. For Germany has played a prominent role in the scholastic hoax I have been discussing in these pages regarding the Aryan Invasion Theory. In addition we have the Third Reich which usurped the Aryan nomenclature, perverted its deepest sense and utilised Nietzsche’s philosophy in the process to lend solidity to the interpretation. Sri Aurobindo deals at length with the role of Germany in the transition to the subjective age, and its failure to achieve the desired results:

 

‘…Germany was for the time the most remarkable present instance of a nation preparing for the subjective stage because it had, in the first place, a certain kind of vision – unfortunately intellectual rather than illuminated – and the courage to follow it – unfortunately again a vital and intellectual rather than a spiritual hardihood, – and, secondly, being master of its destinies, was able to order its own life so as to express its self-vision… A nation whose master achievement has lain almost entirely in the two spheres of philosophy and music, is clearly predestined to lead in the turn to subjectivism and to produce a profound result for good or evil on the beginnings of the subjective age.

This was one side of the predestination of Germany; the other is to be found in her scholars, educationalists, scientists, organisers. It was the industry, the conscientious diligence, the fidelity to ideas, the honest and painstaking spirit of work for which the nation has been long famous. A people may be highly gifted in the subjective capacities, and yet if it neglects to cultivate this lower side of our complex nature, it will fail to build that bridge between the idea and imagination and the world of facts, between the vision and the force, which makes realisation possible; its higher powers may become a joy and inspiration to the world, but it will never take possession if its own world until it has learned the humbler lesson. In Germany the bridge was there, though it ran mostly through a dark tunnel with a gulf underneath; for there was no pure transmission from the subjective mind of the thinkers and singers to the objective mind of the scholars and organisers. The misapplication by Treitschke of the teachings of Nietzsche to national and international uses which would have profoundly disgusted the philosopher himself, is an example of this obscure transmission. But still a transmission there was. For more than a half-century Germany turned a deep eye of subjective introspection on herself and things and ideas in search of the truth of her own being and the world, and for another half-century a patient eye of scientific research on the objective means for organising what she had or thought she had gained. And something was done, something indeed powerful and enormous, but also in certain directions, not in all, misshapen and disconcerting. Unfortunately, those directions were precisely the very central lines on which to go wrong is to miss the goal.’ (Ibid, pages 34-35.)

Thus, joined together are all these elements, an incredible web in which Germany stands as the central hub with the Vedic swastika finally coming to lend its sanctity to the perversion of the Aryan ‘superman’.

When this perversion was taking shape in India and in Europe, Sri Aurobindo was labouring through the mire of the ages to cleanse the evolution of just those elements, divergences, misinterpretations which could produce a Third Reich; and, bewilderingly, he called his new specimen the Superman, just as Nietzsche had. From that time diligent students, scholars and practitioners of his integral yoga have struggled to understand the difference between the titanic and the Vedic or gnostic model. Having been such a master of the English language, it is clear that Sri Aurobindo selected this term carefully and deliberately.

And now, after so many decades, in perhaps the most significant stage of the work of the Supramental Avatars, we find the ‘victory’ of the Germanic Nietzschean titan represented in the crystal and stand of the Auroville shadow-temple, both of which were manufactured in Germany.

Simultaneous with the above development – that is, while the crystal and stand were being manufactured in Germany – the Hindutva movement in India began to gain unexpected momentum so that on the national scene the very same issue would be vigorously debated: the acceptance of the titanic version of the Aryan origin of the civilisation inhabiting the subcontinent, or the indigenous version as it appears in the Veda. Nothing that the votaries of Hindutva have done has so incensed the western-influenced intellectual elite of India as much as the altering of textbooks to rid the educational system of this perversion regarding the ‘Aryan conquerors’. It is second only to the demolition of the erstwhile Babar symbol of conquest at Ayodhya, – and, of course, the introduction of Vedic Mathematics as an alternative system (see article ‘Vedic Mathematics, Why the Controversy?’).

Thus, at one and the same time at these different points in the Indian subcontinent, the same struggle Sri Aurobindo engaged in continues: to establish the gnostic being as the next species in the evolution of consciousness rather than the titanic Nietzchean superman. Sri Aurobindo continues in his analysis of the role Germany has played in the transition, to highlight that which needs to be done now is what Germany did not do rightly then, and that we cannot go backward in time but forward to the new times with the right vision and capacity and realisation:

      ‘It may be said, indeed, that the last result of the something done – the war, the collapse, the fierce reaction towards the rigid, armoured, aggressive, formidable Nazi State…is a clear warning to abandon that path and go back to the earlier and safer ways. But the misuse of great powers is no argument against their right use. To go back is impossible; the attempt is always, indeed, an illusion; we have all to do the same thing which Germany has attempted, but to take care not to do it likewise.’ (Ibid, pages 35-36, italics mine.)

Further, Sri Aurobindo describes the failure, linking it precisely to the question of the difference between the right poise and that of the Titan:

 

‘…That befell (Germany) which sometimes befalls the seeker on the path of Yoga, the art of conscious self-finding, – a path exposed to far profounder perils than beset ordinarily the average man, – when he follows a false light to his spiritual ruin. She had mistaken her vital ego for herself; she had sought for her soul and found only her force. For she had said, like the Asura, “I am my body, my life, my mind, my temperament,” and become attached with a Titanic force to these; especially she had said, “I am my life and body”, and than that there can be no greater mistake for man or nation. The soul of man or nation is something more and diviner than that; it is greater than its instruments and cannot be shut up in a physical, a vital, a mental or a temperamental formula. So to confine it, even though the false social formation be embodied in the armour-plated social body of a huge collective human dinosaurus, can only stifle the growth of the inner Reality and end in decay or the extinction that overtakes all that is unplastic and unadaptable.’ (Ibid, page 36.)

 

The Gunas integrated in the body of Mother India

 

In the course of this discussion we shall observe how this issue is not simply a question of a poise of consciousness – though this is its primary feature. Included are the actual physical dimensions of India as specified by the Capricorn hieroglyph laid upon the subcontinental landmass, with the three gunas, or Qualities, as they are called in astrology, contained in its triadic form. At the same time, these three sections allocated to the respective guna, rajas, sattwa, tamas, are ‘contained’ in the Globe (and Pedestal) under discussion on the basis of the Laws of Correspondence and Equivalency, insofar as the Mother specified 70cms for the Globe’s diameter which correspond to the 40 plus 30 degrees of longitude and latitude, respectively, of India of the Capricorn hieroglyph. All of these elements are drawn into this portion of our analysis and the question of India’s choice for the new millennium: the Vedic or titanic superman.

The gunas hold one of the main keys to understand the difference. From ancient times India has categorised the human consciousness according to this tri-fold structure. A human being, the sages understood in antiquity, bears a particular temperament which colours his experience of life, or which conditions his responses to any circumstances his destiny draws around him. We have seen that this same allocation is valid in terms of India’s geography and the physical character of the land and its people who inhabit the areas corresponding to these three gunas. For example, the north-western portion belongs to rajas, the kinetic, active, dynamic principle, and the people who in large measure belong to this area do indeed conform to the quality of rajas. In addition, the predominantly mountainous terrain is a further indication of the validity of the allocation. (See diagram A, further down.)

Previously I referred to the Brihat Samhita as a sort of precursor to The New Way, and how its synthesis of various disciplines is similar to the present exercise. I used sacred architecture primarily as a focus for the comparison. Again we may refer to the older texts and compare it with the new cosmology in the question of temple architecture and the allocation of the gunas to specific geographical sections of India. These are especially found in the South Indian manuals on temple building. The difference between them and The New Way is striking in that, once again, the new revelations provide proof when compared to the old that the Dharma has matured as it were, and the essence of the Capricorn symbol has indeed become rooted on Earth in the geographical area which it delineates.

In olden times while the subcontinent was divided into the specific areas allocated to the gunas, the designations were deficient in that the Capricorn symbol did not provide the hieroglyphic key to the allocation. For indeed it is this revelation, an occurrence of our very times, which draws us across the threshold of an Age and into the new supramental era.

The difference today is that the process, the seeing, is integral. That is, time has matured the evolution of consciousness to a degree where a more universal experience is possible. Thus, India does not stand isolated though central on the globe, as in ancient times, and any allocation of the gunas must necessarily bear the limitations this constriction imposes. In this Age, India continues to occupy her central position but the boundaries of the circle of which she is the central point, the Omphalos, to use the Greek term, have been extended to include the entire planet, unlike at any other time in our period of recorded history. It may further be stated that a principal characteristic of our 9th Manifestation has been the exploration of the Earth and the opening up of new frontiers, both on the surface of the planet and well beyond into outer space. With this extension the rules which formerly were applied in such cases as the allocation of the gunas to geographical segments necessarily undergo a certain re-evaluation. The boundary conditions the content within. When the full boundary or periphery has been measured out – like the three paces Vishnu takes to measure the universe, equivalent to the three concentric circles of the Mother’s symbol and in the floor plan of her temple, – then the evolution is equipped to exceed its own limitations: the field of its experience is enhanced and consequently the consciousness of its species is also enhanced.

In the present context, this means that the triadic play of the gunas must be re-examined within the parameters of this extension. This pertains as well to all areas of culture in which the gunas play a role.

In temple architecture we note that South Indian texts (Agamas, as they are known) describe three styles of temples: Nagara, Dravida, and Vesara; in turn these are correlated to the gunas, the order starting with sattwa. This ternary is equally the threefold geographical division of India: the North, the Deccan, and the South, as Dr Stella Kramrisch records in her The Hindu Temple (Volume 2, page 292, Motilal Banaridas Publisher). Further on Kramrisch states, ‘…The schematism of the division of the whole of India according to the prevalence of the three Gunas and the three styles is not to be taken literally.’ (ibid, page 293.) That is, these styles are not actually restricted to the areas allocated to the gunas according to the ancient geo-cosmology, and are found throughout India irrespective of the geography of the gunas. Consequently, they bear a more metaphysical significance, rather than the practical application of the New Way cosmology. Nonetheless, we do find that the landmass was considered, for some now unknown reason, to relate to the gunas, similar to the human consciousness. If India, through some yogic act of seeing could be ‘measured’ in this triadic fashion, similar to the human being, then the nation could rightfully be considered the embodiment of the Goddess and sacred to the core.

Thus, the point I wish to emphasise is the concept of a geographical mass in some way connected to the qualities which astrological tradition has used in its division of the ecliptic. That is, 12 signs divided into 4 quarters, each of which consists in turn of 3 signs which are the triadic plays of the gunas, rajas, sattwa and, tamas.. And this is the structure of the Mother’s symbol and therefore the foundation of the original plan of her temple. Though the ancient allocation does not conform to the new revelations in contemporary India, it is important to note that this singular feature of the new cosmology was central to the ancient formulation as well. We are especially interested in discovering, or rather, re-discovering, the laws which underline this sort of paradigm and which are as valid today as they were in antiquity, though from time to time a re-evaluation must take place due to the extended boundaries of the Circle. For this reason the Mother has left us a temple plan to serve as a ‘new  model of the universe’ which reestablishes, this ancient concept and by the aid of the new cosmology we are able to apply the concept, thus rendering it relevant to our times and the progressive evolution of the species.

In earlier times the gunas were laid on the landmass vertically, from north to south. Today, however, with the aid of the Capricorn hieroglyph the more accurate placement emerges and we locate the three horizontally, following the same direction as the longitudinal measurement of the globe. This may be viewed as an arbitrary convention inasmuch as Greenwich, England, is the 0 point and the start of the measurement, and the fact that this became established in the heyday of the British Empire. It may therefore be considered one more display of Euro-centrism and British pride of conquest, without any real and intrinsic truth per se. I would rather view the matter in a different light. I see the British as instruments, as pawns in the play of vaster proportions than those imposed by a particular historical development solely. That development must be assessed within the larger parameters of the evolutionary design. Certain key events and developments occurred in a convergence of happenings in this and the last century. Nations, empires, as well as individuals, were utilised for this climactic maturing in the process of universalisation. For without the 0 degree measurement from the Greenwich longitude eastward, the stunning beauty of the geo-cosmological paradigm of the New Way could never have been discovered. That is, it would not have been possible to lay the Gnostic Circle yardstick of the celestial sphere of 360° on the surface of the planet in a way which would give us the sign Capricorn, , precisely where India starts at 61° east of Greenwich, continuing eastward until the full hieroglyph ends at the farther borders of Burma. (See diagram B, taken from The New Way, Volume 2, page 348.)

It may be true that India enjoyed a cultural/spiritual unity long before Moghul and British rule. But it needs to be appreciated that a certain political and administrative unity, embracing the complete Capricorn hieroglyph for the first time came into being with the British Raj. This is because of the convergence (in time and space) of a series of elements which permitted the descent of the Capricorn hieroglyph on Earth. With this revelation, this seal and sanction of the Supreme, known in zodiacal lore as the Name of God, the new Age of Supermind can be said to have begun.

Essential ingredients in this manifestation are harmony and integration, precisely of the three gunas. For this to occur one of the first acts in the reestablishment of the Dharma is the correct listing of the gunasrajas, sattwa, tamas – so that they may be correlated with the cosmic harmony whence they have their origin. The revelation of the Capricorn hieroglyph on the subcontinental landmass imposes this reorganisation, for the gunas could not be read in the hieroglyph if the order were the current listing of Sattwa, Rajas, and Tamas. In an earlier portion of this study I have dwelt with the reasons for this mis-allocation in that with the rise and supremacy of the ‘otherworldliness’ of Adwaita and similar schools of yoga and philosophy, fostering the doctrine of Illusion in some form or other, Sattwa became disconnected from the rest and the sole poise of consciousness to be pursued. Sattwa, the guna of Preservation and Stability, easily became the hallmark of all spiritual quests extolling stasis and eschewing dynamism. This was the first clear sign of a loss of the Cosmic Truth in the vision. A world of disunity and division came to replace the ancient perception of oneness and unity, and with it the debility which must necessarily accompany a development of this order whereby energy is not contained, concentrated, but rather dissolved and dispersed. Indeed, the universe itself became a thing to escape from if at all salvation was to be the reward of a life of renunciation and arduous tapasya engaged in precisely to extricate oneself from the web of this cosmic existence.

 

The Golden Rod that harmonises Time in Space

 

As we have laid the Gnostic Circle along the surface of the planet (see Diagram B, page 23), with the result that the sign Capricorn, , is reached in the natural flow eastward precisely where India begins – the full India, that is, of the Capricorn hieroglyph – so too the time measurement offers the same harmony. Let us analyse the matter referring to the Mother’s original plan of her temple, for it is in that plan that the harmony of space and time and the Indian ‘centredness’ is revealed.

 

I have laid emphasis on the correct axial alignment of the temple, in the contemporary model as well as in antiquity. This arises when the very specific measurements the Mother gave at the time of her vision are scrupulously respected. This means that the visible solar ray must measure 15.20 metres from its entry into the chamber, through the Globe to the top of the Pedestal. The visible ray ends there. No more is seen of that shaft; and it is the Golden Rod or Divine Maya because these 15.20 correspond to the year’s 365 days.

The crucial placement is the Globe in the harmony, which in turn is determined by the accurate measurement of the Pedestal. I have discussed these items at length in The New Way as well as in earlier portions of the present study. But I now wish to stress the fact that the harmonisation of time with space arises in the chamber because the point where the light strikes the Globe in its descent into the room is the precise ‘location’ of the beginning of Capricorn in those 365 days.

Thus, the two harmonise, the space and time measurements. In one golden shaft, due to this correct axial alignment, we see how it is possible to contain the 40 plus 30 degrees of longitude and latitude of India in the Globe; and then, when this Globe that is India is correctly suspended beneath that Ray for it to ‘play upon the Globe’, to use the Mother’s words, in a particularly measured fashion so as to demarcate that especially sacred segment of the year, Capricorn, time and space join in a display of harmony unknown in any other cosmological paradigm.

Fifteen days are ‘seen’ in the Globe, from 21/22 December to 5/6 January. The whole of the Festival of Light. But in the Auroville rendition nothing of this harmony exists. The measurements are changed, the axis alignment is imperfect, the forms are devoid of sense and purpose. There is nothing in that interpretation to support a superior vision and to justify its connection with birth of the Gnostic Being. We have a disharmony, a cacophony indicative of the titanic imposition of a consciousness steeped in ignorance and pride.

 

Rajas and the Titan

 

The gunas enter the scene once again in our discussion of the titanic or gnostic superman. Rajas is the guna employed to describe the Western poise of consciousness. A scrutiny of history and contemporary psychology and sociology, as well as political  movements, such as Sri Aurobindo has done in The Human Cycle, quoted earlier, easily reveal that the West is indeed characterised by a rajasic nature rather than any of the remaining gunas, much less a harmonised combination of all three. The Nietzschean superman is in fact rajasic to the core. While the period in history which saw the rise in the world of that guna on centre stage, as it were, was the first half of this last century of the millennium. Hitler’s Germany embodied rajas, disconnected from the other gunas, as no other nation has done before or since. Consequently, it is understandable that the ‘crystal’ and ‘stand’ of the Matrimandir in Auroville should have been manufactured in Germany inasmuch as they do indeed present the observer with a perfect symbolic representation of the Teutonic model of ‘the new man’.

The essential point to note is that a new and superior gnostic species must per force combine in an especially harmonised manner all the gunas. Any severance or undue emphasis laid on any one of the three results in an imbalance and disharmony.

In the cosmic display of the triadic harmony there is never an imbalance, a disconnection, a severance. The three flow out of and into each other. Indeed, a disconnection at any stage would mean the collapse of energy and ultimately of our material universe. Similarly, the human being must strive to harmonise the three gunas so that truly a species arises on this planet fashioned in God’s image. For this the process of centering must be undertaken whereby the binary alignment is removed as the ‘balance’ of consciousness and a spheric wholeness comes into being.

A perusal of Varahamihira’s Brihat Samhita reveals that originally, in a very distant past, that was the model of consciousness, not only individual but collective as well. Everything the civilisation produced has as its accepted backdrop a superior knowledge of the cosmic harmony in the terms I am describing in these pages. Even the construction of private habitations followed the same prescriptions. The shastras, or Scriptures, laid down models to be followed which would suit members of the different castes. Many follow these prescriptions even today. It was possible to do so because that fourfold division of society was part and parcel of the same cosmic harmony, as I have discussed in an earlier portion of this study. While the triadic play of the gunas emerges in each of the four segments of the fourfold wheel, at the same time the wheel describes the whole of the human consciousness and being: that is, each of us is the Brahmin, the Kshatriya, the Vaishya, and the Shudra. In turn, each of these four segments consists of the play of the three gunas.

Sri Aurobindo has dealt with the question of caste in ancient society during Vedic times in a similar fashion when he refers to the verses in the Rigveda which are the earliest references to the caste system on record, where the four castes are described as parts of the Cosmic Purush or Being. The point of the verses is not ‘poetic’, in the sense we understand the word today. It was ‘symbolic’, but in a sense which we do not understand today. He states,

 

‘…This appears in the Purushsukta of the Veda where the four orders are described as having sprung from the body of the creative Deity, from his head, arms, thighs and feet. To us this is merely a poetical image and its sense is that the Brahmins were the men of knowledge, the Kshatriyas the men of power, the Vaishyas the producers and support of society, the Shudras its servants. As if that were all, as if the men of those days would have so profound a reverence for mere poetical figures like this body of Brahma… We read always our own mentality into that of these ancient forefathers and it is therefore that we can find in them nothing but imaginative barbarians. To us poetry is a revel of intellect and fancy, imagination a plaything and caterer for our amusement, our entertainer, the nautch-girl of the mind. But to the men of old the poet was a seer, a revealer of hidden truths… The image was to these seers a revelative symbol of the unrevealed and it was used because it could hint luminously to the mind what the precise intellectual word, apt only for logical or practical thought or to express the physical and the superficial, could not at all hope to manifest. To them this symbol of the Creator’s body was more than an image, it expressed a divine reality. Human society was for them an attempt to express in life the cosmic Purusha who has expressed himself otherwise in the material and supraphysical universe. Man and the cosmos are both of them symbols and expressions of the same hidden Reality.’ (Ibid, pages 5-6.)

 

The element which we must focus our attention on in a discussion of rajas and the titans is the question of Will. It is the component in the human consciousness which can be especially affected by the imbalance of the gunas. And insofar as the human consciousness presents a singularly imbalanced poise, we can easily appreciate that a result of this disharmony of being is naturally a will that is in some way perverted.

Semitic traditions capture for us the moment when the human will became opposed to the Divine’s. In the tale of the fall of Lucifer the consequences of this antagonism results in that Light being consumed, or collapsing like some cosmic Black Hole, and the consciousness thereafter being structured around this Dark Sun.

Similarly in Hindu lore there are numerous tales elucidating this same ‘fall’. All descriptions of the Asuras, or Titans, display this same perversion when the enemies of the Gods must be conquered, their rampant antagonism to the Light must periodically be subdued.

In modern times we note that Sri Aurobindo has seen in the Germanic attempt at conquest during the Nazi upsurge similarly a question of will when he refers to the mistake made then in searching for the nation’s soul but coming upon only her vital ego. When we describe the process of alignment of the consciousness, be it collective or individual, around a dark sun, it is primarily this vital ego that is meant. This lower expression becomes the pivot of the being and determines the individual’s poise of consciousness vis-à-vis the Divine. And the vital being the seat of power, the next step is a nation or an individual unduly reliant on this aspect of consciousness-being as the tool for self-expression.

By means of the Capricorn hieroglyph on the map of India, corresponding as it does to the play of the gunas, (see diagram A) we have a clue to the character of the peoples inhabiting each portion of the symbol-map. The rajas segment is what draws our attention at this point of our study, though I intend to examine in depth the tamas segment further on, particularly in relation to Shiva as renouncer, as ascetic, or as the consort of the Divine Parvati. We shall once again note how accurate mythology can be in preserving the details of the ‘fall’ of a civilisation in these seemingly quaint and simple tales.

Regarding the rajas segment of the map, Pakistan as we know it today is entirely governed by this particular guna, as the symbol-map displays and as we know from her brief history since Partition. The predominance of the military in the young nation’s history certainly demonstrates the truth of the allocation. Even today, as I write these words, the military has come forward with its ultimatum to the politicians that either they solve their differences, or else!

Naturally rajas is not only concerned with the military and warfare. However, of its main characteristics when disconnected from its companions is the dominance of violent responses. The Kshatriya of old was certainly an example of an individual enjoying a correct axial balance of consciousness, whereby though the predominant principle in his life was rajas, it was harmonised by the intercession of other segments manifesting in the civilisation through other castes. That is, society of the fourfold order bore certain safeguards, safety-valves, as it were. The Kshatriya submitted himself to the sage, the Brahmin, in whom he could more easily see the Divine embodied. In this act he was submitting his will to that higher Will, that divinised consciousness and being of the Guru who is centred not on the mental or vital but on the divine Core with its divine Purpose: Agni, the divine Will working in the world.

It is interesting to note how strongly the Pakistani character was influenced by the very elements we are discussing in these pages. The Urdu poet, Iqbal, comes to mind in this regard, Recently a review by the author and critic, Mulk Raj Anand, of Rafique Zakaria’s book, Iqbal, was published in The Hindu 16.5.1993). The reviewer dwells on the ‘contradictions’ which Zakaria has shown in his study of Iqbal ‘…between the poet’s visionary verses and his political opinions, assertions and resolutions.’ Mulk Raj Anand points out that ‘…Dr. Zakaria has shown how Iqbal tried to apply the Utopian vision of his exalted poetic passion to practical politics, with the inevitable consequence that, while the visionary verses have moved five generations of the Urdu and Persian reading intelligentsia, the poet’s pure state – on the concept based on the Prophet Muhammad’s utterances, as from Allah, in the Koran – failed to become the ideal republic, but turned out to be a fundamentalist theocratic dictatorship.’

The reviewer goes on to discuss the nature of the poet’s quest starting from his days as a student in Europe and his admiration for certain modern philosophers. The distilled essence of this exercise seems to have been a perception of ‘the integral Self’’. And Descartes’ ‘I think, therefore I am’ appears to have captured his imagination in those early days of his quest. But, as the author points out, he went beyond Descartes, and ‘Iqbal found in the German philosopher Nietzsche’s “Self-expression”, through extroversion of the will [emphasis mine], to be the most plausible way out of doubt about the integrity of Self. But he went further than Nietzsche by interpreting self-assertion as life in action.’

In these brief lines we come upon one of the most serious problems the practitioner of Sri Aurobindo’s yoga faces, also in quest of ‘the integral Self’, in a sense. The problem lies precisely in the area of ‘extroversion of will’, as quoted above. Put another way, the self-assertion which comes into conflict with a poise facilitating action-in-non-action; or else, when to act, when to exert the will in a process of transformation which considers ‘all life is yoga’, in Sri Aurobindo’s words. The true Kshatriya is precisely one who has mastered this very complex balance of energies. He or she becomes the divine Warrior, the Hero who has the awakened Agni in his heart and follows that ‘divine Will working in the world’.

‘…Thus Iqbal’s exaltation of heroes, who transcend mundane existence by self-assertion: Muhammad, Krishna, Nanak, Mian Mir, Hali, Tippu Sultan and Hardyal. Like Nietzsche and Bernard Shaw, he believed in the Superman.’
  Thereafter the reviewer dwells on the ‘contradictions’ whereby these exalted perceptions on which the poet sought to base his political action, failed to establish the Utopia of his vision in Pakistan. He promoted the idea of a separate homeland for the Muslim minority, and no doubt was one of the most influential voices for this to come to pass nine years after his death in 1938. Iqbal passed away just when the Second World War was to begin.

The Nietzschean influence on his concept of the Superman is clear. Mulk Raj Anand quotes Iqbal as justifying the Superman’s ‘revolt’ as a necessary ingredient in the quest for self-assertion, ‘…For without rebellion he cannot attain selfhood,’ and that even Satan is great ‘…because he is a rebel, despite his evil motives’.

Interestingly, this poet-inspirer of what came to be known as Pakistan was truly the voice of the Rajas guna divorced from her other companions in the Divine Lila or Cosmic Play; just as that country arose in the portion of the symbol-map properly designated as Rajas.

The ‘rebellion’ Iqbal extols is one of the signals that the vital ego is the seat of the will and that the ‘still, small voice’ of the soul is silenced in one’s inner recesses by the turbulence which forces the divine Will to be subjugated to the dictates of this human aberration. Sri Aurobindo’s integral yoga provides a means to discover that ‘integral Self’ Iqbal sought. But this discovery does not drown the finer aspects of the being in the clammerings of our self-assertive human will. The gnostic Superman is not a product of self-assertion but rather of the birth of the One in his or her hidden recesses of being, of Agni – the divine Will working in the world.

 

I have quoted an important passage from Sri Aurobindo’s The Human Cycle on page 18 ‘…For (Germany) had said, like the Asura, “I am my body, my life, my mind, my temperament,” and become attached with a Titanic force to these; especially she had said, “I am my life and body”, and than that there can be no greater mistake for man or nation….

This poise Sri Aurobindo describes as the Titan’s, who identifies with his external being, is, lamentably, all too accurately portrayed in the crystal of the shadow-temple in Auroville. Upon it, transparent and void, are projected precisely those surrounding things external to itself – just as described above of the ‘mistake’ Germany made in its quest for its nation-soul. What, then, are the consequences for India to have at the centre where Sri Aurobindo and the Mother established their work this ‘symbol’, fashioned in Germany, of the Titanic superman rather than the Gnostic?

Let us continue with our analysis and fearlessly examine the effects of this remarkable evidence of ‘the symbol being the thing symbolised’.

 

 

July of 1993

Aeon Centre of Cosmology

at Skambha

 

 

 

Culture and Cosmos – 3, Part 2.3

In a very distant past Vedic civilisation sent out waves beyond the boundaries of the subcontinental mass of the Capricorn hieroglyph. These carried seeds of the culture, some of which may still be recognised. One such is the great temple at Angkor Wat in Cambodia. I mention this particular example of Vedic culture beyond the Capricorn border because it is clear that in its construction there was an attempt to capture a most essential part of the ancient Veda. This was indeed the case as the temple of Angkor Wat depicts the wonderful myth of the Churning of the Milky Ocean at the dawn of time. There is the Mountain in the larger lines of the structure, as in all Hindu temples, and then the bas-reliefs which recount this magnificent tale. Indeed, perhaps the most exquisite is the depiction of the act of churning with its clear axial alignment conveyed in stone via the harmony of the design. There are the gods, the titans, the Tortoise upon which Vishnu conducts the operation and who is Vishnu himself, as the Serpent Vasuki is pulled and movement begins.

For this is the meaning of the myth. It is the birth of that which moves, and hence of time as it evolves in our material universe from the seed of Itself. From this churning the primordial mass then throws up diverse ‘treasures’ which can only come into being through a stirring of this mass. Statics do not create. It is only dynamism that can generate the creative Energy.

Time is the motor of this great Machine, this mighty ‘mountain’, as we have seen in The Magical Carousel. In the deepest heart of the Mountain the essence of creation is found, which is Time. The meaning is that at the core of mass it is Time’s energy which can be found and then released; similar to the release experience in the Great Churning which permits the treasures to arise.

The goal of this portion of our study is to demonstrate factually the manner in which the essence of the Veda is brought forth again in a contemporary ‘act of churning’, as it were. I wish to demonstrate with solid evidence how this is achieved not only by highlighting certain perhaps recondite aspects of the myth but also by indicating in which way this essence is ‘extracted’ in today’s great Churning. The result is the reestablishment of the Vedic Dharma in the only way appropriate to its original essence – that is, through the lived experience.

This has been demonstrated regarding myth itself and a contemporary seeing along those very lines. Now we shall carry over this vision into the actual temple; but not of antiquity. We shall locate this same ‘mountain’ in the Mother’s design of her Temple, but at the same time we shall come upon the release engendered by Time when the ‘churning’ began, or the moment the temple construction moved from its static to dynamic mode; or the transition of the construction from the plan stage to the beginning in time of the actual construction process. This was in early 1971, a most appropriate year in that it marked the beginning of the last three enneads of this millennium, 1971 to 1998, certainly the most important 27 years of our period of recorded history, though this may not be appreciated by the layman. For the importance of these 27 years lies in the recondite dismantling of the binary creation, the supreme achievement of this Age.

In a manifestation of this order there are various stages to be respected. The first is the Seeing, as when the Mother first entered this Chamber in the subtle dimension. As such it was the seed of the entire experience. This Seeing covered the first days of January, 1970. It was as if veils were drawn aside and her luminous Eye cast light into that ‘hidden chamber closed and mute’. And there lay the Treasures.

From that point the ‘churning’ began, particularly from the time the actual construction was set on its way, a date and hour set by the Mother herself. Later, on the actual foundation stone she wrote, OM.

What I wish to highlight is the fact that in a most precise manner the experience of constructing this temple reenacted the Churning of the Milky Ocean myth. Treasures arose as well as an initial poison, as the myth conveys, duly consumed by Shiva. Therefore he is known as Neelakanta, or the Blue-Throated One, because poison remained blocked in his throat and turned it blue. By this magnanimous act he saved the world. Shiva is also known as Mahakala, the Great Time. In what way might Time then be connected to the generation of poison as well as the treasures that followed? And what role might Shiva play? These questions are answered in the Puranic tales themselves. But our desire is to find the answers, the same as of old, in contemporary history in the making.

To begin, let me demonstrate how the Vedic temple is reestablished in and through the Mother’s vision, and how all its essential features are not only captured in her original plan but enhanced, rendered in stone in an unparalleled exaltation of that original truth-seeing of old.

The Churning of the Milky Ocean myth has several versions, some quite elaborate in detail. For the purposes of our study we need only dwell on certain essential features or greater lines of the tale. We note therefore that the stage is set for the act by descriptions of the great commotion among forces occupying the three worlds and that the powers inhabiting these realms, or dimensions, appeal to Brahma, the Creator, to come to their succour and put order therein. Brahma, in turn, sends them to Vishnu, the Preserver, who himself carries out the great Churning. Thus order or cosmos comes into being.

The myth is concerned primarily with establishing the central role of the Axis in creation. This much is very clear. But there is more involved and this has reference to certain important or key features of our material dimension. This simple tale in fact sheds light on the very structure of Form. Indeed this, it must be stated, is the purpose of the myth. And this feature pertains to macrocosms as well as microcosms. It pertains as well to the primordial age as well as to the stages of cosmic evolution well beyond the so-called Big Bang.

But was there ever any such thing as a Big Bang? According to the myth creation did not come into being by anything of the sort, and especially not through any process of collapse of energy. It was simply the emergence of an axis and then the conspiracy to set that ‘churning’. That the myth refers to the elaboration of the physical components of our universe is obvious from the fact that it adopts the symbol of churning the Milky Ocean, or the Milky Way, and then from this motion gradually the treasures arise as butter would from the curdled, churned creamy substance. There is, in addition, a separation process in the manufacture of butter; the same does indeed occur in the cosmic process until finally the substance of form emerges from this primordial soup, as it were, and the dross is discarded.

It is another demonstration of the consistency of the Vedic Knowledge that milk is used in this grand myth, mother of all others. For the foundation of the Seeing is ever that Sacred Cow Surabhi, as she is known, or Kamadhenu. Indeed, the very first crystallised form that emerges from the churned ‘milk’ is precisely the Cow, Surabhi.

Science must then ask what the nature of an axis is and what are its origins. We are of course aware that macrocosmic bodies do indeed possess axes and that they ‘churn away’ around their fixed poles. But how did this come into being in the first place? We seem to take for granted that axes always existed or that in some way, unknown to us, they arose simultaneously with the first crystallised substance. This hypothesis may not be sufficient to understand the nature of our physical dimension because, as the ancient Vedic Seer realised in the dawn of history, the discovery of the origin of the axis is essential both for the proper understanding of the cosmic process and evolution, as well as the evolution of smaller bodies and finally the human species. Given this central importance, the axis is found in all cultural expressions of the subcontinent which can trace their roots to that original Vedic act of seeing.

The next feature of the myth to note is the setting in motion of the churning rod. To achieve this, the services of Vasuki are demanded. The Serpent is thus wrapped around the churning stick and – please note – the powers of both Darkness and Light are employed for the great tugging of Vasuki’s head and tail. Finally they complete the labour, the result of which is the emergence of treasured Forms, first of which is Surabhi the sacred Cow.

Why a cow, we might ask? In Vedic symbolism, given the use of dual meanings of words in Sanskrit, cow is equally a ray. But, as I have pointed out elsewhere in this series, the Cow indicates that luminous consciousness of the solar world, prior to differentiation. Indeed, the churning of her precious ‘milk’ is intended to produce just that: differentiated forms. We are thus reminded of this when the Seer relates that Surabhi is the very first ‘form’ to arise from the primordial milky ocean churned so valiantly by gods and demons alike, under the beneficent overseer, Vishnu, stabilised on the mighty Tortoise.

Two points must be noted: the relevance of centrality and axial alignment, both magnificently displayed in the Angkor Wat sculptured rendition of the tale. Indeed, the perfect Centre – in this case the Mountain – is what engenders an axis. But the myth is very specific in that the involvement of Vishnu is necessary for any of this to take place. It is Vishnu, of whom the Evolutionary Avatars are said to be emanations, who not only sets the axis in motion but who, in his Tortoise form, provides the prerequisite stability.

Hence a stable point is required, a foothold, as it were. Only then can the axis be churned and order be made of the chaos. This is an ever-recurring exercise, however. Vishnu periodically is called upon to ‘put order’ in the chaos of life, of Time, and to reestablish that ‘Stable Constant’, as I have called it; or, on other occasions, the Vedic ecliptic Base. The Evolutionary Avatar is his direct instrument for this mighty periodic Churning which must take place at regular intervals if the cosmic Machine is to be kept ‘churning’.

This introduces a further element. The question of generation of energy. Indeed, every cosmic body possessing an axis and in rotation around that ‘churning rod’ is a generator of energy. This, indeed, is the deepest purpose of all macrocosmic bodies. Their revolutions generate the energy that propels material creation forward in Time (and not backward, or to collapse upon itself). But not only does the macrocosmic body serve this function. The human structure is equally a generator of energy; with the difference that our species, for example, is hopelessly aligned to produce collapse. That is, the energy turns back upon itself, consumes itself, as it were. Brought to a more appreciable level, it is a structure which does not repose upon the Tortoise, which has no stable constant or base to uphold its ‘churning’, and that therefore begins to age at a certain critical turning point in its evolution and begins to consume itself or feed upon an energy supply which has not made contact with an ever-replenishing source. Expansion is overtaken by contraction in such a situation. They are not simultaneous directions or mutually supportive.

What this means is that the churning, by virtue of a certain axial alignment, ceases to produce expanding energy or growth, if you will, the process being fed by a replenishing source of energy; contraction is then experienced. This is a turning in on itself, or a source which is not unlimited but is rather subject to the limitations of a self-enclosed system. The rest of our lives thereafter serve simply to eat our energy base away. There is no further replenishing source insofar as the Tortoise is missing. More appropriately, we do not possess an axial alignment based on centrality (Mt. Meru). Ours is a binary system by consequence of which the two directions are not mutually supportive but at odds with each other. Tension arises from the contest and this is the description of the world we have created in our own image.

The creation of a perfect Centre is then the means to make contact with the Source in the other dimension, the Vedic Solar World or Swar. In so doing, the instrument is perfectly balanced, poised not on an off-centre cross as the mortal human creation is, so accurately depicted in Christian symbolism by the Cross on which Jesus is nailed. In the supramental body the perfect Centre engenders an intersection of the two fundamental cosmic directions, contraction and expansion, mutually supportive by virtue of this centred poise and therefore possessing an axis aligned in such a manner as to be that sacred Pillar, that Skambha up-pillaring creation.

This means, quite simply, that fulness lies at the core of a sun, a material sun and a luminous sun of consciousness which is the birthright of all creatures born on planet Earth where this alignment can manifest. The generation of energy in the core of the Sun is due to the centre and axis which sustains it (the Tortoise/stable constant of the myth), and therefore no collapse is experienced. Similarly, the human being in transition to a gnostic being has to bring about a new alignment in his or her consciousness-being in order for contact with the Fulness to occur, in order to ‘become the Sun’, as the Veda prophesies.

In the myth we are shown the structure of a unitary system. More than this, the myth is a prophecy – as indeed all true myths are – which relates the actions of the Evolutionary Avatars in ‘putting order’. And, more especially, in bringing into being the unitary system based on a perfect centre; or a centering process which generates a perfect axial alignment whereby that collapse, that turning back upon itself cannot occur. This is indicated in the cosmic order by the Midday Sun, the Ray that ‘casts no shadows’.

The Churning Mountain myth is indicative of a world in chaos or on the border between a binary and unitary system. The tension described is similar to our stage of evolution. Vishnu stands for that perfect centre which comes into being in the evolutionary process – that is, in the recondite processes of time in the material dimension – through the action of the Evolutionary Avatars.

All these elements have been reestablished in the mythic dimension, as I have described in the last issue with the ‘seeing’ of The Magical Carousel in March of 1970. Now we must search for these same elements in the reestablished temple, product of the Mother’s ‘seeing’. Indeed, her act preceded mine by three months and without which I could not have seen, could not have entered my own inner recesses; or that ‘hidden chamber closed and mute’, to use Sri Aurobindo’s description from his epic poem, Savitri, which does indeed describe the true character of that ‘recess’.

 

The body’s rules bound not the spirit’s powers:

When life had stopped its beats, death broke not in;

He dared to live when breath and thought were still.

Thus could he step into that magic place

Which few can even glimpse with hurried glance

Lifted for a moment from mind’s laboured works

And the poverty of Nature’s earthly sight.

All that the Gods have learned is there self-known.

There in a chamber closed and mute

Are kept the record graphs of the cosmic scribe,

And there the tables of the sacred Law,

There is the Book of Being’s index page,

The text and glossary of the Vedic truth

Are there; the rhythms and metres of the stars

Significant of the movements of our fate:

The symbol powers of number and of form,

And the secret code of the history of the world

And Nature’s correspondence with the soul

Are written in the mystic heart of life.

 

Savitri, Book I, Canto 5, CE, p.74-75

 

The Mother Accelerates the Ocean of Time

 

When the Mother penetrated the subtle dimension and entered the Chamber, she let loose upon the world that sacred Ray. She set in motion the ‘churning’. All were gathered together, – the gods and the titans, the powers of Light and Darkness. Indeed, she was more than specific about her act when she declared, after 18 days of battling with her entourage over the question of whose vision to be implemented by the architects, hers or theirs, that she was entrusting the operation to the ‘force of Consciousness’ to sort out the energies. She used the French word, decanter (to decant), which refers specifically to a settling of sediment, leaving the pure substance free. She stated,

 

‘You know, I do not believe in external decisions. I simply believe in one thing: the force of Consciousness which is making a pressure like that [crushing gesture] and the pressure goes on becoming greater…which means that it will sort out [decant] the people.

‘I believe only in that – the pressure of the Consciousness. All the rest, they are man-made things. They do them more or less well, and then it lives, and then it dies, and then it changes, and then it decomposes and then…everything they have done. It is not worth the trouble. The power of execution must come from above, like that, imperative… [gesture of descent]. And for that, this [The Mother points to her forehead], this must keep quiet. Not to say, “Oh, that must not be, oh! we ought to do…’. Peace, peace, peace. He knows better than you what is needed. There.

‘So, since there are not many who can understand, I say nothing, I watch and I wait…’.

                          The Matrimandir Dialogues, TVN, 1/6, page 44.

 

In these brief words the Mother prophesied the events which were to accompany the journey of her Temple through tumultuous corridors of time and circumstance in a process very much akin to the Churning of the Milky Ocean. Central to both is the Evolutionary Avatar, emanation of Vishnu. Essential to both is Time, set in accelerated motion with the Mother’s original act of seeing which drew aside certain veils and released energy. The Act of Seeing is thus a power. Every yogic act of this order does indeed release energy. It is not simply passive, as one’s condition before a cinema screen. When a Yogi penetrates a particular subtle plane or dimension, he or she allows the essence of that plane to filter down to Earth, and, in certain highly advanced achievements of this order, to find a firm and lasting foothold here. This is especially evident when Time is an ally in the process and not the Destroyer. Then the seeds of that Seeing are carried on and on in the evolutionary process, brought to fruition as it were by Time. And insofar as we are dealing with a release of energy, it is this act which causes an acceleration.

The contemporary unfolding of the ancient myth witnessed the same protagonists as of old. Both gods and titans took part. Both engaged in the labour of churning the mighty axis of Mount Meru, utilising Vasuki – or Time. And, given the Mother’s uncanny ability to identify the forces at her disposal, she did indeed hand over to the titans the hardest part of the labour, the part which would produce ‘poisonous fumes’ thrust into the faces of these demons, possessors of unsurpassable physical-vital power. Thus, the actual physical construction was given to those in her entourage fashioned by destiny and constitution in such a manner as to permit them to carry the churning to completion in spite of those poisonous fumes they were constantly exposed to and consuming. Indeed, it is important to note that the more accomplished instruments, the more commendable in a sense were the titans, inasmuch as they possess a tenacity and will unparalleled by anything the gods can offer to the Divine Labour. But the gods too are required in equal measure, aligned on either side of the Rod so that a balanced and orderly churning may ensue on the basis of the two powers aligned along the horizontal axis. Vishnu, the Preserver and spirit of the Avatar, stands central in the vertical alignment setting the rhythm as a coxswain would of old in the rhythmic rowing of a ship. He sets the Pulse, the harmony both for gods and titans.

The Mother may also have been as naughty as Vishnu in tricking the titans, or Asuras, into accepting to hold Vasuki’s head, through whose mouth the noxious fumes were to emanate. In the myth the deception by Vishnu of the Asuras is described in delightful detail. The Asuras are fooled into demanding to hold Vasuki’s head by the simple fact that the Devas pretended to want that position in the Churning Act. Limited as the Asuras are in their vision, they immediately deduced that the head was the best position and that Vishnu would be favouring the gods if it were granted to them. They remonstrated before him, voicing their grievance and pleading for justice. Vishnu, a party to the ruse – nay, its creator – readily appeased the Asuras by granting them the Serpent’s head to hold which was being so coveted by the gods, to all appearances. The churning was thus begun on this basis, by this ruse.

Contemporary history in the making reveals a very similar ruse. The coveted position in the case of the Mother’s creation was the actual physical centre as well as the actual physical labour. That is, to hold possession of the physical construction. And that she did indeed grant to the titans who, as tenaciously as their counterparts of old, clung to the ‘head’ with all their might, never releasing it for one moment. And it is there, from that cauldron, that the fumes arose. That is, the waste, so essential a product of a true churning of time.

The entire operation must be viewed as a mighty machine, a cosmic generator of energy necessary in order to set time moving in higher gears, or to avoid collapse of energy. The period reserved for the acceleration is 27 years – or 3 x 9. In calendar time, it began exactly with the onset of the construction, 1971, or the start of the last three enneads of the millennium – 1971 to 1998. It is  more than evident to even the most materially-minded observer, in whatever field of human endeavour, that this period has indeed seen the most remarkable ‘acceleration’ of our age. We have the titans to thank for this spectacular advance.

And the gods? What has been, and continues to be, their contribution, as well as their recompense? While the titans hold the coveted ‘head’ (and enjoy the noxious fumes in the bargain), what is the reward of the gods? Clearly the tail is the less important or prominent position. But in this case, being at the other end of the pole, away from that vexing mouth of Vasuki emanating poisonous wastes, the atmosphere is clear, uncontaminated, as clean as mountain air. The gods also tug, they too are engaged in the hard labour. But Vasuki does not cloud their vision with his fumes. They can thus see.

The objective of the churning is a stirring of the milky ocean. That is, the vast expanse of Consciousness. This is what the Cow stands for. With her in the creation of material things is the Horse, or force. They describe together the axis of Being of macro and microcosm, consciousness-force.

Thus the churning implies that the undifferentiated consciousness must be set in motion in such a manner as to produce differentiated forms. But the essence of that Consciousness is light. Hence Cow, go, also means ray in Sanskrit. The Cow Surabhi, first of the treasures to emerge is the equivalent of a consolidated body of Light. In more appreciable terms it is a body of knowledge, or veda. And indeed one of ‘treasures’ stolen by the Asuras at the time of the churning was precisely the Vedas. The tale describes the ruses employed by Vishnu and the gods to rescue them, which did come to pass.

On the other end of the pole is Force. Thus the churning demands the contribution of instruments for the act who embody power. Consequently, both gods and titans engage in the churning in equal measure. They set the mighty Axis in motion which requires this alignment of light and darkness, or consciousness-force, as embodied by gods and titans. The Axis holds them to itself, thereby bringing order into the chaos; or differentiating forms from the undifferentiated essence of the Supreme Consciousness.

It is clear from this brief analysis of the myth that order is synonymous with axis, and that no harmony of elements can come into being without that central Mt Meru; and for Mt Meru to serve in this noble act of creating order there must, above all else, come into being the stable constant, the base, the Evolutionary Avatar in the mythic form of the Tortoise.

 

The Divine Measure of the Axis/Rod

 

One of the salient features of this work in its third and fourth levels of manifestation is the question of filling the void; or, as is pertinent to the Third Power, the birth that fills the Void. This is equivalent to the Tortoise Avatar serving as the base or indeed filling the Void so that the Rod might be upheld. (In the 10th chapter  of The Magical Carousel quoted in the last issue in regard to the experience of the Hindu Temple, the act of ‘filling the void’ was conveyed by the existence of the hole in the middle of the cavern in the Mountain, and the vision of the Time-Spirit rising into the room and ‘filling the Void’ in the ‘mountain mass’.)

The Churning myth describes the initial difficulty gods and titans experience in the exercise of churning when the Rod (Mt Meru) begins to sink, precisely because the base is lacking. Consequently, Vishnu takes the form of the Tortoise (kurma in Sanskrit) and props up the Rod-Mountain. In the Line of Ten Avatars, this was Vishnu’s second incarnation, his first being the Fish, matsya in Sanskrit. I propose further on to show how this myth is played out three times in the course of the Great Round of Manifestations, comprising 77,760 years.

Sri Aurobindo pointed out that the Line of Ten Avatars (and its accompanying mythology) is a ‘parable of evolution’. This is indeed the case and is readily apparent to the scholar acquainted with the true discipline of mythic creation and its symbolism. I would agree with Sri Aurobindo entirely, but in the process, let us carry the discovery a step further into a more detailed analysis of the cosmological content of the stories, and in particular the precise relationship with Time and the flow of the Ages as mirrored in the zodiacal sphere. I wish to make a certain distinction before all else, particularly because of recent discoveries made in the Rigveda by an Indian computer scientist working at the Louisiana State University in the USA, Dr Subash Kak. This perceptive researcher seems to have come upon a ‘code’ in the Rigveda, as recently reported in Indian and foreign newspapers and journals, which reveals the profound knowledge of astronomy possessed by the composers of the hymns; and indeed that this collection of ancient writings ought not to be referred to as hymns, given the code and the astronomy it details.

For a very long time I have been sustaining that the Rigveda describes a cosmological process and that this pertains to the macrocosm but is more especially a manual of Yoga which is modelled on the cosmic process and can confer on the practitioner the ability to establish in the individual’s private cosmos the same properties of the larger bodies; and that the clarion call of the Rishis to ‘become the Sun’ was not at all ‘symbolic’ in the manner we understand symbolism, but that it was a very real and concrete realisation. It did indeed transform the consciousness-being of the Aryan Warrior to the degree that a certain mysterious and magical realignment would confer upon the practitioner the coveted state of Immortality, the apex of the Vedic quest. This process is more accurately described as cosmological and not simply astronomy, though astronomical codes may indeed emerge from a specialised scrutiny of the text. This, however, is immaterial to the larger lines the Veda draws. They were secondary to the real pursuit.

Subash Kak has apparently come upon a code which establishes from the Rigveda the distances between Earth and Sun, and Earth and Moon. This is contained in the accurate measurement of the diameters of these cosmic bodies. The distance between the Sun and Earth would thus be 108 diameters of the Sun; and the distance between the Earth and Moon would be based on 108 diameters of the Moon.

The measure therefore is 108 in both cases, or 9 X 12. These, the student of the new cosmology recognises, are the numbers of the Gnostic Circle’s structure: 9 (planets), and 12 (zodiacal signs), and the Circle is thus a superimposition on the wheel in this manner. In other words, the Gnostic Circle describes a harmony, a measured play between these two number-powers, 9 and 12. These result in 21 by addition and 108 by multiplication. By subtraction the remainder is 3.

Interestingly, contemporary science measurements of the diameters of Sun and Moon and their distance from the Earth by such equivalents is 107.6 for the Sun, and 110.6 for the Moon. Subtraction between the two leaves us with a similar measure of 3, as with the product of the subtraction of 9 from 12.

This question of Harmony is not something the scientist of today is willing to accept, in its own right, as a valid aspect of the cosmological paradigm of whatever school. One cannot help but wonder at the dullness of the human mind in this regard when we realise what an extraordinary ‘coincidence’ of proportions had to enter into the factor of lunar and solar eclipses, for example. Precisely the diameters of the bodies involved had to be of such a harmony and the bodies themselves positioned at the very specific points in the solar system for this ‘harmony of eclipse’ to take place in the manner we know. That is, where the disk of the Moon or the Earth must be such as to obscure the sphere upon which either its shadow is projected as in the case of the lunar eclipse, or the actual body itself intervenes to produce the perfect covering of the Sun at the time of a solar eclipse. We take these occurrences for granted perhaps; but certainly the Vedic Rishi did not, if, as Dr Kak discovered, so much emphasis was laid on the diameters of these very bodies. Indeed, from those remote times until today, the measure 108 has been a revered power in many Hindu rituals and in Puranic cosmology. We encounter it constantly in any perusal of the old texts.

Given this lack of interest in Harmony for harmony’s sake, it is unlikely the present-day researcher will agree that the content of the Veda is more specifically cosmological rather than astronomical; not to speak of historical which is his predilection. The hymns have been categorised differently by various scholars who have analysed these ancient writings of another age, another consciousness, depending upon their particular disciplines or inclination. We note that they have been studied philologically, historically, and so forth. I am now adding a cosmological perspective, but I do so with the conviction that before long these revelations will help to focus attention on the unique spirit manifesting through the consciousness of the people of the subcontinent throughout the millennia.

The reason why Vedic cosmology is largely beyond the scope of the researcher, as well as the contemporary yogi, is because the ancient Rishi understood the role of axis and alignment of cosmic directions, an aspect of cosmology quite out of the parameters of the latter-day cosmologist. This might not have been the case had the Rishis limited their proclamations to a statement of fact regarding the universe under scrutiny. But the stumbling-block the modern scientist encounters in dealing with the ancient cosmology, or even its astronomy, is that the Rishis were not satisfied with an empirical externalised observation. They continuously disturb the modern analyst by perversely drawing the observation into the private laboratory of the Seer. Or else, by starting from that innermost point of observation, a positioning foreign to the contemporary scientist, though the nuclear physicist does concede that measurements of particles are disturbed by the observer. The observer is thus an intrinsic part of the very act of measuring. Verse after verse inveighs upon the Aryan to  BECOME that Harmony, to realise in him or herself that same cosmological process in the inner recesses of their consciousness-being. And insofar as Time is the gestator of the universe and essential to its evolution, the Aryan must also make Time an ally – failing which the Victory cannot be attained.

I repeat, this stubborn insistency on transformation of the human being in an integral and integrated fashion which will reproduce on Earth that greater harmony and establish contact with the same eternally replenishing Source which a sun enjoys is entirely unacceptable to the scientist.

As for the modern Yogi, after the loss of the Divine Measure that practice became unrealisable. Yogas, or spirituality, as we are obliged to call the process of transformation of consciousness after the spirit/matter divide, are entirely practical. If results cannot be attained within the prescriptions of the path, the yogi will not persist. Other paths then come to replace the old which do indeed produce results.

Hence, with the Divine Maya lost, the cosmically-oriented quest became irrelevant and was soon abandoned. And yet it is universally acknowledged as the seed of all the rest, as the heart and soul of Hinduism. Consequently, the Evolutionary Avatar must appear at determined intervals to re-churn the Ocean of Milk, to re-tune the instrument and set the pulse in accordance with the new boundaries of the human consciousness.

Thus, in this 9th Manifestation we have a solar system consisting of 9 planets. This is therefore an essential ingredient in our measure. We have a measure of 12, for example our division of the year, or the ecliptic division of the Earth’s revolution of the Sun. And these are the facets of the Divine Maya which the Avatar must re-establish, with all that is connected to such an act, – i.e., the precise location of the Capricorn Solstice. Thus 9 and 12 is the measure of the consciousness of the human species in this particular Age. The enhancement involves 3 planets added to the former 6. And once again we encounter the measure of 3 between the old and the new System as with the diameters of Sun and Moon.

 

‘The Measure of Unity’

                                   

In Volumes 1 and 2 of The New Way, I laid emphasis on the supreme importance of the radius, in that treatment it was particularly the radius of the Earth: 3960 miles – the mile being the ‘horizontal’ measurement based on 12. I did so in order to stress the need to respect the accurate measurement of the diameter of the Mother’s Chamber, as stipulated by her in her original plan of the temple. These numbers, 3/9/6/0, in this very order, are contained in her plan on the basis of the Mathematics of Unity and the precise location of the 3 consecutive circles which combine to reproduce the Mother’s 3-part symbol in the temple’s floor plan, or its horizontal expanse, because indeed her symbol is based on the measure of 12. The total radius is 1200 (=3), the next circle’s radius is 675 (=9), and the last is 150 (=6); and finally the centre, 0. (See The New Way, Volume l, page 147.) I called the radius the Measure of Unity.

 

This is not far from the ancient perception inasmuch as the distance between the three principal cosmic bodies of our System are observations based precisely on radii, and then diameters. Now, if we take the Vedic measure of 108 diameters and convert them to radii, we come upon an interesting measure of 216. When adding the 0 representing the centre of the circle or orb as I have done in the above diagram, the measure is 2160. One interesting ‘coincidence’ of this particular number is that it happens to be the amount of years from the date of the beginning of the 9th Manifestation (234BC) to 1926, or the beginning of our Age of Aquarius, one of the three zodiacal signs comprising the 9th Manifestation.

In other words, for the Earth to trace her ‘ascendant’ on the constellational backdrop, 2160 years are required in order for that shaft to pass through one sign. This is especially interesting in the context of our present discussion because involved in this precessional movement backward through the signs are precisely the three bodies under scrutiny in the context of the Rigvedic astronomical code, – the Earth, the Moon and the Sun. But the especially important body is the Moon because it balances the Earth’s axial tilt and thereby creates a wobbling motion which, like a spinning top, is the movement the Earth traces and therefore produces this shaft which I call her Ascendant. And interestingly again, this number 2160 is the diameter of the Moon. (See The New Way, Volume 2, ‘The Moon and the Precession’, page 255.)

I have established many such relationships in my books in connection with the Mother’s temple, particularly in The New Way, involving this number and others of equal importance, traceable to the ancient texts. There is no need to repeat here the earlier discoveries insofar as the object of the present study is somewhat different and more expanded. My intention at this point is to draw the Vedic experience as described in the ancient Hindu temple to the present and reveal that in the Mother’s architectural plan and design of her Temple today all the salient features of the former are not only retained but enhanced. This enhancement comes about by virtue of the fact that the reestablishment carries the act of measuring to even greater heights of sophistication than attained in former times – namely because of the universality of the present exercise. This is made possible by a host of factors, principal of which is the oneness of our globe, our more universal perception imposed upon contemporary society by the discovery of the full body of the Earth and the means for almost instant communication between points across the surface of the planet and even deep into space; as well as the full measure of the solar system and its relation to the 9 and the 12. All of this is a feature of our dawning Age of Aquarius, as any astrologer will affirm. And the Age began in that year of blessed number power 1926, or the 2160th year into our actual 9th Manifestation, the period of Vishnu’s appearance as the 9th (and 10th) Avatar.

 

Axial Containment

 

The Milky Ocean myth is very precise in conveying the fact that the axis or Churning Rod is held in place by two elements. One is the Tortoise who props up the Rod from the deepest depths  – hence the creature used is precisely the amphibian tortoise which lives in water and on land. But the most important aspect of this part of the myth is that it gives us the key to the stage of the process, be it evolutionary, socio-political, cultural, historical or even of the individual.

Vishnu’s first incarnation is the Matsyavatar, a wholly aquatic creature. The second stage is Kurmavatar, or the Tortoise; the development has progressed to incorporate both water and earth. We shall see now how the myth draws in another, third element, air, and in so doing how it comes to indicate a specific portion of our evolutionary experience, one which incorporates or integrates three of the astrological elements, – Water, Earth, and Air. Left out is Fire.

 

Interestingly, the three elements which figure in the myth prominently are the elements of the three signs which comprise this 9th Manifestation: Pisces, water; Aquarius, air; and Capricorn, earth. The Fire sign, Leo, stands in opposition to these three signs and thus enters the scheme to complete the combine in a most interesting manner. I have discussed this arrangement at length in The Gnostic Circle (Aeon Books, 1975, Chapters 5 & 6). It is what is traditionally known as the Yod aspect, or the Finger of God (here reproduced).  In terms of the avataric line in its present arrangement, three of these signs, Pisces, Capricorn and Leo, refer to the three members of the Solar Line born precisely under these signs: the 9, or Sri Aurobindo born under Leo; the 6, the Mother born under Pisces; and the Third born under Capricorn. Cupped within this triadic display is the air sign of our age, Aquarius.

The air element is a prominent feature of the myth because of the contribution of Garuda, the Eagle – Vishnu’s own carrier or vahana, as it is known in Sanskrit. The story goes that after the Tortoise appeared to provide the stable base for the Churning Rod, Mt Meru, another necessity arose. It was evident that something was required to hold the Rod down. Thus the services of Garuda were engaged, who flew to the peak of Mt Meru, alighted thereupon and held the Rod in place. Thus was the air element brought into the tale. The meaning is of course the joining of the two dimensions (or three, if you will): the deepest watery depths and the supreme celestial heights, the realm of the Eagle. The connection is made by the magical axis or pillar, held in place by components of the Avataric manifestation.

Mt Meru is known to be India in the ancient geo-cosmology. Thus India, the subcontinent of the Capricorn hieroglyph, is once again demonstrated to be the link between ‘heaven’ and ‘earth’.

Vishnu’s Garuda presses down on the axis/rod. Kurma, the tortoise, props it up. There are thus two stresses, two directions: involution and evolution respectively. The creation in between, or the axis (Mt Meru) which comes into being as a result is a product of these mutually supportive directions, involution and evolution. Under another perspective, it is contraction and expansion – the pressing in and the moving out. They can only be mutually supportive and not destructive if the axis is the product of a true centre. This then engenders a Divine Measure or a ‘golden rod’, as it is known in occidental tradition.

 

The Divine Measure in the Mother’s Chamber

 

According to her original plan the Mother has provided this evolving humanity with the same Divine Measure of old. But this time, while ever being the supreme key of the Rigvedic cosmology, it has surfaced in the Mother’s plan in the central portion of her creation and in a manner which not only vindicates the apparently ‘primitive’ usage of symbols in ancient and contemporary India, but carries the symbol into greater heights and depths of its essential meaning.

Thus the Divine Maya, or Measure, of the year, 365 days, is incorporated centrally in the Mother’s chamber in precisely the descending Solar Ray (go = cow), or the axis of the Temple. Surabhi or Kamadhenu is thus the first ‘treasure’ to emerge from the churning her penetrating vision produced: the differentiation of the Light in the consolidated Divine Maya of an Earth year. Clearly for this reason the Mother was insistent on the Ray not being diffused light but falling in one consolidated beam.

The space covered by this light-ray was to be 15.20 metres. The particulars of this aspect of her plan are given in full detail in Volume 2 of The New Way. Again I must repeat that in the present context my intention is simply to reveal the manner in which the essence of the Veda is reestablished in our times, fully respecting not only the ancient symbolism but the orientation of that former path of the Aryan Warrior in his or her endeavour ‘to become the Sun’. The symbol (the Cow) is the very thing symbolised (the Ray). For in this Age the two dimensions are destined to join, the more ethereal and the most dense.

If we correlate the process with the flow of the astrological ages which comprise this 9th Manifestation, the same elements emerge via the signs to indicate with precision where our ‘labour’ stands at this point in time. Thus, we have just emerged from the Age of Pisces, on Matsya, the Fish. This period covered 2160 years (those important radii numbers once again), from 234 BC to 1926 when the next Age began, the air sign, Aquarius. We are barely 67 years into the latter, but it should console us to know that this is the period of the 25,920 years of the present Round (of 12 Manifestations = 77,760 years) in which connection is made with the heights, the ‘celestial regions’, or Swar.

During the Piscean Age indeed the Earth experienced her darkest and deepest depths. Between 234 BC and 1926, India certainly saw her darkest hour: the loss of the Divine Maya, followed by countless invasions and finally conquests lasting through the centuries. Above all, and this is the part entirely overlooked by one and all, it was the period during which the ‘ray’ was indeed hidden in the dense cave of the panis, the hostiles of the Cosmic Ignorance whose rule has prevailed for nearly a millennium. The Light was obscured or pinned under thick covers of darkness.

One of the most telling indications that this is so may be gleaned from the fact that during this period what had hitherto existed as an oral tradition was converted into a written documentation. When the Knowledge was threatened with extinction the reaction was to preserve it in various forms – i.e., the Shastras, or Scriptures, and countless cultural expressions and their respective manuals; even there came into being the splendid design and measurement prescriptions of the Hindu Temple which came to dot the entire subcontinent, some splendid examples of which still exist, notwithstanding the subjugation by invading cultures hostile to the temple’s meaning and purpose. The message was preserved even beyond the confines of the subcontinent, as we have noted in the Angkor Wat temple complex. That the need arose to record what had hitherto been oral transmission points to the decline of the Knowledge and its threatened extinction, insofar as the yogic realisations gradually decreased which were the channel for the preservation and transmission in a direct form. Finally there were no living exponents of this ancient system and the Knowledge came to be preserved in the above mentioned civilisational expressions still thriving on the subcontinent in this age.

This situation prevailed during the entire Age of Pisces. It was, however, the first stage in the Churning, the time when the deep waters are ‘gathered’ as it were into a sea. The first cosmic energies are drawn into the cauldron which must take part in any truly great Churning.

When Sri Aurobindo was 54 years old, or half of 108, the new dawn of Aquarius began and with that rising Sun the Vedic Knowledge of the solar kingdom began to permeate the atmosphere. The Light was beginning to manifest again, the consciousness of Bharat Mata was awakening. From then a series of ‘conspiracies’ were organised with the allegiance of Time to force the rediscovery of those ancient roots which had been submerged under the waters of the Piscean sea, or the dark age of the Earth.

I reproduce below the Map of the 12 Manifestations to provide a clear perspective of the cycles and the spiralling movement of Time and Consciousness. To be noted is the fact that in the quarter where our 9th Manifestation falls there are two more, long passed. Thus the quarter we are moving through is not our first passage. The evolution has experienced other ‘churnings’ of a similar order, though less sophisticated given the fact that the arc has closed in our period, the depths have joined the heights. But for that to occur, the ‘ray’ had to be lost and recovered, exactly as the Rigveda prophesies.

 

 

Thus, the Churning of the Milky Ocean occurs at three stages in the spiral: the 1st Manifestation, the 5th and the 9th, our present and last passage. This is indicated by the fact that the precessional movement which makes this action of Time possible is BACKWARD through the signs.

We move therefore from the first which in this backward precession is Pisces to Aquarius, and then to Capricorn, and so on, in reverse direction. The first experience is not Aries of the Fire element, if the order were the prescribed yearly trajectory through the signs. It is rather Pisces, a water sign; and indeed a sea, for of the three water signs which comprise the zodiac, only Pisces is this vast expanse of water. However, each Manifestation of the 12 does indeed correspond to a zodiacal sign; for example, our 9th is Sagittarius.

The individual’s progression is the yearly trajectory and the order is counter-clockwise. The vaster movement of Time though the astrological ages is clockwise, or backwards through the wheel. Essential, however, is that the two Zero or starting points of these wheels must coincide every 25,920 years. One measures everything thereafter on this basis. Hence it is imperative to have very precise knowledge of the beginning of any Age, as for example our own which began in 1926. Without that the commingling of the two cannot come to pass. Translated into more appreciable terms, it means that the point cannot be connected to the circumference. The part cannot be equal to the whole. Above cannot correlate to below. There is no possible experience of unity in such circumstances. And this accurately describes the consciousness of the human creature during the dark age of the Earth we have been analysing. For it was precisely during that period that this connection was lost when all measurement was BEYOND the ecliptic and solely and entirely constellational. Failing to respect the Earth’s own truth resulted in the loss of that Divine Maya whereby that ‘heaven’ above could be joined to this ‘earth’ below. The cogs in the mighty Wheel of Time were thus dislocated, each spinning at odds with the other for practical purposes. That is, the correct Measure having been lost, no sense could be made of the greater Harmony, much less its correspondence with the human creation in a vision of unity, harmony and integrality. If we wish to introduce a true NEW world order, the first step is to recapture this measure. The periodic ‘churning’ of the Piscean Sea is precisely in order to re-set our cosmic clocks. In the process we reestablish the Dharma because the two go hand in hand.

 

The Vedic ‘Measure of Unity’ Reestablished

 

The value of the concept of a diameter drawn across the face of a sphere and its measurement correlated by the Laws of Correspondence and Equivalency to other measurements in a contained, proportionate model such as the Hindu Temple is not at all appreciated today. And yet we have a reputable researcher, Dr Subash Kak, who has rediscovered this ‘code’, as he calls it, in the Rigveda, indicating that well over three millennia ago, at the least, the composers of the hymns laid the same emphasis on the radius and diameter as I have done in the deciphering of the ‘code’ in the Mother’s original plan of her Chamber. The point to bring forth is the similarity, nay, the identical approach of the old Seers and the new.

In the passage from Savitri partially quoted on page 24, Sri Aurobindo is explicit that there is a new code…

 

He could re-read now and interpret new

Its strange symbol letters, scattered abstruse signs,

Resolve its oracle and its blindfold terms….

 

These are the ‘secrets’, the rahasyam uttamam, or highest of secrets of the Veda, which is simply the truth of matter or the Divine Maya that becomes obscured when the great Sense is missed. The ‘code’ is then entirely overlooked and the ignorant can then heap abuses upon those who dare to see in these most profound depths what the blind ignore and perversely ridicule.

The other important point to emphasise is that in order to ‘re-read’ and ‘interpret new’ – or, in the terms we are employing, to reestablish the Dharma – it is necessary to follow the same path, albeit drawing the lines so traced far deeper and touching a horizon far beyond what had earlier been reached.

 

Thus, on page after page of The New Way, and now in VISHAAL, I have ‘decoded’ the Mother’s Chamber to reveal the identical experience at the heart of the vision. A key feature has been precisely the radius and diameter measurement. Now, in an unrelated line of research, we find that a contemporary scientist has also come upon the same usage of diameter measurements in the Rigveda, thus proving unequivocally the statement that the Mother’s plan is a focal point in the reestablishment of the eternal Vedic Truth.

In Volume 2, Chapter 4 of The New Way, I have utilised this ‘code’ involving perhaps the most important revelations in the book. This concerns the diameter of the chamber’s central Globe, heart and soul of the edifice, strung along the vertical leading to ‘the peak of the Mountain’ (similar to the ladder of The Magical Carousel) at the top of the room; that is, where the Sun’s Ray enters and streams down through the central axis to ‘play upon the Globe’, an image which the Mother declared to be nothing less than ‘the symbol of the future realisation’.

It was this exercise which perhaps more forcefully than any other discovery in the plan confirmed the character of divine Maya of that central shaft, which revealed it to be the ‘golden rod’; or, in this particular case, a golden chain. There are 21 ‘links’ in this solar chain when the discs of the Globe are strung up along the vertical, their circumferences touching. By the magical measurement of the Globe (70cms) in relation to all else and in particular to the height of the chamber, there are an exact 21 such discs.

The similarity with the code Dr Kak has discovered in the Rigveda is unmistakable. His key was finally the number 108, or 9 X 12, – or else, as in the Mother’s shaft, 9 plus 12 (=21). It is found therefore that this all-important Vedic key of 108 is found in the Mother’s chamber centrally, as central as it appears to have been in the Veda. But the important aspect of this discovery is that in the Mother’s chamber  the formula emerges from the measurement of the Globe, the only  light-filled, luminous object in the chamber and the focal point of the entire design. It is the ‘play’ of the Ray upon this object that the Mother identified as ‘the symbol of the future realisation’. When the Veda sings of the streams of light from the Sun (the Cows), and in particular the light of the early Dawn, this imagery is conveyed in an architectural plan certainly in what has to be described as an enhancement of the original Seeing. The purity of the present imagery denotes a consciousness unencumbered, free of the mists which cloud the mental and vital planes due to the turbulence of the ordinary human consciousness, a turbulence caused by the individual’s off-centre alignment.

But the Mother stood alone in her poise of consciousness. Those to whom she entrusted her vision were far below her on the echelon, and the results are there for all to see. The construction in Auroville, carried out in her name and, according to the builders, ‘…as faithful as possible to the original’, bears no resemblance to her unique design and plan.

By now it is more than evident that we are dealing with MEASURE. But measurement based on a consciousness and vision of Unity. And it is an integrated Seeing. That is, while the Globe measuring 70cms provides the key to the Geometry of Time which I discovered in the central axis of the Mother’s original chamber, and that those 70 are equivalent to 18 days (or 18 years) by this special geometric equivalence, this measurement is also the full body of Mother India: 30 degrees latitude and 40 degrees longitude. The measurement thus encompasses the full extent of the Capricorn hieroglyph, horizontally and vertically. At the same time, and this is the important factor to stress in the present context, these 30 and 40 (of the Globe) are the segments of the 9-part circle and the 12-part. That is, if we divide the 360 degrees of the circle by 9, each segment is 40 degrees; similarly, if we divide by 12 the segments are 30 degrees. These are precisely the super-imposed divisions which form the Gnostic Circle.

Thus, when I have stated that the Gnostic Circle is the new key, the new formula, the basis of the new cosmology, it is because of the enhancement it offers by virtue of the fact that with this new ‘code’ we can connect the solar system’s harmony to the calendar. In addition, when this key is revealed to be the ‘code’ of the Mother’s chamber, then the Vedic Temple is indeed reestablished in our midst and its truth is enhanced. For the foundation of the original act of seeing is respected but evolved due to the circumscribing conditions of Time’s present to attain what the Mother described as ‘a new precision’, something beyond what the mind of man is capable of attaining. She further described this new precision as the outcome of a ‘felt vision’. (See The New Way, Vol. 2, Chapter 7, page 319.) In our terms this is the ‘new seeing’, outcome of a realisation which allows us to see in understanding. It is just such a vision that gives birth to a new world order and indeed a reestablishment of the Vedic Dharma.

Whether or not a similar precise correlation with the calendar was available in Vedic times to the degree achieved via the Gnostic Circle will perhaps remain a mystery. Its attainment depends upon knowledge of the Zero, before all else, and we need therefore to pin-point when this discovery was made in India. In any case, we know that the Precession of the Equinoxes was known and its value incorporated in the Knowledge and rooted in the Hindu Temple of old through, for one, The Vastupurush Mandala which is the first step in the construction of any Hindu temple.

I must repeat that the Mother entrusted her vision to lesser mortals who, like the titans of old, could not be expected to ‘see in understanding’, much less to respect her call for ‘a new precision’. Indeed, every single item I have discussed in my works of her original plan has been lost in the actual construction in Auroville. The titans carried out the physical labour with the tenacity and perseverance known to them. But the ‘noxious fumes’ clouded their vision; hence they failed to appreciate the ‘treasures’ which the churning produced – namely, veda. Their labour has borne the predictable fruit of such blindness: a senseless object stands as a monument to what Sri Aurobindo describes as ‘the ego of the instrument’. The titan inevitably exalts in his labour, his power, his instrumentation. The Divine is beyond his appreciation except as a giver of boons, precisely as a recompense for that tenacity and hard effort. The Mother’s consciousness is indeed a ‘hidden chamber closed and mute’ which he can never penetrate because its access is through the soul, the Third Principle of creation. When brought face-to-face with that Third Power who did indeed reveal this rahasyam uttaman, who handed over the key to the chamber and encouraged them to use it in their labour, they perversely but predictably rejected the offer.

The fundamental principle of the Veda lies at the basis of that rejection. The Vedic Light is a growth from within just as the Hindu Temple is a development from the seed in the garbhagriha outward. To live these experiences one must follow that original precept of the ancient and new Yoga. One has to see from a central poise, from the core which is the precinct of the Third Power.

The Rahasyam is Harmony. The divine Maya is known by virtue of that principle. The Seer does not measure the surface of the Sun and Moon with instruments devised for the purpose. He or she simply plunges within, finds inner access  to that hidden chamber and comes upon the secret vision of the Third, the soul, similar to the coveted vision of the Eleusinian Mysteries of old. Its secret is harmony, its measure is 9 and 12, as reflected in the symbols of the Third and the Mother in this contemporary enactment of the Eleusinian myth.

When the same path is followed, the same orientation of the quest as in those former times, the contemporary seer knows that the truth of Matter will manifest in some way always respecting this key. Its product may be 108, or 21; or else 3 x 3, or 3 x 4. Countless are the combinations, but the basic Law must be respected.

These Laws are the foundation of the Veda, ancient and new. I have described the process involved in the Churning of the Milky Ocean in an attempt to reveal the true content of myths of Vedic origin. This tale is a product of the Piscean Age, the night of the soul when the truth had to be covered in the cloaks of darkness, driven deep into the secret recesses of one’s innermost being. But its essential features were known long, long ago in the Vedic Age. There is a special verse concerning the cosmic process in the Rigveda, translated superbly by Sri Aurobindo. I reproduce it here to draw the parallel between that Age and the later Puranic period on the basis of what has been ‘decoded’ from the Churning myth in these pages:

 

‘From the kindled fire of Energy of Consciousness, Truth was born and the Law of Truth; from that the Night, from the Night the flowing ocean of being… and on the ocean Time was born to whom is subjected every seeing creature.’ (RV, X, 190.)

 

Thus we note that for the Rishi Time was indeed born on the ‘ocean of being’ which arose from the Night, but which was a product of that high Truth and its Laws. The verse mentions the ‘kindled fire of Energy of Consciousness’ (tapas). Indeed, this is the key to the Churning and the fire or energy it generates. There is thus no difference at all between the old Seeing and the new.

 

‘By the Names of the Lord and hers they shaped and measured the force of the Mother of Light; wearing might after might of that Force as a robe the lords of Maya  shaped out Form in this Being… The Masters of Maya shaped all by His Maya; the Fathers who have divine vision set Him as a child that is to be born.’ (Ibid)

 

Here we note the origin of Form arising from the Churning, as well as the birth of the One, the Child. But the verse explicitly connects this birth with the power of a divine vision that ‘sets’ the Transcendent as a ‘child that is to be born’. In other words, the act of seeing rends the veil and draws the Transcendent from that plane to this material dimension where He emerges as the One in the form of the Son, the divine Child Agni, the first sacred Fire.

Can the subtleties of such divine Seeings be left in the charge of the titans to preserve? The answer lies in the fact that they were altogether incapable of carrying anything of that Truth and its Laws into what they have built in Auroville as ‘the Mother’s temple’ where the divine Maya was not only to be preserved but to be revealed in its supramentalised form. But ironically not only did they destroy the Mother’s contribution to the reestablishment as far as the actual physical building is concerned. They also destroyed their own contribution.

 

The Dark Consumes its own ‘Light’

 

The Mother stated that she saw only the interior of the temple, that is, the chamber, not the outer form. She stated that she was open to suggestions from the architects as to what shape this outer container should have. Subsequently (see The Matrimandir Dialogues), the architect suggested a Shalagrama, a golden Cosmic Egg, which did come to serve as the outer container of the chamber. Without realising what he had done, this form permitted Sri Aurobindo’s symbol to be reproduced in subtle lines in the plan. I made this discovery in the mid 1970s. But, as fortune would have it and true to the titans mould, the ‘lines’ of the symbol would emerge in the architects’ outer form only if the chamber’s measurements were scrupulously respected as given by the Mother in her original plan and based on the dialogues she recorded while explaining certain facets of the temple. Foremost of these is precisely the room’s diameter.

But this the titan refused to do. Adamantly. Pigheadedly. For no valid reason, he shortened the diameter by approximately one meter. Thus, his only real and true contribution to the reestablishment, which the Mother encouragingly entrusted to the builders, in contrast to the inner chamber which she insisted was to be her creation, was laid waste by the perverse decision to disregard that sacred Measure of the room’s diameter – an exact 24 meters, wall to wall.

Sri Aurobindo’s symbol as the occult but indispensable inner structure of the Temple, the form (of the Transcendent) upon which the stability of the entire creation rests, as the above verse describes and which the divine Maya shapes in this universe, was thus eliminated by the titans themselves in an apt reflection of their inability to see.

I reproduce below the diagram based on the correct measurements of the chamber’s diameter and height as given by the Mother. Indicated in the encircled portions are the ‘points’ which emerge in the chamber only when the diameter and height are precisely executed according to the exact measurements given by the Mother. If not, as in the Auroville construction, there are no such ‘points’, they cannot come into being as the occult support of the Temple. It was this special diagram that was plagarised by the Auroville architect, seeking to have the unsuspecting public believe that this sacred Symbol does exist in the shadow-temple. (See, TVN, 7/2, June 1992.)

[Insert diagram here]

The point I wish to make, apart from the above but ever faithful to the churning of the Milky Ocean myth and the mighty axis of Mt Meru, is that this diagram reveals the manner in which the Vedic ‘mountain’ is incorporated in the Mother’s new seeing, her new vision of the Truth contained in the Hindu Temple. Again we are dealing with the highest Truth; we are respecting the Law; we are founding our new Seeing entirely on those ancient foundations. But the exercise is rendered far more subtle and sophisticated by respecting the ‘new precision’ which attends the descent of the Supermind and reveals the deepest essence of the Truth-Consciousness. Mt Meru is ‘contained’ in the garbhgriha, or the womb that is the chamber. And all of this is ‘contained’ in that golden Cosmic Egg, the inner substance of which is churned to bring forth the new Time, the new precision, the new Seeing. The architects of the Matrimandir in Auroville have discarded the very ‘treasures’ they laboured so hard to extract! Thus there is no Mt Meru in their creation. There is, however, indeed an egg – or more precisely, a shell as it is referred to by the builders themselves. It is empty. It is devoid of sense, of harmony, of veda.

Let us now proceed to locate this eternal Mountain more specifically on the face of the planet. And in so doing to discuss the ancient geography of the Puranas in relation to the vision of the globe based on the Gnostic Circle formula. The dimensions of the Mountain must now be established in that womb of Mother India. At the same time, I intend to demonstrate how in this area of the endeavour again we reestablish, but without denying the ancient Laws, that eternal Truth which India preserves.

 

April of 1993

Aeon Centre of Cosmology

at Skambha

 

 

Culture and Cosmos – 3, Part 2.2

I have written that what is especially inspiring in the Vedic Way is the consistency of the Knowledge, or the manner in which certain essential elements have been spread throughout the fabric of the civilization which for many millennia has been housed in the Indian subcontinent in an unbroken line. I have used the Capricorn hieroglyph, superimposed on the subcontinental landmass as a focal point, or as a means to demonstrate this consistency. Indeed, the hieroglyph is especially revealing for this purpose, insofar as the Knowledge I refer to centres on this tenth sign of the zodiac.

 This is carried over to many aspects of life, many cultural expressions. In modern India it is seen to be relevant given the fact that Makar, the Sanskrit name for the sign, is the most auspicious period of the year. It is the time when pilgrimages are made throughout the breadth of the land, to numerous particularly sacred places established as far back as in the Puranic age and even earlier. The national highways are flooded with pilgrims making their way on foot to these sacred sites in this auspicious Capricorn month.

Indian astrologers made a special effort to determine the correct beginning of this segment in the 12-month year. Of very special importance in connection with this timing was the exact Solstice measurement. A perusal of the old texts does indeed reveal that the establishment of the solstice axis – Capricorn/Cancer – was one of the main concerns of astrologers of old. And we also note that at a certain point in the passage of the Ages it was precisely this measurement, so central a part of the cultural life of the civilisation, which was ‘lost’, as I have pointed out on many occasions in these pages.

But in what way was it ‘lost’? And how could such an easily verifiable measurement have been missed or overlooked when so much emphasis had been placed on its correctness from time immemorial?

Given this factor of central importance, with a number of festivals needing to be located within this time-frame with exactitude, it is clear that the loss of accuracy was itself central to the unfolding destiny of the civilisation. It was not a lapse of one astronomer, or one school imposing its views, or a mistake of some sort which somehow crept into the calculations and then went on compounding itself to the present-day when we realise that the solstice axis is something like 23 degrees off the mark.  And furthermore, that it will go on compounding and before long there will be no correlation with the Capricorn/Cancer axis at all, or the shortest and longest day of the year.

At the same time, I have shown in this series the overwhelming importance of Capricorn in the cultural fabric of the civilisation to the point where the hieroglyph even delineates the specific landmass wherein this sign would fulfil itself, at it were, where that Swar, or Heaven, would ‘descend’ upon Earth. The landmass exists and verifies the accuracy of the hieroglyph’s design and the astounding proficiency of the Seer who gave the civilisation this particular symbol. But we find that similar to the time demarcation, or the accurate location of the beginning of this very sign/month in the Earth’s yearly trajectory around the Sun, there has been a ‘loss’ regarding the geographical measurement relating to the same symbol. We note that India looks to her future of independence from foreign subjugation with this loss figuring not only in the time dimension but in space as well. Indeed, as we all know after Einstein’s contribution to physics, the two are interconnected and cannot be separated. Similarly, I contend that the loss of the exact position in time of the Capricorn solstice point resulted in the same disfigurement in space when at the birth of the new India that sacred landmass delineated by the hieroglyph was torn asunder, and at crucial places in the design.

The important point to note is that, as stated, there is a consistency even in the loss. And that it too serves to confirm the immense importance of all things Capricorn in Vedic civilisation from time immemorial. For, while dismembering of the symbol occurred in contemporary history, the dislocation of the time-axis occurred in the early part of the first millennium of our era.

Exactly when this dislocation was first rooted in the cultural fabric is not so easily pin-pointed. But we do have a clear indication of the approximate time in the work of the noted astrologer/mathematician, Varahamihira, and his famous treatise, Brihat Samhita, compiled around 500 AD.

Perusal of this text is a fascinating exercise, especially for students of the New Way. Indeed, the Brihat Samhita appears in many ways to be a precursor of The New Way. The latter is a synthesis of a number of disciplines; and it is the fact of this synthesis which places it out of bounds for academicians. Yet, the Brihat Samhita is a similar synthesis. Moreover, it reveals that this holistic approach was common to the ancient way. The fact that this new Way is incomprehensible or unappreciated by scholars, especially those of the spiritual path today, is logically revealing of just how far removed we are from a poise of consciousness enjoyed by the ancient Seers but lacking even in representatives of contemporary society who are supposed to be descended from those early Rishis.

In fact the problem does indeed lie in the spiritual domain. For it was in that dimension of the ancient civilisationa where the ‘loss’ was first registered. Varahamihira simply carried over into the astronomy of the day that spiritual transgression.

But I must clarify that in those days this designation did not exist. That is, spiritual in contrast or in opposition to material; just as astrology was not divorced from astronomy. In fact, it is this split that engendered the loss of the divine Measure and  specifically related to the sign Capricorn. And this severance occurred in the domain of yogic realisation. The time frame was the last 500 years of the millennium before Christ – or the period initiated by the appearance of Gautam, the Buddha. As I have pointed out in the course of my work, the crux of the problem lay in a dissolution (nirvana) of the element which had been serving the human being in his quest, or in the realisation of the inherent purpose of evolution on Earth. As indicated earlier, birth on Earth and into the cosmic process was understood to be an aberration which had to be corrected. This could be done by rejection of the material world of the senses which were responsible for the accumulation of karma and served to chain the human being to the round of birth and death and rebirth. The trick was to sever the chain somehow, to snap one’s ties with this material existence which seemed to be a trap for the seeker of ‘liberation’. The sense-world was a deceptive web which at all costs had to be dissolved. And that was in part accomplished by a process of undermining. The web itself was undermined by decreasing its importance gradually, and finally equating it with the fallen sister of the Divine Maya of the Veda – the temptress and lesser Maya whose name then became synonymous with Illusion.

The web was thus a filament which had no intrinsic reality or real substance, truth-essence. It was simply a tissue of lies fabricated by our imperfect sensorial  instrument. Its numerous flaws resulted in a world of suffering and samskaras. This could be dissolved, and along with it the suffering and grief which characterised the lesser world of Maya, by simply undoing the central hub or axis of that unreal web. This axis is known as Skambha in the Atharvaveda. The point of this ‘pillar’ which connects the subtle dimension (Swar) to the physical is known in the spiritual lexicon as the individual soul.

When the sacred Pillar was snapped, it is not that the soul ceased to exist. It is simply that everything connected to its purpose in the evolutionary process suffered. Skambha/Agni up-pillars the worlds, the material dimension from less dense to densest. A severance in that ‘support’ was akin to a corroding process eating into the foundations of life, as if one’s base in this material dimension were being eaten away by termites. Collapse of the structure is the result of a very long process of just such undermining, though to the lay observer only the final caving in is apparent. But the sage and yogi understand the process and some are able to prop up the structure by the specialised knowledge they possess.

This may be done individually with no essential difficulty. The real problem is found in the collective experience. A critical threshold is finally reached when the mass in the periphery outweighs the substance in the core and the civilisation, gradually at first and then at a more accelerated pace, begins to show the very clear signs of imminent collapse. It is when the undermining reaches specific areas of collective life that we know the degeneration has set in irrevocably and has the power to bring the civilisation to an end.

In India’s case these elements are easily identifiable because of her special mission in the Earth’s evolution. I repeat, they involve the space and time dimensions, both of which are centred on the Capricorn hieroglyph. It is this symbol that reveals the root of the problem by exposing the dualistic/separative poise of consciousness which sets in and overtakes the consciousness of the people, where once the overall vision was of the essence of unity.

The diagram below helps us to see the problem very graphically and therefore diminishes the abstractness of the matter. At the same time, it helps to establish once again the position of Capricorn in the nation’s destiny.

 

Certain features of this important diagram need to be highlighted. First, it is divided into four parts similar to the diagram I presented earlier in the study (see TVN, 6/3 & 6/4) which revealed the cosmic foundation of the caste system, already in evidence in the Rigveda where verses appear which do indeed link the system to the cosmic harmony. Equally, this fourfold dimension of the zodiac draws in the four planes of reality we find in the Veda as also cosmically rooted. That is, the same celestial sphere, sometimes referred to as Agni Vaishwanara, or the Cosmic Purush, and divided into four castes as parts of his ‘body’, is also indicative of the four planes of existence.

In tracing this correspondence – as above, so below – the important feature is the material/evolutionary rootedness of the vision or postulation. This celestial harmony is the 12-part division of the ecliptic. That is, it is part and parcel of our planetary existence. We are an intrinsic element in the design; our planet is one in a family of 9, and as a single unit this family expounds in its orbit of the central Sun the exquisite raga we know as the cosmic harmony. Again in this analysis, I am able to demonstrate that ever and always the dharma and its laws can be traced back to this single figure: the circle or ecliptic divided into 12 parts – our 12 months of the year. Thus we establish that two numbers are especially significant: the 12 (signs) and the 9 (planets). Together these form the Gnostic Circle. In the company of the 0, they offer us one of the most revealing diagrams in the corpus of higher knowledge of the integral and supramental Yogas.

Being the image of our actual cosmic abode there is, by consequence, nothing otherworldly in this design and its correlations. The four planes of existence of the ancient Vedas are measurable in this cosmic harmony, or reflected therein. As intrinsic elements in this design, we are that very harmony in each cell, in each atom. In other words, ‘above’ is ‘below’, and the ancient yogic path offered a means to realise this intrinsic oneness. It is the path described in hymn after hymn of the Rigveda. The Aryan warrior was its champion, who, in the course of the year, forged this oneness in him or herself, and thereby in the entire civilisation.

 

I wrote in the last VISHAAL that Swar, or ‘heaven’ had descended upon Earth. This diagram helps us to appreciate the measurable character of the statement and its practical application. Swar of the Vedic fourfold division covers the last segment of the zodiacal wheel, comprising the signs Capricorn, Aquarius, and Pisces. The ‘gateway’ to this fourth and highest plane is Capricorn . Is it any surprise then that the date of the Makar Sankranti, or the Gateway of Capricorn, has always been celebrated throughout the land? Moreover, we cannot now fail to appreciate, by means of the correspondences I am drawing on the basis of this multidimensional diagram, that in introducing a yogic realisation into the collective experience which undermined the reality of that sacred harmony and its oneness with all of creation, this undermining had to affect the most important portion of the wheel: the Makar Sankranti. Or else, the solstice axis points of Capricorn and Cancer, or the Sun’s farthest reaches south and north of the Equator.

When the undermining had reached a substantial degree of effectiveness, Swar was then otherworldly. It could not simply cease to exist, but it could be diminished in material, tangible relevance. This is a most important point to bear in mind. The celestial wheel itself was dismembered. That is, three of its four segments, demarcated in time and space by the four Cardinal points, were Earthbound; but the fourth was in heaven, beyond this existence. Consequently, the measure of that segment was lost. The Gateway to Capricorn being located ‘in heaven’, was gradually seen to lose its connection with the solstice axis so easily determined by the Sun’s northern and southern reaches, or the longest and shortest days of the year. Insofar as the sign Capricorn can be proven to be the underlying ‘note’ of the civilisation, expressing itself through numerous cultural modes and yogic realisations, this phenomenon could not fail to leave an imprint on the national psyche for many years to come.

The decay manifested in a shift, dramatic and deadly. The Gateway was no longer pertinent to the Earth and her yearly orbit of the Sun – i.e., her Divine Maya of 365 days. Undermining the Earth-oriented reality was reflected in precisely the ‘position’ of that sacred Gateway. It was no longer to be determined by the actual physical southernmost reach of the Sun. It was to be hereinafter established by the constellation of fixed stars BEYOND our solar system. And yet we find such key importance given to determining the longest and shortest days of the year – i.e., the solstice points. But this effort was rendered futile when Capricorn was measured beyond the ecliptic.

Varahamihira played a central role in fixing this new method, this new Gateway. To him the history of science attributes the new calculations: rectification of the Hindu calendar. He concluded that the constellational gateway to Capricorn was the true point to measure and that the calendar had to be brought into line with that outer circle beyond our solar system. Anything less would be inaccurate and scientifically untenable. Or at least if he was not the originator of this idea, he was perhaps the one most responsible for the ‘respectability’ it attained.

It is to be noted that when Varahamihita was carrying out his empirical observations, the two points were nearly coinciding. That is, in 234 BC the start of the zodiacal wheel, 0° Aries, or 21/22 March in calendar time, was aligned with Aries of  the constellational sphere in the far reaches of our circumscribing space. Thereafter, at the slow pace of 72 years per degree of celestial longitude, the two circles or their respective 0 points, began to drift apart due to what is known as the Precession of the Equinoxes. By the time Varahamihira entered the scene the distance between them was considerable but not easily visible (and even today their exact location varies from school to school). In the intervening 700 years or so, the separation was less than 10°of celestial longitude. Today it is a full 30 degrees: the sign of Pisces plus 1 degree into the constellation Aquarius. In calendar time it is 2160 years plus 67, which brings us to 1993, the 2160 of the Age of Pisces and the first 67 years of the Age of Aquarius from its inception in 1926 to the present date.

This contribution of Varahamihira is celebrated by a contemporary mathematical historian, George Gheverghese Joseph, in his recent publication, The Crest of the Peacock (Penguin Books, 1992). Perusal of this book provides interesting reading in view of the emphasis in our study on the Euro-centric perversion which has done such great damage to the Hindu psyche. Gheverghese has focussed on this same point in his discussion of the contribution of the orient to the evolution of mathematics. His work also establishes that biases in scientific quarters have diminished Asia’s indisputable position in the formation of contemporary scientific thought.

However, the similarity in our focus ends there, insofar as Gheverghese makes no attempt to rectify certain long-standing errors regarding the origins of this civilisation and its time frame. Whereas, in this study I have demonstrated that without clarifying this particular aspect of the perversion, the rest is immaterial. Indeed, Gheverghese Joseph considers the period marked by Varahamihira, and then Aryabharat and Bhaskaran to have been India’s golden age of science and mathematics. In the light of the new cosmology, however, it is seen as the beginning of the decline, or in a certain sense its peak.

 

Science, Veda, and Centeredness

 

What is extremely interesting about the public discourse now in progress in India (to the limited extent that any discourse can be public with much of the media so heavily controlled), generated by the Ayodhya affair, is the way in which central premises are being strengthened either by negation or assertion. One important premise is related to the so-called Aryan Invasion Theory.

As I have discussed in the October, 1992 issue of VISHAAL (TVN 7/4), this theory can honestly and scholastically be considered nothing more than that: a theory. In fact, there is sufficient reason to campaign for the total rejection of this theory, largely because of the almost entire lack of supporting evidence. I do not wish to re-open the issue at this point. My intention is to focus on a particular problem the debate highlights. It has been my contention for a long time that this sacrosanct theory is a key element in any sound and secure divide-and-rule policy. Indeed, in India’s case it can be argued that the colonial hold over the subcontinent could not have been as effective as it was without this theory. I further contend that if at all the desired renaissance of the Vedic spirit and culture is to ensue, the first element to be dealt with must perforce be this theory insofar as its existence prolongs that divisive rule in the psyche of the population.

My reasons for making this statement are many, but I will deal with one aspect considering that it is the most relevant to our present discussion. This is the centredness of India’s destiny. That is, its destiny of being the Earth’s centre, from where certain influences emanate, spread out to consecutive peripheries beyond this centre-most point on the globe, which we have seen to be delineated accurately by the Capricorn hieroglyph. If there is a movement called Hindutva in India, which literally means Hindu-ness and which is gaining in popularity by leaps and bounds, we may also call our new Way centredness. For both mean the same thing under deeper scrutiny.

The meaning of centredness is that the circle or periphery is held together by this Point; and more importantly, that it is a growth, a continuous evolution from within, from the centre outward. There are indeed two movements, expansion and contraction, in any cosmic process; and this is also relevant where this special centredness exists. Outside influences, whatever they may be and from wherever they may emanate, are drawn into the area of the Symbol by contraction. But given the existence of the Point, the Centre, they do not precipitate a destructive process and cause collapse, simply because there is no central void into which such a collapse can ensue.

Regarding invasions, for example, whatever enters or is drawn into the area of the Symbol has to find its place in the periphery given the existence of the Centre – or rather, given the fact that there is no ‘void’. In other words, conversions of the indigenous population in such a circumstance could not be entirely successful; at least to the degree where the entire character and spirit of the civilisation would be irreparably altered. In-roads were made, but ultimately a counter movement, a wave, must arise by virtue of the laws governing the centredness we are describing. A balance of intake and output exists in such a system. And Time regulates the mechanism.

Earlier in this study I have described this system as an ecliptic, similar to that of our solar system. This Vedic ecliptic base is an unchangeable fact of Indian civilisation. Periodically, regulated by laws governing the mechanism, the counterbalancing wave arises, generated from within, from the Centre, and each thing that had entered the system, or the ecliptic base, from outside the symbol delineation is perforce put in place within the system. It is not even a question of an attempt. It is an irrevocable fact of destiny, given the seed of the Veda which lies at the heart of the civilisation. Or better said, which stands as the central Sun, holding this cosmos together and preventing collapse.

However, a key feature of centredness is the very element which is so ferociously being attacked at present by the presiding intelligentsia. It is the question of the validity or not of the Aryan Invasion Theory. For if such an invasion, migration and colonisation did take place, the very first premise of this destiny of centredness would be invalidated. And with its abolition the entire structure or cosmos would be doomed to collapse.

In the above cited VISHAAL, I wrote that the continuity of the nation seems to hinge on maintaining this theory in place in the educational system. Indeed, in view of the fact that the Hindutva movement brought changes into text books in some northern states of the nation, rectifying the assumption of a ‘foreign origin’ of the civilisation, there has been a ferocious response from the intelligentsia and all such rectifications are now to be undone and the modified text books are to be returned to their original state – i.e., a further cementing of this great scholastic hoax.

The reason is evident. The Aryan Invasion Theory is to Indian civilisation what the premise of the Void is to this new cosmology. In the latter the theory of the central Void explains the nature of the Cosmic Ignorance. Similarly, the Aryan Invasion Theory implants this concept of central emptiness – which, it goes without saying, can be filled by any usurper; that is, invader or coloniser.

The essential feature of the cosmic Ignorance is the inner Void, causing collapse. It is the same with the Aryan Invasion Theory, and similarly it cannot engender a system that endures. If this theory were even minimally correct, long ago Vedic culture, still alive in the subcontinent, would have become diluted by each and every wave that had  moved into the nation through its western flank. Finally, it would have been dissolved.

We do see the effects of incoming waves in the north, where much of the culture was ‘influenced’ by these invading waves. But they were arrested before they could overtake the area that matters most, – the south. However, these were obvious intrusions, easy to identify. The more serious invasion was in the educational system. A key perversion in this domain refers to the origins of the civilisation.

Now that the Centre has exerted its power as of 1983-84, it has become possible to chip away at this apparently firmly set theory and begin to dislodge it from its commanding throne in the mind of the intellectual elite and its hold on the educational system.

But the hysteria generated by the first attempt, which was predictable but never expected to reach the shrillness it did, is nowhere better demonstrated than in the 5.2.1993 editorial of The Times of India. I quote,

‘…The unproven and indeed completely unhistorical assertion about Aryans being the original inhabitants of India echoes the Nazi attempts artificially to Aryanize Germany racially…’.

The editor continues by citing another ‘wild proclamation’ and the need to eradicate any vestiges of these ‘fascistic’ notions:

‘…In the Indian context, the assertion that “the country’s freedom struggle began 2,500 years ago” is menacing as it threatens to tear asunder the very culture and civilisation of India and pit the so-called “mainstream population” against the Adivasis, a constructed majority against minorities, and so on…’.

I am not aware of the origin of the ‘threatening quote’ the editor cites regarding the actual beginning of the freedom struggle as ‘2500 years ago’. But I must admit that whoever has made this statement was certainly inspired by a true understanding of the root of India’s subjugation which indeed can be located at about 500 BC.

I have referred to the consistency of the Vedic Knowledge. It is nowhere more clearly demonstrated than in a scrutiny of the history of mathematics of Indian origin such as Gheverghese has presented. There we do find proof that about 2,500 years ago a shift occurred, something very profound, deeply wounding the very heart and soul of the civilisation. The wound gradually produced the severance of so-called religiously-based geometry of the Vedic order from the secular which was first noted in the Bakhshali Manuscript, dated around 200 or 300 AD. The ‘secular’ system this manuscript presents, the manner of its presentation, indicates that it is a compilation of older texts, and therefore we can safely assume that the shift to this form of emphasis was firmly in place some centuries before the actual penning of this particular text.

The wound in question was undoubtedly of the Vedic Dharma. The realisation of Nirvana (‘dissolution’) which surfaced in the civilisation precisely around 2,500 years ago, was one aspect of the undermining. It diminished the validity of the cosmic manifestation to the point where the central premise of Vedic civilisation was shaken to the core: that is, as above, so below, to borrow the Hermetic aphorism.

In other words, the salient feature of every single cultural expression of this unique civilisation hinged on the recondite knowledge of equivalency. Or, what I have termed, the Laws of Correspondence. That is, the Vedic Seer not only had the deepest insights into the nature of Reality but was cognisant of the laws whereby ‘heaven’ was brought down to Earth. Thus, prior to the undermining, the whole point of Vedic sciences was to recreate the cosmic harmony either in music, sculpture or temple architecture, for example, and thereby to establish an intrinsic oneness with the Cosmos as the foundation of the civilisation.

With the 2500-year old undermining of the reality and validity of the Cosmos, this orientation suffered almost irreparable damage. Thus we find a clear gap in the historian’s analyses of the development of those sciences of approximately 1000 years – from 500 BC to 500 AD. During this time the Divine Measure was lost and this became reflected in the shift from ecliptical to constellational measurement of the Capricorn Gateway. This miscalculation was then carried over to all facets of cultural expressions where time played a part – i.e., the entire collective life.

The Vedic foundation was never dissolved by the undermining. It was simply clouded over, veiled, driven underground, as it were. This was made especially easy by the divide between astrology and astronomy, for example. Science was measurable. Pseudo-science (astrology) was not. And the gap widened to our present times where, as an example of the extremes this attitude has produced, we have a ‘secular’ architect in Auroville in charge of building a Seer’s vision and plan of a temple grounded solidly in Vedic science and tradition, and whose demolition of that Vision is fiercely upheld simply because it makes no sense to him and all others of his ilk who are in positions of power and able to continue inflicting the same critical damage on the civilisation as of old.

There are traces of sound knowledge of complicated mathematical and geometric processes in the ancient Vedic culture earlier than about 500 BC. It is interesting that no one can account for the proven existence of such knowledge given the assumed primitiveness of the race that was supposed to have migrated into and colonised the land. I will quote from Gheverghese once again in his discussion of the Sri Yantra of Tantric tradition:

‘Many of the accurate constructions of sriyantas in India are very old. Some are even more complicated than the one shown [here]. There are those that consist of spherical triangles for which the constructor, to achieve perfect intersections and vertices falling on the circumference of the circle enclosing the triangles, would require knowledge of “higher mathematics [which] the medieval and ancient Indian mathematician did not possess” [Kulaichev, 1984, p. 292.). Kulaichev goes on to suggest that the achievement of such geometrical constructs in Indian mathematics may indicate “the existence of unknown cultural and historical alternatives to mathematical knowledge, e.g. the highly developed tradition of special imagination”.’ (The Crest of the Peacock, p. 239.)

This ‘special imagination’ was of course the sound tradition of the Act of Seeing as the method to garner knowledge about anything worth the trouble. But though it seems to be a lost art, there is evidence of the practice, even in contemporary Indian society, for example in the work of the noted South Indian mathematician, Ramanujan. He is known to  have reached certain conclusions by great leaps in logic, overstepping usual procedures, clearly akin to the ‘special imagination’ referred to above by the historian. Even years after his death mathematicians continue to grapple with Ramanujan’s conclusions which are known now to be accurate but the processes leading to the final results are often bewilderingly foggy. It is also worth mentioning that Ramunajan dealt with numbers in a way reminiscent of this new cosmology and the ancient tradition. They were for him ‘beings’, invested with ‘personalities’. In addition, he is reported to have received his highest inspirations from the Goddess. Again true to the ancient Vedic tradition.

The editorial of The Times of India goes on to label the new wave in education as reflective of ‘divisive, unscientific and prejudiced ideological underpinnings’. And further on he states that …’It is reassuring, therefore, that the country’s intelligentsia has finally woken up to the mischief that is sought to be done through such abuse of the educational system’.

The only ‘mischief’ sought to be done is simply to rid the educational system of its colonial biases and set in its place the true indigenous culture so that the student may feel secure in his roots laying deeply in the soil he treads and not in a shallow top- soil brought from the Middle East and Europe. But this is unacceptable. Just as the Mother’s Vedic Temple was unacceptable and the western architect was allowed by all the powers-that-be in Auroville and the Sri Aurobindo Ashram in Pondicherry to dismantle that Vision in each and every detail, leaving in its place a meaningless, purposeless structure whose only notoriety lies in its ‘technological’, ‘unsuperstitious’ and ‘secular’ character.

 

The rise and establishment of Separatism

 

Following closely upon the heels of the separation between this world and that, this Earth and that Heaven beyond, the same distinction was played out in certain key areas of Vedic sciences. Astrology (jyotisa) was the first and most important. With the contribution of the scientific trio, Aryabharat, Varahamihira, and Bhaskara, among others, the split between astronomy and astrology became fixed – similar to the fixed and unchanging point in the sky which was the reference point of all subsequent astrological calculations after Varahamihira’s rectification of the calendar. Thereafter astrology began to suffer from an increasing subjugation to science. And this was separate and apart from the Vedic cosmological paradigm. Science could measure with accuracy what the other was able to establish only through the Act of Seeing, or via the yogic realisation of oneness or knowledge by identity. This was too ‘vague’, too much subject to error and not verifiable empirically. And these early scientists were in a position to expose the errors. In the process, because the yogi was not equipped to deal with the impositions, science succeeded in imposing its measure and relegating the yogi and the seer to the other side of the fence separating ‘reality’ from illusion. With the passage of time it became increasingly easy to label the Vedic approach as mere superstition. This condition has peaked in our century.

Again I must draw the discussion back to the original point made: the entire exercise centres on the accuracy of the Gateway to Capricorn. By the time that Gateway will be reached not in the yearly passage but in the long movement of the Precession of the Equinoxes determining the astrological Ages, covering two more signs, the distance in Hindu reckoning between these two 0 points will be one full quarter of the wheel. That is, all of ‘Swar’ will have been relegated to the cosmic dustbin, swallowed up by the Black Hole of otherworldliness.

But this, of course, in an impossibility, given India’s unalterable destiny; the reason being that very mechanism we are dissecting, described by the ecliptic itself and which harbours within its own method of rectification; or in this case of reestablishment.

Thus, the Vedic tradition sustains that periodically the Avatar incarnates to do the work of the Time-Spirit. The tales describing the missions of those who have passed and those to come, explain the work as a struggle between good and evil ostensibly. But, conditioned as we are by the latter-day religious consciousness which accompanied the split I have discussed in these pages, we are unable to appreciate the true character of these appearances and the connection the unfolding of their lives has with the evolution of the planet’s species and the fulfilment of its deepest purpose in the family of 9. Interestingly, the specific details of these appearances and the nature of the work accomplished or to be accomplished, can be read in that very celestial sphere we are dissecting at present with regard to the Capricorn Gateway. By the time the 10th Avatar appears, Kalki as he is known, the work is done. And that work is entirely described in the Capricorn hieroglyph, the 10th of the zodiacal 12. The reestablishment in question is the rectification whereby Swar is drawn down to Earth, rooted in the planet’s soil and in the area on the globe where that hieroglyph is embodied in the substance of our earthly mass. In other words, when oneness comes to replace duality and the perception of unity replaces the separative.

The importance of a text such as the Brihat Samhita lies in the fact that it reveals unequivocally the Earth-oriented character of the Vedic spirit. I am not concerned with the ‘science’ it is supposed to explain, but simply that this and similar texts indicate in no uncertain terms that for the Vedic Seers ‘heaven’ was not removed to another dimension accessible only through the practice of Yoga which was necessarily out of bounds for the ordinary mortal. It was a reality of our planetary abode – I repeat, a measurable space on the body of the Earth herself. These texts therefore display this intrinsic perception of oneness by the fact that they document the sense the sage was able to perceive in everything that went into the composition of his culture and civilisation.

Thus on page after age of the Brihat Samhita we find innumerable examples of what we have come to call ‘omens’. Or else there are many chapters dedicated to the study of physical features, both in animals and humans, which mean something or other. Naturally our present-day scientific culture ridicules these prescriptions, labelling them all ‘superstitions’, particularly because, as I have written earlier, these texts are not discussing ‘symbols’ and we cannot take refuge in the comforting phrases of all modern treatments of ‘symbols’ – i.e., one thing standing for another. Varahamihira, as others of his epoch, simply states facts: This IS that, it does not ‘stand for that’.

The fact is that we are far removed from such a consciousness, therefore we can only consider its expounders superstitious. But essential to note is not the truth or falsehood of the ‘omens’ but the fact that for some now inexplicable reason, the ancient Seers believed it was possible to read the forms of Nature as one would a book and discover meanings which are lost to us today. In other words, Nature’s manifold display was rendered sacred by this factor of deciphering a message hidden in form, a meaning completely lost to the eye of the contemporary scientist; and in most cases even to the eye of the modern yogi.

For both have become victims of ‘otherworldliness’. Swar is beyond, not here. And it is that truth-conscious Sun whose rays (cows) instil each and every element of our material creation with the seeds of this divine Purpose. Thus two of the most compellingly attractive deities of the Vedic pantheon are Usha, the divine Dawn, and Agni her ‘steed’. These early rays of the rising Sun are the first display of that truth-conscious Solar World, spreading its beneficence throughout the physical dimension.

The world of Varahamihira was already considerably removed in time from the epoch of the ancient Seers. In his period we are already into the decline of the Knowledge. This is revealed precisely in the chapters of the Samhita which deal with the means to accurately locate (in time) the solstice of Capricorn, or the shortest (and longest) day of the year. He reveals in his treatment of the subject that already in his day the divine Maya of the Veda was lost. Nonetheless, his emphasis on this particular point is especially important in that it helps us to locate the truly relevant portions of such studies and the prominence this solstice Gateway has always enjoyed.

In addition to the above, Varahamihira’s compilation from older texts shows us that the synthesis of various disciplines, various features of the culture, was possible because the backdrop was always the cosmic harmony, then as now.

For this is the salient feature of the eternal Dharma: it is eternal by virtue of the fact that it is grounded in that eternally unfolding cosmic harmony. As long as the cosmos lives, this Truth lives on.

When creation became a meaningless web of illusion, a tissue of cosmic and Earthly lies, forms of this creation could no longer be ‘read’; for the measure by which this was accomplished had been lost as a predictable outcome of the realisation of Dissolution. That which was dissolved in the experience was the pivot which provided the central position or poise from where any such ‘reading’ could ensue. That is, from the centremost Point, from soul to soul, or the deepest depths of every created thing. The direction, as I have pointed out time and again, was inward, a plunge to the Centre – not outward and beyond.

But this was a realisation known only to the earliest Rishis. Thereafter the direction changed. And even today when we speak of the soul, it has little resemblance to that Point of the Vedic realisation. The wonder of it all is that in spite of the relentless attacks on this Point, India has managed to preserve its high truth. But a deeper scrutiny of its history of the past two thousand years helps us to appreciate that first the attack was so-called spiritual, or in the realm of the yogic realisation proper. Then it passed on to the more tangible aspects such as the astronomical/astrological divide, the life of renunciation in contrast to the ‘worldly’ life, and so on down to our times and the division of secular and non-secular and all the confusion this separation engenders in societies which have something of those ancient roots intact.

In the vision and lived experience of Unity and Oneness, these stark divides are non-existent. Another example is the Ashramas, or the four stages of life: childhood, youth, householder and recluse, or retreat to the forest and a life dedicated to the inner pursuits. This simplified version of life was again a means to convey an integral realisation. After all, the stages were taken from the cosmic sphere, as all else in the Vedic Seeing. And in that wheel we do find the four quarters related to these very stages. Therefore, while utilising the circle as the backdrop, divided into these four periods of one’s life, again the message was driven home that time held the key, but that each segment was contained in the one vessel. As time unfolded the inner essence from the seed, these different stages found expression.

Important to note, however, is the fluidity of the design, a key feature which has become lost over the ages and the usual hardening has crystallised the moving sphere into a set and fixed pattern, more often than not presenting the individual with an ‘ideal’ which he or she cannot possibly attain.

Gheverghese’s book gives us a rather clear confirmation of my contention that the spiritual realisation preceded the subsequent decline which became visible in various areas of the collective life. This is especially confirmed precisely by the time factor. From his reading of the situation, based on the approximate turning points in the evolution of science in the subcontinent, we are able to appreciate that something occurred right at the time I have pinpointed on the basis of an understanding of what that new realisation brought into the civilisation. This period was the time of Gautam the Buddha, as well as the rise of Jainism. But it was also the beginning of the Age of Pisces, or 234 BC. It is important to note for our study that this is considered to be the period, covering perhaps half a millennium, when, as Gheverghese explains, ‘…The resulting decline in offering Vedic sacrifices, which had played such a central role in Hindu ritual, meant that occasions for constructing altars requiring practical skills and geometric knowledge became few and far between. There was also a gradual change in the perception of the role of mathematics: from fulfilling the needs of sacrificial ritual, it became an abstract discipline to be cultivated for its own sake.’ (Ibid, pp. 250-251.)

Thus, we note that when that earlier central perception was lost, around which hinged the geometry and mathematics of those days, the emphasis shifted and mathematics became more ‘secular’. It was no longer oriented to the construction of the Vedic altar (‘vedi’). And it was most probably during this period that the shift from the Earth-oriented measure of the solstice to the constellational sphere took place, in exclusion of all the rest. Thus, in the 6th century Varahamihira corrected the Hindu calendar, according to scholars, so that the precessional point would be more ‘accurate’. But this accuracy lost sight of that earlier perception, and with it an entirely different orientation.

The rediscovery of what has come to be known as ‘Vedic Mathematics’, which I have discussed earlier, highlights a very important shift that came about in the period we are analysing and which has become fully consolidated in our times. I refer to the fact that in the ancient system the striking aspect of the sages’ mathematics is its character of Unity. That is, the underlying principle of all Indian philosophy and yoga was reflected in that earlier arithmetical system by the fact that sums or other processes were carried out on the basis of a reference to a whole and undivided factor. As Gheverghese points out in his analysis of Vedic Mathematics, ‘…There are benefits from looking at a number not just as itself, but also in relation to a suitable base’ (ibid, p. 248, italics mine). This means that an operation was always carried out by referring to a whole, a unity, clearly reflecting the then consciousness of unity enjoyed by those who engaged in these sciences for purposes other than just as an ‘abstract discipline’.

To my knowledge, no one has cared to draw the connections I am making here. Perhaps because there is a rejection a priori of the idea that these more material and practical processes were preceded by the spiritual realisation. And that this yogic shift had the inevitable result of producing its effects in many areas of the civilisation’s cultural expressions. Indeed, most would consider that the shift I refer to was actually a progress and reduced the ‘superstitious’ content and paganistic animism to some extent; or that this signified a greater sophistication. Or else we read time and again that this development which was introduced or accentuated by Buddhism, was the answer to a growing predominance of the Brahmin caste and its suppression of those lower down on the echelon. However, if we study the matter deeply on the basis of the effects such a spiritual realisation necessarily produces, we realise that superstition must follow in the wake of a loss of an ‘eye that sees’. For it is when the ability to read the forms Nature produces on the basis of the true and higher Knowledge that those empty shells, as it were, become the property of the Cosmic Ignorance – i.e., the undivine Maya, or the lower Prakriti divorced from Purush, or Form devoid of sense; and this ‘empty space’ is then usurped and becomes the habitat of the Cosmic Lie. This separation, this divide is what characterises the Cosmic Ignorance. It is what produces rigidity and the fluidity mentioned above is lost. That hardness then becomes the fixed denominator of caste and affects so many other crucial areas of life. We see this clearly reflected in Varahamihira’s Brihat Samhita, a text which carries all the characteristics of that hardening, for by then that Vedic realisation had become a thing of the past.

There was one area, however, that retained much of its pristine quality. This was architecture, namely of temples.

 

The Eternal Mountain

 

I doubt that it is possible to find an architectural form which reproduces in stone with such exactitude the deepest essence of a philosophy as we find in the Hindu Temple. Every aspect of the structure illumines the profoundest contents of the Veda. Insofar as the axis is the most important feature of the structure, along with and correlated to its alignment, I shall discuss this aspect of Vedic sacred architecture in depth. In so doing, the  purpose will be to highlight the precise manner in which these paramount features of the art have been carried over into our times. This transposition involves not only the Mother’s vision of a contemporary version of the ancient Seeing in precisely the plan of a temple, but also a certain mythological content with its equally exact symbolism. For the two go hand in hand in the true Act of Seeing.

The main focus is on the central axis of the temple and around that ‘churning stick’ the mountain takes shape. The Hindu temple is thus a most exact description of one of the most important of all Puranic myths, the tale of the Churning of the Primordial Ocean. Each Hindu temple, constructed anew today or standing in our midst from antiquity, reproduces this tale, with all that it signifies for a Capricorn-rooted civilisation.

Thus that axis is the pivot of Mount Meru, the churning stick with the serpent Vasuki wrapped around and tugged at by the Asuras and the Devas, the titans and the gods. Again, this appears to be a simple tale, primitive and quaint. Yet I am obliged to state that it contains the highest content of cosmological knowledge of our Age. And furthermore, that it is practical and applicable. On the basis of a comprehension of its multiple meanings we can discover our true purpose as a civilisation founded on a Vedic content, and the role India must play in this and the next millennium.

But this axis is not reserved for temples solely. We find the same content in all the ancient art forms of the subcontinent which are still practised today. It is found preeminently, so easily recognisable, in music where the drone is the axis, or the silent Sound out of which all sound arises and sustains itself. The drone is the churning stick, the immobile Centre which supports the action and movement of the raga, which permits a controlled expression to evolve. Or rather, which roots the experience (the raga) onto or into this Earth, just as Mount Meru is the physical India, the immobile centre of the globe, without which the same control in the evolution could not exist. Time could not function for us in the manner I have demonstrated in these pages without the axis of Mount Meru as a physical reality rooted into the planet’s very being.

I repeat, this was carried into all the other major art forms. In iconography it is especially evident but no less in dance. Bharatnatyam, for instance, is entirely based on this fact: the function of axial alignment. S. V. Rajee Raman has mentioned this in an article on the subject of Indian dance in the 14.2.1993 Sunday Mail.


‘Indian dance seeks to depict the perfect point or moment of balance along the vertical medium (
brahmasutra), so much so that all movements emerge from and return to the sama or point of perfect balance akin to the samabhanga of sculpture. Indian dance concerns itself with movements of the human form in direct relation to the pull of gravity. No one has dared to challenge or change this.’

Clearly, given the fact that it is the same Mount Meru the dancer is called upon to reconstruct, and that this is the essential message of the Veda, it is obvious that to be faithful to this singular cosmic content the dancer must respect this feature and indeed it cannot be changed.

Dr. Stella Kramrisch, in her comprehensive study, The Hindu Temple, has also emphasised the special importance of the mountain symbol and its central axis in her analysis of the content of the Hindu temple. I shall quote extensively from her chapter, ‘The Image of the Mountain and the Cavern’, to help the student appreciate the manner in which the new cosmology has incorporated the most ancient Vedic knowledge which we still find preserved in India today. As far as temple architecture is concerned, this is especially true of Tamil Nadu where Aeon Centre of Cosmology is located. Kramrisch writes,

‘Meru, Mandara and Kailasa are the first three names amongst the twenty types of temples described in the early texts, the ‘Brihat Samhita’ and the “Matsya Purana’; all three are names of the Mountain, which is the axis of the world; that is Meru, the pole of this earth; Mandara as churning rod, planted on Vishnu, the tortoise, during the Satya Yuga, the first world age after the great commotion; and Kailasa, seat of Shiva, in the Himalaya. In these names rises the temple, the image, the aim and destination of this world edifice.’ (The Hindu Temple, Motilal Banarsidass Publishers)

In a footnote to the above, Kramrisch mentions a series of inscriptions, dating from the 5th century of our era, which extol certain important temples as the Mountain. Of particular interest, specifically related to our study of the importance of Capricorn as the high noon point, or the Cosmic Midday, is an inscription at Deopara in which, to quote Kramrisch, ‘the high temple of Pradyumnesvara is compared to the (central) Mountain on which rests the sun at midday [italics mine], and this is the only Mountain worth mention among all the mountains’ [Ibid].

Indubitably, this provides proof that the cosmological content of the Hindu temple rested on knowledge of the zodiacal sign Capricorn, the sign of the ‘sun at midday’, and its singular importance in the destiny of India, given its revered place in the body of Vedic knowledge. But what is important to note is that Mount Meru, representing India and Capricorn in the Hindu temple, is not just a geographical location. Its primary significance is its connection with the cosmos. That is, what is really being depicted is the uttarayana, or the higher hemisphere of the celestial sphere. The peak of the Mountain would thus be the uppermost northern sign of that hemisphere, Capricorn. And within the sign the peak is the 15th degree of the full 30 which each sign of the zodiac contains. In other words, the Hindu temple was concerned with capturing this cosmological fact in stone, with connecting the structure to that heavenly sphere, or with bringing that sign to Earth, with all that this act signifies in the ‘marriage of Heaven and Earth’.

Mount Meru is also Kailasa which is Shiva’s abode. In his marriage to Parvati, a hierogamos still celebrated with great fervour throughout India today during the main festival to Shiva, the Shivaratri, Shiva is that ‘heaven’ and Parvati is that ‘earth’ made sacred by this divine commingling.

Kramrisch discusses at length the ‘verticality’ of the superstructure of the temple which is devised in such a way as to emphasise the mountain imagery. Then, she passes on to the interior, as if one were penetrating the mountain itself, to discover in its innermost recesses ‘a cavern’. In the Vedic terminology, this is known as the Garbhagriha, the womb-house. She writes,

‘Within it and below the superstructure is the Garbhagriha, the ‘womb of the house’, a small chamber, square, in the majority of the preserved temples, and dark as a cave in a mountain. It is the innermost sanctuary…’ (Ibid).

The author stresses the fact in her penetrating analysis and compilation of the ancient texts that from this ‘womb’, similar to the seed or bija, the entire temple develops:

‘The seed is deposited at night in the womb of mother Earth, as Garbha, a germ of the temple… In the vertical, in the upward direction, which is that of growth, from below,…the power of germination lifts as it were the lid of the Garbhagriha… The Garbhagriha is the nucleus of an all sided increase on the outside, in the horizontal, a stepping forth from the dark interior into expanding bulk and multiplicity of form and meaning . . . ‘  (Ibid, p. 165).

The two important universal directions are emphasised here – vertical and horizontal, or contraction and expansion. In the new cosmology, contrary to the connection Kramrisch seems to be drawing here, contraction is related to the vertical direction by way of Involution; expansion relates to  the horizontal and the Evolution. But the important point to note is that in the Vedic temple we find centrally incorporated these two directions. In the original plan of the Mother’s temple, the same directions are emphasised.

In the next section entitled, ‘The Superposition of Shapes along the Vertical Axis’, Kramrisch turns to the fundamental importance of the vertical axis in the temple design; indeed, she makes it clear in her analysis that the question of the central axis from the Garbhagriha, cutting through the peak of the superstructure – or the apex of ‘the mountain’ – is common to all Hindu temples and that it is the single most important element.

‘On this vertical axis are threaded the levels of the building, its floors (bhumi) and profiles, their projections and recesses. Expansion [in this instance equated with the horizontal] proceeds from the central point of the Garbhagriha, in the horizontal, in all directions of space; this spread with its particularisation is gathered up towards the apex; the broad mass with its many forms is reduced to a point,…beyond its total form… Its mass diminishes while it is drawn along the vertical to a high point, straight above the centre in the dark small space of the interior…’ (Ibid, p.167).

Further on she writes,

‘Symbols such as the vertical axis or pillar along which the varied forms are threaded on different levels or the cave in the mountain, and architectural forms such as the convergence of ascending lines which connect the perimeter of the building with the end of its vertical axis, or the various shapes of the superstructure, these and other images and forms constitute the symbolical and concrete structure of the temple. The temple under the name of the mountain resembling it by its peaked form, is always the One Mountain, an image of manifestation in its hierarchy along the central axis of being. This axis passes through all the strata of existence and shows them linked to the highest point, at different levels. From the highest point the line passes in the centre and pierces the ground in the middle of the Garbhagriha where the Linga or image is. From the perimeter of the (temple) towards its highest point rises the bulk of the building, a vesture of the central axis, in its folds and throughout its extent, it is an exposition of the total meaning of the temple in the particular application to each single spot.’ (Ibid, p.168)

 

My purpose in quoting Stella Kramrisch in detail on this particular aspect of the Hindu temple is the need to establish certain focal points of reference so that we may recognise these same elements in the contemporary experience. My intention is to demonstrate factually the precise manner in which the Vedic Dharma is reestablished. As stated earlier, this is achieved exclusively on the basis of that same Act of Seeing which the ancient Rishis made use of in their foundation-laying of what we know as Hinduism today. The temple which ultimately emerged from this act, reproduced throughout the centuries and across the breadth of the subcontinent, is veritably a Book of Knowledge. Each one contains the detailed Knowledge of the most essential features of the Vedic experience.

For the Hindu, therefore, the temple is not merely a place of worship, a place for congregating, a stronghold of the priesthood, the Bhramin caste, or whatever. The Hindu temple is a vibrant documentation of the seed of the Veda, and the power, it is most important to note, which is generated from a scrupulous adherence to the sage’s specifications regarding the measurement, design, orientation and materials employed in the man-made construction which allow it to serve as the vessel for certain cosmic energies of a particular order to be deposited on Earth.

There are thus several elements to be noted for the purpose of demonstrating the manner in which a true reestablishment comes into being. First is the Mountain symbol, then the Cave, or garbhagriha at the centre of the Mountain, and finally the Vertical Axis rising to the top through the centre’…like a hollow reed… This hollow reed passes through its centre. The pillar inheres in the (temple) which is the universe in a likeness. The Pillar of the Universe, the Axis Mundi, inheres in the World Mountain…’ (Ibid, page 175). And, of course, this ‘pillar’ is Skambha.

 

The reestablished ‘Mountain Axis’

                                   

In 1970, I wrote The Magical Carousel. The book was the fruit of an ‘act of seeing’, a veritable projection onto the point between my eyebrows, as if there was a screen therein on which this vivid projection took shape. The result was a contemporary myth, conforming to all the demands of this type of oral and literary creation.

I will quote portions from Chapter 10 of this story, precisely the chapter describing ‘the land of Capricorn’. In so doing, the student will be able to appreciate that indeed the Veda is based on an Eternal Truth, a sanatan dharma, in as much as the Act of Seeing occurred well beyond the borders of subcontinental India and at a time when I had no knowledge of all the intricacies of the Hindu temple, much less its relation to the Mountain, and, above all, to the zodiacal sign of Capricorn. Yet it will become more than clear from the portions quoted that a certain timeless dimension opened its doors, or drew aside its veils and allowed me to see. In so doing, an act of reestablishment occurred in the domain of myth, so essential a feature of Vedic culture.

Chapter 10 is entitled. ‘The Universal Mother, Conquest and Crystallisation in Matter’. It begins when the two protagonists, the children Val and Pom-pom, are transported by the heroic Centaur of the previous sign-land, Sagittarius, and deposited ‘at the border’, beyond which he is not permitted to go. It is the special boundary which the Aryan Warrior of old sought to cross in his quest, in his ‘journey’ to the top of the Mountain in the tenth sign-month. (We shall discuss the nature of this ‘border’ further on and its relationship to the Supramental Creation.) Once across the border and in the land of Capricorn, the children come face-to-face with ‘the Mountain’:

‘An enormous steep mountain rises before them, a majestic sight that juts up from the plains and stretches to the heavens. Silhouetted against the bright sky it would seem as if the mountain were living, actually breathing, for the shadows formed by the crests and crevices make it appear as the face of a very ancient and wise person.’ (The Magical Carousel, p.103)

 

This first seeing establishes certain facts which are contained in the Veda and in the New Way. To begin, we have the land epitomised in the Mountain symbol. Added to this is that it [this it?] is equated with the ancient sages, the ‘wise person’. This is the ‘One Mountain’ Kramrisch refers to in her analysis of the Hindu temple, the ‘only Mountain worth mention among all the mountains’.

The children begin to scale the Mountain and when they stop to rest, surveying the land below in the far distance they see a vast bed of water. There is a splash and ‘some sort of animal emerging from the water (which) they suspect to be a crocodile’. When this strange animal reaches the children, they realise it is a Goat with the tail of a fish – or the traditional animal-symbol of Capricorn. But mention of a crocodile in connection with the sign is significant in this type of spontaneous seeing. The Sanskrit work for Capricorn is makar, which is translated as ‘crocodile’. Referring to Kramrisch’s text once again, we shall see how pointedly this ‘crocodile’ surfaces in the garbhgriha of the Hindu Temple, and its precise relation to Capricorn, the apex sign of the uttarayana, or the ‘northern hemisphere’ of the ecliptic. In a footnote Kramrisch refers to the ‘water in the cave’,

‘The ‘water in the cave’ is in the Garbhagriha the water with which the Linga or image are laved in the daily rites. It passes from the image to a drain on the floor which traverses the middle of the north wall of the Garbhagriha, and leaves through a spout carved in the likeness of a Makara, etc. The water in which the Linga or image has been bathed is sanctified and therefore is made to flow to the north. The Ganges too is most sacred where its course turns northward. The northern direction implies an upward course, back towards the origin – high up in the mountains and higher still in the celestial region.’ (The Hindu Temple, p.171, italics mine.)

It does not require much special insight to recognise that this is specifically Capricorn emerging once again in a most precise manner in the interior ‘cave’ of the Hindu temple. Both the sign’s symbol (Makar), as well as the position of the spout in the north wall so that the sacred water is made to ‘flow northward’ echo two of the most important elements of the sign. But it is curious to note that in spite of these very obvious clues, indicating to the researcher where  to seek for the temple’s deepest significance and purpose – that is, the sign Capricorn – Kramrisch does not do so, similar to other researchers and scholars. Ignoring the Capricorn connection makes it impossible to render temple architecture a living art and eternally renewable. For it is Time, and in India’s case, Capricorn or the Makar Sankranti which hold the key to this renewability.

To return to our contemporary myth, the Goat-Fish (makar) carries the exhausted children further up the mountain and finally deposits them before a door which leads into the heart of the Mountain. They protest. They had wanted to reach the peak, but the Goat-Fish explains, ‘You cannot reach it by the outside. It is only through the inside that you may come to the peak’… (The Magical Carousel, p.105).

In view of the extensive description from Kramrisch’s work which I have quoted, precisely regarding the interior and the vertical axis leading to the top of the temple, or the peak of the mountain, these lines reveal that in penetrating the deepest recesses of the sign Capricorn, on which the Hindu temple is based, anyone, anywhere can see the form of the Hindu temple as devised by the ancient Seers, and that in its most essential details, the contemporary act of seeing will coincide perfectly with the experience of the earlier Rishis. But let us proceed with the story and the ‘ascent’ in the interior of the mountain.

The children do indeed experience the ascent once inside the mountain. But instead of reaching the peak, propelled by the Force they come into contact with, they find themselves.

‘….thrust into a solitary, isolated chamber of bare walls…Val and Pom-pom are at a point of utter despair when an insistent, continuous ticking is heard through the heavy silence. The sound increases and increases, becoming louder with each tick until it is right upon them and apparently in their very presence. They begin running round and round, passing their hands along the bare walls to make sure there are no secret doors and are soon at the point of exhaustion and collapse to the ground.

‘Lying there in complete stillness they become aware of a hole in the middle of the room, which seems to have been there all the while. The children crawl up to it, peer over the rim and down below they see an old, old man with flowing beard and long white hair, seated at a table with a huge book open before him. Behind him stands a great clock, unusual and unique for there are only three symbols drawn on its face: a minus to the left, a plus to the right and a circle in the middle. But there are no hands pointing anywhere as one would normally expect. The ticking is loud and strong now for it comes from this very clock.

‘As they gaze at the scene below, the old gentleman, table and clock slowly rise into the centre of the room through the hole.’ (Ibid, p.109-110.)

The essence of this Mountain chamber, so obviously the garbhagriha of the Hindu temple, also constructed on the basis of the mountain symbolism and Capricorn, is the Time-Spirit, or Mahakala of Vedic tradition. And this is Shiva. In the footnote from Stella Kramrisch’s book quoted above, the water which had been used in the inner sanctum of the Hindu temple and made to flow northward, was to bath the linga, an image sacred to Shiva. In our contemporary act of seeing it is precisely Shiva whom the children encounter, in the form of Mahakala, the Great Time.

In the desire to make this study non-speculative, I have quoted the above portions of The Magical Carousel in order to emphasise the point that in any attempt at reestablishment, the first prerequisite is the ability to carry out the same yogic process which produced the original Seeing. And this must be a spontaneous and non-mentalised approach. One cannot mentally create a myth, insofar as myths emerge from the fount of the soul and can be transcribed only on the basis of a plunge into this ‘cave’ in the mountain of one’s inner being, similar to a penetration as Val and Pom-pom have done into the interior of the Mountain where they meet the Time-Spirit who deciphers the script of their soul, that is, their destiny, by finding their page in the great Book of Life.

When this is accomplished, the Time-Spirit encourages them to continue their journey, to reach ‘the top of the mountain’ and the coveted vision of Omanisol, or the Universal Mother, essence of the very mountain itself. Or, the essence of creation. But to reach this Presence the children must do so through a shaft, a ladder of 99 steps, which carries them through the centre of the chamber to the top, as if it were indeed the ‘hollow reed’ Kramrisch describes as the vertical axis of all Hindu temples, leading through the ‘mountain’ of the superstructure from the garbhagriha to the peak. Likewise, in our contemporary Act of Seeing, there is a vertical axis which is the only means to reach the top of the Capricorn Mountain, and the divine Mother.

‘A woman sits before them.

‘She is clothed in robes that blend in colour with the mountain, in fact she herself appears to be a continuation of the mountain itself. She sits on the ground with legs crossed and covered by the robes, immobile and breathing ever so slightly, in a manner which makes one feel the physical life in her is suspended. Her face is not old but rather ancient, and her half-closed eyes reveal an understanding that is of the nature of the mountain over which she presides. Omanisol is cloaked in an aura of serenity and strength, of timelessness and intensity, which become a part of the children merely by being in her presence…

‘The mountain peak is enveloped in the rays of the brightest midday sun, which, however, Val and Pom-pom cannot locate in the sky. This vivid light makes it possible to see over an enormous distance, an unending stretch of land on all sides, revealing every type of landscape – dominated by the abode of Omanisol…’ (Ibid, p.111-112.).

 

What is described here is the land of Bharat Mata, our Omanisol, who is the centre of the World Mountain and from which central point one can see ‘an unending stretch of land on all sides.’ This is indeed India, Mount Meru, or the ‘churning stick’, that immobile rod or Axis Mundi. The analysis of the Hindu temple, presented by Dr. Kramrisch with many compilations from the ancient texts, tallies in almost every detail with the essential elements of the Capricorn chapter of The Magical Carousel. Inasmuch as my Act of Seeing was via the zodiac, a ‘journey’ through its twelve signs in the course of the year, I came upon the same Knowledge of old simply by penetrating the deepest recesses of the ‘sign-land’. What I discovered was the fundaments of the Hindu Temple in virtually all its details, at a time when I had no knowledge at all of Hinduism and its places of worship. Nor did I have any knowledge of sacred architecture or sacred geometry then. This too proves that the first step is the Act of Seeing, rather than the dry study of architecture and geometry. That is, devoid of that Vision, that Sense, these disciplines are simply academic exercises. They arise in the mental plane and bear no resemblance to the Vedic experience.

The point of the above is of course to demonstrate how the act of reestablishment of the Vedic Dharma takes place on the basis of a renewal which respects the essential Seeing but has the power to carry that experience into the present in an organic, harmonious process which is bereft of even the slightest tinge of dogmatism, rigidity and fossilisation. Time moulds the vision into the contours of its eternal present and  influenced by the circumscribing conditions at any given moment. But central to the experience is the Evolutionary Avatar.

In The Magical Carousel it is the Avatar whom the children meet in the person of the Time-Spirit, for indeed the Avatars of Hindu tradition are known to be offspring of the Time-Spirit. But in this myth the form taken is specifically that of Mahakala because this is indeed the 9th Manifestation and therefore the Evolutionary Avatar of this sacred period of the eternally revolving Wheel is the 9th, who embodies the essence of that very Time-Spirit, or Shiva. And indeed, true to the Act of Seeing, it is Sri Aurobindo who appears before the children, the ‘old, old man with flowing beard and long white hair’.

The vertical axis, or the ladder of 99 steps, offers another clue to the Avatar. Apart from being that central shaft of the Hindu temple, in this case the ‘measure’ is 99. Indeed, when I did come to India, to the very abode of that Time-Spirit in the form of this 9th Avatar, it was in 1971, or in Sri Aurobindo’s 99th year. Joined with him in this renovation of the Divine Veda is the Mother. In our contemporary Act of Seeing it is Omanisol, the essence of the Capricorn Mountain. These two Beings are connected in the story by this ‘measure’ of 99. And indeed, the only way to the mountain top is through the centre, the interior dimension of being, a truth captured in every Hindu temple from time immemorial.

We have seen how reestablishment is carried out in the dimension of myth, so essential a feature of Vedic culture and contemporary Indian society. Now let us turn to the other facet of this Reestablishment, that of the actual temple plan. Or the Vedic Temple made new for this 9th Manifestation, respecting, however, every aspect of the old and ancient Way. Indeed, carrying that earlier Seeing to unimaginable heights of unparalleled splendour. This is not a fundamentalist’s imposition or a revivalist’s frenzy. It is simply Veda, the eternal Truth, eternally renewed by the Evolutionary Avatar – a phenomenon unique to India.


March of 1993
Aeon Centre of Cosmology
at Skambha                                         (to be continued)